2017-12-25 18:52:16 +00:00
//---------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
# include "mainwindow.h"
2020-09-24 17:57:06 +01:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
# include <cinttypes>
2018-12-06 05:41:16 +00:00
# include <cstring>
2018-12-06 11:11:57 -06:00
# include <cmath>
2015-03-17 17:35:39 +00:00
# include <limits>
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
# include <functional>
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
# include <fstream>
# include <iterator>
2018-11-25 22:13:15 +00:00
# include <algorithm>
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
# include <fftw3.h>
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
# include <QApplication>
2018-12-06 05:41:16 +00:00
# include <QStringListModel>
# include <QSettings>
# include <QKeyEvent>
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
# include <QProcessEnvironment>
2018-12-06 05:41:16 +00:00
# include <QSharedMemory>
# include <QFileDialog>
# include <QTextBlock>
# include <QProgressBar>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
# include <QLineEdit>
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
# include <QRegExpValidator>
# include <QRegExp>
2016-06-28 15:53:50 +00:00
# include <QRegularExpression>
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
# include <QDesktopServices>
# include <QUrl>
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
# include <QStandardPaths>
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
# include <QDir>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
# include <QDebug>
# include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentRun>
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
# include <QProgressDialog>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
# include <QHostInfo>
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
# include <QVector>
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
# include <QCursor>
# include <QToolTip>
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
# include <QAction>
2019-01-14 19:47:08 +00:00
# include <QButtonGroup>
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
# include <QActionGroup>
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
# include <QSplashScreen>
2018-10-25 00:00:19 +01:00
# include <QUdpSocket>
2018-12-09 22:47:45 +00:00
# include <QAbstractItemView>
2019-05-28 12:18:54 +01:00
# include <QInputDialog>
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
# include <QRandomGenerator>
# endif
2014-03-29 02:51:07 +00:00
2021-06-10 14:39:23 -04:00
# include "helper_functions.h"
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
# include "revision_utils.hpp"
2015-06-08 14:30:31 +00:00
# include "qt_helpers.hpp"
2019-07-02 10:19:43 -05:00
# include "Network/NetworkAccessManager.hpp"
2019-07-02 12:45:05 -05:00
# include "Audio/soundout.h"
# include "Audio/soundin.h"
# include "Modulator/Modulator.hpp"
2019-07-02 10:19:43 -05:00
# include "Detector/Detector.hpp"
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
# include "plotter.h"
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
# include "echoplot.h"
# include "echograph.h"
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
# include "fastplot.h"
# include "fastgraph.h"
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
# include "about.h"
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
# include "messageaveraging.h"
2022-03-11 15:12:32 -05:00
# include "activeStations.h"
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
# include "colorhighlighting.h"
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
# include "widegraph.h"
# include "sleep.h"
2013-03-21 17:22:32 +00:00
# include "logqso.h"
2019-07-02 12:45:05 -05:00
# include "Decoder/decodedtext.h"
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
# include "Radio.hpp"
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
# include "models/Bands.hpp"
2019-07-02 10:19:43 -05:00
# include "Transceiver/TransceiverFactory.hpp"
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
# include "models/StationList.hpp"
# include "validators/LiveFrequencyValidator.hpp"
2019-07-02 10:19:43 -05:00
# include "Network/MessageClient.hpp"
2019-07-02 12:45:05 -05:00
# include "Network/wsprnet.h"
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
# include "signalmeter.h"
# include "HelpTextWindow.hpp"
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
# include "SampleDownloader.hpp"
2016-01-11 15:00:53 +00:00
# include "Audio/BWFFile.hpp"
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
# include "MultiSettings.hpp"
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
# include "validators/MaidenheadLocatorValidator.hpp"
# include "validators/CallsignValidator.hpp"
2019-07-02 13:00:32 -05:00
# include "EqualizationToolsDialog.hpp"
2019-07-02 12:45:05 -05:00
# include "Network/LotWUsers.hpp"
2018-10-26 03:24:36 +01:00
# include "logbook/AD1CCty.hpp"
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
# include "models/FoxLog.hpp"
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
# include "models/CabrilloLog.hpp"
2018-11-07 23:55:15 +00:00
# include "FoxLogWindow.hpp"
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
# include "CabrilloLogWindow.hpp"
# include "ExportCabrillo.h"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
# include "ui_mainwindow.h"
2014-04-16 15:15:46 +00:00
# include "moc_mainwindow.cpp"
2022-11-01 16:40:08 +01:00
# include "Logger.hpp"
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
# define FCL fortran_charlen_t
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
extern " C " {
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
2020-06-17 19:28:44 -04:00
void symspec_ ( struct dec_data * , int * k , double * trperiod , int * nsps , int * ingain ,
2019-02-25 15:04:05 -05:00
bool * bLowSidelobes , int * minw , float * px , float s [ ] , float * df3 ,
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
int * nhsym , int * npts8 , float * m_pxmax , int * npct ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2016-09-25 00:16:29 +00:00
void hspec_ ( short int d2 [ ] , int * k , int * nutc0 , int * ntrperiod , int * nrxfreq , int * ntol ,
2020-03-19 11:43:22 -04:00
bool * bmsk144 , bool * btrain , double const pcoeffs [ ] , int * ingain ,
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
char const * mycall , char const * hiscall , bool * bshmsg , bool * bswl ,
char const * ddir , float green [ ] ,
2020-03-19 12:04:56 -04:00
float s [ ] , int * jh , float * pxmax , float * rmsNoGain , char line [ ] ,
fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2018-11-05 11:59:48 -05:00
void genft8_ ( char * msg , int * i3 , int * n3 , char * msgsent , char ft8msgbits [ ] ,
int itone [ ] , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
2019-04-18 14:16:39 -05:00
void genft4_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , char ft4msgbits [ ] , int itone [ ] ,
2019-01-18 16:22:25 -05:00
fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
void genfst4_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , char fst4msgbits [ ] ,
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
int itone [ ] , int * iwspr , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2019-04-12 17:11:26 -05:00
void gen_ft8wave_ ( int itone [ ] , int * nsym , int * nsps , float * bt , float * fsample , float * f0 ,
2019-02-22 13:39:39 -05:00
float xjunk [ ] , float wave [ ] , int * icmplx , int * nwave ) ;
2019-02-21 12:10:27 -05:00
void gen_ft4wave_ ( int itone [ ] , int * nsym , int * nsps , float * fsample , float * f0 ,
2019-04-18 14:15:24 -05:00
float xjunk [ ] , float wave [ ] , int * icmplx , int * nwave ) ;
2019-02-21 12:10:27 -05:00
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
void gen_fst4wave_ ( int itone [ ] , int * nsym , int * nsps , int * nwave , float * fsample ,
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
int * hmod , float * f0 , int * icmplx , float xjunk [ ] , float wave [ ] ) ;
2020-11-11 11:14:02 -05:00
void genwave_ ( int itone [ ] , int * nsym , int * nsps , int * nwave , float * fsample ,
int * hmod , float * f0 , int * icmplx , float xjunk [ ] , float wave [ ] ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void gen4_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , int itone [ ] ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
int * itext , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void gen9_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , int itone [ ] ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
int * itext , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2018-09-19 11:19:40 -04:00
void genmsk_128_90_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , int itone [ ] , int * itype ,
2018-07-11 14:42:48 -04:00
fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
2022-01-31 19:18:46 -05:00
void gen65 ( char * msg , int * ichk , char msgsent [ ] , int itone [ ] , int * itext ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2020-10-28 12:04:43 -04:00
void genq65_ ( char * msg , int * ichk , char * msgsent , int itone [ ] ,
int * i3 , int * n3 , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
void genwspr_ ( char * msg , char * msgsent , int itone [ ] , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void azdist_ ( char * MyGrid , char * HisGrid , double * utch , int * nAz , int * nEl ,
int * nDmiles , int * nDkm , int * nHotAz , int * nHotABetter ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
void morse_ ( char * msg , int * icw , int * ncw , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void wspr_downsample_ ( short int d2 [ ] , int * k ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
int savec2_ ( char const * fname , int * TR_seconds , double * dial_freq , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
void save_echo_params_ ( int * ndoptotal , int * ndop , int * nfrit , float * f1 , float * fspread , short id2 [ ] , int * idir ) ;
2022-07-27 14:03:54 -04:00
2022-09-26 08:07:11 -04:00
void avecho_ ( short id2 [ ] , int * dop , int * nfrit , int * nauto , int * navg , int * nqual , float * f1 ,
2022-09-26 10:45:33 -04:00
float * level , float * sigdb , float * snr , float * dfreq ,
2022-07-28 08:55:19 -04:00
float * width , bool * bDiskData ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
2019-06-30 12:17:17 +01:00
void fast_decode_ ( short id2 [ ] , int narg [ ] , double * trperiod ,
2016-09-01 21:50:52 +00:00
char msg [ ] , char mycall [ ] , char hiscall [ ] ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2016-02-23 19:37:38 +00:00
void degrade_snr_ ( short d2 [ ] , int * n , float * db , float * bandwidth ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
void wav12_ ( short d2 [ ] , short d1 [ ] , int * nbytes , short * nbitsam2 ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
2017-07-16 00:10:37 +00:00
void refspectrum_ ( short int d2 [ ] , bool * bclearrefspec ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
bool * brefspec , bool * buseref , const char * c_fname , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
void freqcal_ ( short d2 [ ] , int * k , int * nkhz , int * noffset , int * ntol ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
char line [ ] , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2017-09-22 17:38:51 +00:00
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
void calibrate_ ( char const * data_dir , int * iz , double * a , double * b , double * rms ,
2018-02-22 23:36:29 +00:00
double * sigmaa , double * sigmab , int * irc , fortran_charlen_t ) ;
2017-11-16 21:32:07 +00:00
2017-11-30 20:34:05 +00:00
void foxgen_ ( ) ;
2018-01-17 17:56:01 +00:00
void plotsave_ ( float swide [ ] , int * m_w , int * m_h1 , int * irow ) ;
2018-07-11 10:13:42 -04:00
2020-08-09 14:21:25 -04:00
void chk_samples_ ( int * m_ihsym , int * k , int * m_hsymStop ) ;
2021-12-06 11:12:10 -05:00
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
void save_dxbase_ ( char * dxbase , FCL len ) ;
2022-03-16 13:05:20 -04:00
void indexx_ ( float arr [ ] , int * n , int indx [ ] ) ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
void get_q3list_ ( char * fname , int * nlist , char * list , FCL len1 , FCL len2 ) ;
2023-02-17 10:25:07 -05:00
void jpl_setup_ ( char * fname , FCL len ) ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int volatile itone [ MAX_NUM_SYMBOLS ] ; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
int volatile itone0 [ MAX_NUM_SYMBOLS ] ; //Dummy array, data not actually used
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
int volatile icw [ NUM_CW_SYMBOLS ] ; //Dits for CW ID
2020-03-16 10:27:22 -04:00
dec_data_t dec_data ; // for sharing with Fortran
2013-05-24 12:36:41 +00:00
int outBufSize ;
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
int rc ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
qint32 g_iptt { 0 } ;
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
wchar_t buffer [ 256 ] ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
float fast_green [ 703 ] ;
float fast_green2 [ 703 ] ;
float fast_s [ 44992 ] ; //44992=64*703
float fast_s2 [ 44992 ] ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
int fast_jh { 0 } ;
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
int fast_jhpeak { 0 } ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
int fast_jh2 { 0 } ;
2016-02-03 20:23:52 +00:00
int narg [ 15 ] ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QVector < QColor > g_ColorTbl ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
using SpecOp = Configuration : : SpecialOperatingActivity ;
2022-05-08 10:13:29 +02:00
bool m_displayBand = false ;
2022-11-08 21:59:33 +01:00
bool no_a7_decodes = false ;
2022-11-10 11:40:01 +01:00
bool keep_frequency = false ;
2022-05-08 10:13:29 +02:00
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
QSharedMemory mem_qmap ( " mem_qmap " ) ; //Memory segment to be shared (optionally) with QMAP
2022-12-14 11:51:01 -05:00
struct {
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
int ndecodes ; //Number of QMAP decodes available (so far)
int ncand ; //Number of QMAP candidates considered for decoding
int nQDecoderDone ; //QMAP decoder is finished (0 or 1)
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
int nWDecoderBusy ; //WSJT-X decoder is busy (0 or 1)
int nWTransmitting ; //WSJT-X is transmitting (0 or 1)
char result [ 50 ] [ 60 ] ; //Decodes as character*60 arrays
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
} qmapcom ;
int * ipc_qmap ;
2022-12-14 09:21:01 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
namespace
{
2022-12-30 09:50:35 +01:00
Radio : : Frequency constexpr default_frequency { 14074000 } ;
2021-12-06 16:00:28 -05:00
QRegExp message_alphabet { " [- @A-Za-z0-9+./?#<>;$]* " } ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
// grid exact match excluding RR73
QRegularExpression grid_regexp { " \\ A(?![Rr]{2}73)[A-Ra-r]{2}[0-9]{2}([A-Xa-x]{2}){0,1} \\ z " } ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
auto quint32_max = std : : numeric_limits < quint32 > : : max ( ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
constexpr int N_WIDGETS { 38 } ;
2020-12-07 20:34:56 +00:00
constexpr int default_rx_audio_buffer_frames { - 1 } ; // lets Qt decide
2020-12-04 18:59:41 +00:00
constexpr int default_tx_audio_buffer_frames { - 1 } ; // lets Qt decide
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
bool message_is_73 ( int type , QStringList const & msg_parts )
{
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
return type > = 0
& & ( ( ( type < 6 | | 7 = = type )
& & ( msg_parts . contains ( " 73 " ) | | msg_parts . contains ( " RR73 " ) ) )
| | ( type = = 6 & & ! msg_parts . filter ( " 73 " ) . isEmpty ( ) ) ) ;
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
}
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
int ms_minute_error ( )
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
{
2018-12-01 13:16:57 -05:00
auto const & now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
auto const & time = now . time ( ) ;
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
auto second = time . second ( ) ;
return now . msecsTo ( now . addSecs ( second > 30 ? 60 - second : - second ) ) - time . msec ( ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-01-30 18:40:16 +00:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow constructor
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
MainWindow : : MainWindow ( QDir const & temp_directory , bool multiple ,
MultiSettings * multi_settings , QSharedMemory * shdmem ,
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
unsigned downSampleFactor ,
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
QSplashScreen * splash , QProcessEnvironment const & env , QWidget * parent ) :
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
MultiGeometryWidget { parent } ,
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
m_env { env } ,
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
m_network_manager { this } ,
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
m_valid { true } ,
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
m_splash { splash } ,
2015-02-22 00:20:42 +00:00
m_revision { revision ( ) } ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_multiple { multiple } ,
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_multi_settings { multi_settings } ,
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_configurations_button { 0 } ,
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_settings { multi_settings - > settings ( ) } ,
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
ui ( new Ui : : MainWindow ) ,
2018-11-30 16:26:46 +00:00
m_config { & m_network_manager , temp_directory , m_settings , & m_logBook , this } ,
2019-06-03 00:35:20 +01:00
m_logBook { & m_config } ,
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_WSPR_band_hopping { m_settings , & m_config , this } ,
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next { false } ,
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox { MessageBox : : Critical , tr ( " Rig Control Error " )
, MessageBox : : Cancel | MessageBox : : Ok | MessageBox : : Retry } ,
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph ( new WideGraph ( m_settings ) ) ,
m_echoGraph ( new EchoGraph ( m_settings ) ) ,
m_fastGraph ( new FastGraph ( m_settings ) ) ,
2018-01-13 02:38:28 +00:00
// no parent so that it has a taskbar icon
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
m_logDlg ( new LogQSO ( program_title ( ) , m_settings , & m_config , & m_logBook , nullptr ) ) ,
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_lastDialFreq { 0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_dialFreqRxWSPR { 0 } ,
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_detector { new Detector { RX_SAMPLE_RATE , double ( NTMAX ) , downSampleFactor } } ,
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize { 6192 / 2 } , // conservative value to avoid buffer overruns
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_soundInput { new SoundInput } ,
m_modulator { new Modulator { TX_SAMPLE_RATE , NTMAX } } ,
m_soundOutput { new SoundOutput } ,
2020-12-07 20:34:56 +00:00
m_rx_audio_buffer_frames { 0 } ,
2020-12-03 01:49:21 +00:00
m_tx_audio_buffer_frames { 0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_msErase { 0 } ,
m_secBandChanged { 0 } ,
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqNominal { 0 } ,
2022-05-07 14:40:14 +02:00
m_freqNominalPeriod { 0 } ,
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqTxNominal { 0 } ,
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
m_reverse_Doppler { " 1 " = = env . value ( " WSJT_REVERSE_DOPPLER " , " 0 " ) } ,
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
m_tRemaining { 0. } ,
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod { 60.0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_DTtol { 3.0 } ,
m_waterfallAvg { 1 } ,
m_ntx { 1 } ,
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
m_gen_message_is_cq { false } ,
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
m_send_RR73 { false } ,
2015-06-09 16:56:49 +00:00
m_XIT { 0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_sec0 { - 1 } ,
2017-07-28 23:25:32 +00:00
m_RxLog { 1 } , //Write Date and Time to RxLog
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_nutc0 { 999999 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_ntr { 0 } ,
m_tx { 0 } ,
m_inGain { 0 } ,
m_secID { 0 } ,
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
m_idleMinutes { 0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_nSubMode { 0 } ,
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
m_nSubMode_Q65 { 0 } ,
m_nSubMode_JT65 { 0 } ,
m_nSubMode_JT4 { 0 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_nclearave { 1 } ,
m_nWSPRdecodes { 0 } ,
m_k0 { 9999999 } ,
m_nPick { 0 } ,
2017-01-09 22:54:32 +00:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter { m_config . frequencies ( ) - > begin ( ) } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_nTx73 { 0 } ,
m_btxok { false } ,
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
m_diskData { false } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_loopall { false } ,
m_txFirst { false } ,
m_auto { false } ,
m_restart { false } ,
m_startAnother { false } ,
m_saveDecoded { false } ,
m_saveAll { false } ,
m_widebandDecode { false } ,
m_dataAvailable { false } ,
m_decodedText2 { false } ,
m_freeText { false } ,
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
m_sentFirst73 { false } ,
m_currentMessageType { - 1 } ,
m_lastMessageType { - 1 } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_bShMsgs { false } ,
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
m_bSWL { false } ,
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
m_uploading { false } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_grid6 { false } ,
2015-06-12 19:03:37 +00:00
m_tuneup { false } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_bTxTime { false } ,
2020-07-29 11:58:28 -04:00
m_rxDone { true } ,
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
m_bSimplex { false } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_bEchoTxOK { false } ,
m_bTransmittedEcho { false } ,
m_bEchoTxed { false } ,
m_bFastDecodeCalled { false } ,
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn { false } ,
m_bRefSpec { false } ,
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
m_bClearRefSpec { false } ,
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
m_bTrain { false } ,
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_bAutoReply { false } ,
m_QSOProgress { CALLING } ,
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_ihsym { 0 } ,
m_nzap { 0 } ,
m_px { 0.0 } ,
m_iptt0 { 0 } ,
m_btxok0 { false } ,
m_nsendingsh { 0 } ,
m_onAirFreq0 { 0.0 } ,
m_first_error { true } ,
2020-05-19 12:15:58 +01:00
tx_status_label { tr ( " Receiving " ) } ,
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
wsprNet { new WSPRNet { & m_network_manager , this } } ,
2020-12-18 19:59:25 +00:00
m_baseCall { Radio : : base_callsign ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) } ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_appDir { QApplication : : applicationDirPath ( ) } ,
2020-01-08 08:41:47 -06:00
m_cqStr { " " } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_palette { " Linrad " } ,
2022-12-30 09:29:54 +01:00
m_mode { " FT8 " } ,
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_rpt { " -15 " } ,
m_pfx {
" 1A " , " 1S " ,
" 3A " , " 3B6 " , " 3B8 " , " 3B9 " , " 3C " , " 3C0 " , " 3D2 " , " 3D2C " ,
" 3D2R " , " 3DA " , " 3V " , " 3W " , " 3X " , " 3Y " , " 3YB " , " 3YP " ,
" 4J " , " 4L " , " 4S " , " 4U1I " , " 4U1U " , " 4W " , " 4X " ,
" 5A " , " 5B " , " 5H " , " 5N " , " 5R " , " 5T " , " 5U " , " 5V " , " 5W " , " 5X " , " 5Z " ,
" 6W " , " 6Y " ,
" 7O " , " 7P " , " 7Q " , " 7X " ,
" 8P " , " 8Q " , " 8R " ,
" 9A " , " 9G " , " 9H " , " 9J " , " 9K " , " 9L " , " 9M2 " , " 9M6 " , " 9N " ,
" 9Q " , " 9U " , " 9V " , " 9X " , " 9Y " ,
" A2 " , " A3 " , " A4 " , " A5 " , " A6 " , " A7 " , " A9 " , " AP " ,
" BS7 " , " BV " , " BV9 " , " BY " ,
" C2 " , " C3 " , " C5 " , " C6 " , " C9 " , " CE " , " CE0X " , " CE0Y " ,
" CE0Z " , " CE9 " , " CM " , " CN " , " CP " , " CT " , " CT3 " , " CU " ,
" CX " , " CY0 " , " CY9 " ,
" D2 " , " D4 " , " D6 " , " DL " , " DU " ,
" E3 " , " E4 " , " E5 " , " EA " , " EA6 " , " EA8 " , " EA9 " , " EI " , " EK " ,
" EL " , " EP " , " ER " , " ES " , " ET " , " EU " , " EX " , " EY " , " EZ " ,
" F " , " FG " , " FH " , " FJ " , " FK " , " FKC " , " FM " , " FO " , " FOA " ,
" FOC " , " FOM " , " FP " , " FR " , " FRG " , " FRJ " , " FRT " , " FT5W " ,
" FT5X " , " FT5Z " , " FW " , " FY " ,
" M " , " MD " , " MI " , " MJ " , " MM " , " MU " , " MW " ,
" H4 " , " H40 " , " HA " , " HB " , " HB0 " , " HC " , " HC8 " , " HH " ,
" HI " , " HK " , " HK0 " , " HK0M " , " HL " , " HM " , " HP " , " HR " ,
" HS " , " HV " , " HZ " ,
" I " , " IS " , " IS0 " ,
" J2 " , " J3 " , " J5 " , " J6 " , " J7 " , " J8 " , " JA " , " JDM " ,
" JDO " , " JT " , " JW " , " JX " , " JY " ,
" K " , " KC4 " , " KG4 " , " KH0 " , " KH1 " , " KH2 " , " KH3 " , " KH4 " , " KH5 " ,
" KH5K " , " KH6 " , " KH7 " , " KH8 " , " KH9 " , " KL " , " KP1 " , " KP2 " ,
" KP4 " , " KP5 " ,
" LA " , " LU " , " LX " , " LY " , " LZ " ,
" OA " , " OD " , " OE " , " OH " , " OH0 " , " OJ0 " , " OK " , " OM " , " ON " ,
" OX " , " OY " , " OZ " ,
" P2 " , " P4 " , " PA " , " PJ2 " , " PJ7 " , " PY " , " PY0F " , " PT0S " , " PY0T " , " PZ " ,
" R1F " , " R1M " ,
" S0 " , " S2 " , " S5 " , " S7 " , " S9 " , " SM " , " SP " , " ST " , " SU " ,
" SV " , " SVA " , " SV5 " , " SV9 " ,
" T2 " , " T30 " , " T31 " , " T32 " , " T33 " , " T5 " , " T7 " , " T8 " , " T9 " , " TA " ,
" TF " , " TG " , " TI " , " TI9 " , " TJ " , " TK " , " TL " , " TN " , " TR " , " TT " ,
" TU " , " TY " , " TZ " ,
" UA " , " UA2 " , " UA9 " , " UK " , " UN " , " UR " ,
" V2 " , " V3 " , " V4 " , " V5 " , " V6 " , " V7 " , " V8 " , " VE " , " VK " , " VK0H " ,
" VK0M " , " VK9C " , " VK9L " , " VK9M " , " VK9N " , " VK9W " , " VK9X " , " VP2E " ,
" VP2M " , " VP2V " , " VP5 " , " VP6 " , " VP6D " , " VP8 " , " VP8G " , " VP8H " ,
" VP8O " , " VP8S " , " VP9 " , " VQ9 " , " VR " , " VU " , " VU4 " , " VU7 " ,
" XE " , " XF4 " , " XT " , " XU " , " XW " , " XX9 " , " XZ " ,
" YA " , " YB " , " YI " , " YJ " , " YK " , " YL " , " YN " , " YO " , " YS " , " YU " , " YV " , " YV0 " ,
" Z2 " , " Z3 " , " ZA " , " ZB " , " ZC4 " , " ZD7 " , " ZD8 " , " ZD9 " , " ZF " , " ZK1N " ,
" ZK1S " , " ZK2 " , " ZK3 " , " ZL " , " ZL7 " , " ZL8 " , " ZL9 " , " ZP " , " ZS " , " ZS8 "
} ,
m_sfx { " P " , " 0 " , " 1 " , " 2 " , " 3 " , " 4 " , " 5 " , " 6 " , " 7 " , " 8 " , " 9 " , " A " } ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
mem_jt9 { shdmem } ,
2013-10-04 19:00:29 +00:00
m_downSampleFactor ( downSampleFactor ) ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_audioThreadPriority ( QThread : : HighPriority ) ,
m_bandEdited { false } ,
m_splitMode { false } ,
m_monitoring { false } ,
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
m_tx_when_ready { false } ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_transmitting { false } ,
m_tune { false } ,
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
m_tx_watchdog { false } ,
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip { false } ,
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
m_PwrBandSetOK { true } ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency { default_frequency } ,
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
m_toneSpacing { 0. } ,
m_firstDecode { 0 } ,
m_optimizingProgress { " Optimizing decoder FFTs for your CPU. \n "
" Please be patient, \n "
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
" this may take a few minutes " , QString { } , 0 , 1 , this } ,
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_messageClient { new MessageClient { QApplication : : applicationName ( ) ,
2016-12-04 00:55:15 +00:00
version ( ) , revision ( ) ,
m_config . udp_server_name ( ) , m_config . udp_server_port ( ) ,
2020-11-05 03:37:01 +00:00
m_config . udp_interface_names ( ) , m_config . udp_TTL ( ) ,
2016-12-04 00:55:15 +00:00
this } } ,
2020-06-21 01:36:30 +01:00
m_psk_Reporter { & m_config , QString { " WSJT-X v " + version ( ) + " " + m_revision } . simplified ( ) } ,
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
m_manual { & m_network_manager } ,
m_block_udp_status_updates { false }
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
ui - > setupUi ( this ) ;
2019-06-07 17:21:57 +01:00
setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac ( true ) ;
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
createStatusBar ( ) ;
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
add_child_to_event_filter ( this ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setValidator ( new MaidenheadLocatorValidator { this } ) ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setValidator ( new CallsignValidator { this } ) ;
2020-07-18 13:56:19 -04:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 5 , 10 , 15 , 30 , 60 , 120 , 300 , 900 , 1800 } ) ;
2020-07-24 11:13:48 -04:00
ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > values ( { 120 , 300 , 900 , 1800 } ) ;
2019-01-08 18:03:43 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > set_configuration ( & m_config , true ) ;
2018-10-17 00:26:04 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > set_configuration ( & m_config ) ;
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
m_optimizingProgress . setWindowModality ( Qt : : WindowModal ) ;
m_optimizingProgress . setAutoReset ( false ) ;
m_optimizingProgress . setMinimumDuration ( 15000 ) ; // only show after 15s delay
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
//Attach or create a memory segment to be shared with QMAP.
2022-12-14 09:21:01 -05:00
int memSize = 4096 ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
if ( ! mem_qmap . attach ( ) ) {
if ( ! mem_qmap . create ( memSize ) ) {
2022-12-14 09:21:01 -05:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this ,
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
" Unable to create shared memory segment mem_qmap. " ) ;
2022-12-14 09:21:01 -05:00
}
}
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
ipc_qmap = ( int * ) mem_qmap . data ( ) ;
mem_qmap . lock ( ) ;
memset ( ipc_qmap , 0 , memSize ) ; //Zero all of QMAP shared memory
mem_qmap . unlock ( ) ;
2022-12-14 09:21:01 -05:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Closedown.
connect ( ui - > actionExit , & QAction : : triggered , this , & QMainWindow : : close ) ;
// parts of the rig error message box that are fixed
m_rigErrorMessageBox . setInformativeText ( tr ( " Do you want to reconfigure the radio interface? " ) ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox . setDefaultButton ( MessageBox : : Ok ) ;
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
// start audio thread and hook up slots & signals for shutdown management
// these objects need to be in the audio thread so that invoking
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// their slots is done in a thread safe way
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_soundOutput - > moveToThread ( & m_audioThread ) ;
m_modulator - > moveToThread ( & m_audioThread ) ;
m_soundInput - > moveToThread ( & m_audioThread ) ;
m_detector - > moveToThread ( & m_audioThread ) ;
2020-12-03 01:49:21 +00:00
bool ok ;
2020-12-07 20:34:56 +00:00
auto buffer_size = env . value ( " WSJT_RX_AUDIO_BUFFER_FRAMES " , " 0 " ) . toInt ( & ok ) ;
m_rx_audio_buffer_frames = ok & & buffer_size ? buffer_size : default_rx_audio_buffer_frames ;
buffer_size = env . value ( " WSJT_TX_AUDIO_BUFFER_FRAMES " , " 0 " ) . toInt ( & ok ) ;
2020-12-03 01:49:21 +00:00
m_tx_audio_buffer_frames = ok & & buffer_size ? buffer_size : default_tx_audio_buffer_frames ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
// hook up sound output stream slots & signals and disposal
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : initializeAudioOutputStream , m_soundOutput , & SoundOutput : : setFormat ) ;
connect ( m_soundOutput , & SoundOutput : : error , this , & MainWindow : : showSoundOutError ) ;
2020-09-20 18:20:16 +01:00
connect ( m_soundOutput , & SoundOutput : : error , & m_config , & Configuration : : invalidate_audio_output_device ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
// connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : outAttenuationChanged , m_soundOutput , & SoundOutput : : setAttenuation ) ;
connect ( & m_audioThread , & QThread : : finished , m_soundOutput , & QObject : : deleteLater ) ;
// hook up Modulator slots and disposal
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : transmitFrequency , m_modulator , & Modulator : : setFrequency ) ;
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : endTransmitMessage , m_modulator , & Modulator : : stop ) ;
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : tune , m_modulator , & Modulator : : tune ) ;
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : sendMessage , m_modulator , & Modulator : : start ) ;
connect ( & m_audioThread , & QThread : : finished , m_modulator , & QObject : : deleteLater ) ;
// hook up the audio input stream signals, slots and disposal
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : startAudioInputStream , m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : start ) ;
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : suspendAudioInputStream , m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : suspend ) ;
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : resumeAudioInputStream , m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : resume ) ;
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : reset_audio_input_stream , m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : reset ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : stop ) ;
connect ( m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : error , this , & MainWindow : : showSoundInError ) ;
2020-09-20 18:20:16 +01:00
connect ( m_soundInput , & SoundInput : : error , & m_config , & Configuration : : invalidate_audio_input_device ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
// connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect ( & m_audioThread , & QThread : : finished , m_soundInput , & QObject : : deleteLater ) ;
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , this , & MainWindow : : close ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
// hook up the detector signals, slots and disposal
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : FFTSize , m_detector , & Detector : : setBlockSize ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
connect ( m_detector , & Detector : : framesWritten , this , & MainWindow : : dataSink ) ;
connect ( & m_audioThread , & QThread : : finished , m_detector , & QObject : : deleteLater ) ;
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup the waterfall
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect ( m_wideGraph . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( freezeDecode2 ( int ) ) , this , SLOT ( freezeDecode ( int ) ) ) ;
connect ( m_wideGraph . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( f11f12 ( int ) ) , this , SLOT ( bumpFqso ( int ) ) ) ;
connect ( m_wideGraph . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( setXIT2 ( int ) ) , this , SLOT ( setXIT ( int ) ) ) ;
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
connect ( m_fastGraph . data ( ) , & FastGraph : : fastPick , this , & MainWindow : : fastPick ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_wideGraph . data ( ) , & WideGraph : : close ) ;
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_echoGraph . data ( ) , & EchoGraph : : close ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_fastGraph . data ( ) , & FastGraph : : close ) ;
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup the log QSO dialog
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
connect ( m_logDlg . data ( ) , & LogQSO : : acceptQSO , this , & MainWindow : : acceptQSO ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_logDlg . data ( ) , & LogQSO : : close ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
2018-11-30 16:26:46 +00:00
// hook up the log book
connect ( & m_logBook , & LogBook : : finished_loading , [ this ] ( int record_count , QString const & error ) {
if ( error . size ( ) )
{
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Error Scanning ADIF Log " ) , error ) ;
}
else
{
showStatusMessage ( tr ( " Scanned ADIF log, %1 worked before records created " ) . arg ( record_count ) ) ;
}
} ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// Network message handlers
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
m_messageClient - > enable ( m_config . accept_udp_requests ( ) ) ;
2019-02-03 00:49:35 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : clear_decodes , [ this ] ( quint8 window ) {
+ + window ;
if ( window & 1 )
{
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > erase ( ) ;
}
if ( window & 2 )
{
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > erase ( ) ;
}
} ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : reply , this , & MainWindow : : replyToCQ ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : close , this , & MainWindow : : close ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : replay , this , & MainWindow : : replayDecodes ) ;
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : location , this , & MainWindow : : locationChange ) ;
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : halt_tx , [ this ] ( bool auto_only ) {
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
if ( auto_only ) {
if ( ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) ) {
ui - > autoButton - > click ( ) ;
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
} else {
ui - > stopTxButton - > click ( ) ;
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
} ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : error , this , & MainWindow : : networkError ) ;
2015-05-28 17:33:39 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : free_text , [ this ] ( QString const & text , bool send ) {
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
tx_watchdog ( false ) ;
// send + non-empty text means set and send the free text
// message, !send + non-empty text means set the current free
// text message, send + empty text means send the current free
// text message without change, !send + empty text means clear
// the current free text message
if ( 0 = = ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) ) {
if ( ! text . isEmpty ( ) ) {
ui - > tx5 - > setCurrentText ( text ) ;
}
if ( send ) {
ui - > txb5 - > click ( ) ;
} else if ( text . isEmpty ( ) ) {
ui - > tx5 - > setCurrentText ( text ) ;
}
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
QApplication : : alert ( this ) ;
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
} ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
2018-03-28 22:25:46 +00:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : highlight_callsign , ui - > decodedTextBrowser , & DisplayText : : highlight_callsign ) ;
2019-06-13 01:44:28 +01:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : switch_configuration , m_multi_settings , & MultiSettings : : select_configuration ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
connect ( m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : configure , this , & MainWindow : : remote_configure ) ;
2019-06-13 01:44:28 +01:00
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
// Hook up WSPR band hopping
connect ( ui - > band_hopping_schedule_push_button , & QPushButton : : clicked
, & m_WSPR_band_hopping , & WSPRBandHopping : : show_dialog ) ;
connect ( ui - > sbTxPercent , static_cast < void ( QSpinBox : : * ) ( int ) > ( & QSpinBox : : valueChanged )
, & m_WSPR_band_hopping , & WSPRBandHopping : : set_tx_percent ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
on_EraseButton_clicked ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup * modeGroup = new QActionGroup ( this ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
ui - > actionFST4 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
ui - > actionFST4W - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
ui - > actionFT4 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
ui - > actionFT8 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > actionJT9 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
ui - > actionJT65 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui - > actionJT4 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
ui - > actionWSPR - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
ui - > actionEcho - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
ui - > actionMSK144 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
ui - > actionQ65 - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
ui - > actionFreqCal - > setActionGroup ( modeGroup ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup * saveGroup = new QActionGroup ( this ) ;
ui - > actionNone - > setActionGroup ( saveGroup ) ;
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui - > actionSave_decoded - > setActionGroup ( saveGroup ) ;
ui - > actionSave_all - > setActionGroup ( saveGroup ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2022-01-18 17:10:41 +01:00
QActionGroup * alltxtGroup = new QActionGroup ( this ) ;
ui - > actionDon_t_split_ALL_TXT - > setActionGroup ( alltxtGroup ) ;
ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_yearly - > setActionGroup ( alltxtGroup ) ;
ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_monthly - > setActionGroup ( alltxtGroup ) ;
ui - > actionDisable_writing_of_ALL_TXT - > setActionGroup ( alltxtGroup ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup * DepthGroup = new QActionGroup ( this ) ;
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
ui - > actionQuickDecode - > setActionGroup ( DepthGroup ) ;
ui - > actionMediumDecode - > setActionGroup ( DepthGroup ) ;
ui - > actionDeepestDecode - > setActionGroup ( DepthGroup ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
connect ( ui - > download_samples_action , & QAction : : triggered , [ this ] ( ) {
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
if ( ! m_sampleDownloader )
{
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
m_sampleDownloader . reset ( new SampleDownloader { m_settings , & m_config , & m_network_manager , this } ) ;
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
}
m_sampleDownloader - > show ( ) ;
} ) ;
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
connect ( ui - > view_phase_response_action , & QAction : : triggered , [ this ] ( ) {
2017-07-14 15:33:17 +00:00
if ( ! m_equalizationToolsDialog )
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
{
2017-07-14 15:33:17 +00:00
m_equalizationToolsDialog . reset ( new EqualizationToolsDialog { m_settings , m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) , m_phaseEqCoefficients , this } ) ;
connect ( m_equalizationToolsDialog . data ( ) , & EqualizationToolsDialog : : phase_equalization_changed ,
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
[ this ] ( QVector < double > const & coeffs ) {
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
m_phaseEqCoefficients = coeffs ;
} ) ;
}
2017-07-14 15:33:17 +00:00
m_equalizationToolsDialog - > show ( ) ;
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
} ) ;
2018-10-01 22:43:13 +01:00
connect ( & m_config . lotw_users ( ) , & LotWUsers : : LotW_users_error , this , [ this ] ( QString const & reason ) {
2018-10-01 12:37:52 +01:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Error Loading LotW Users Data " ) , reason ) ;
} , Qt : : QueuedConnection ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
QButtonGroup * txMsgButtonGroup = new QButtonGroup { this } ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb1 , 1 ) ;
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb2 , 2 ) ;
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb3 , 3 ) ;
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb4 , 4 ) ;
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb5 , 5 ) ;
txMsgButtonGroup - > addButton ( ui - > txrb6 , 6 ) ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
connect ( txMsgButtonGroup , SIGNAL ( buttonClicked ( int ) ) , SLOT ( set_ntx ( int ) ) ) ;
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
connect ( ui - > decodedTextBrowser , & DisplayText : : selectCallsign , this , & MainWindow : : doubleClickOnCall2 ) ;
connect ( ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 , & DisplayText : : selectCallsign , this , & MainWindow : : doubleClickOnCall ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
connect ( ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser , & DisplayText : : selectCallsign , this , & MainWindow : : doubleClickOnFoxQueue ) ;
connect ( ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser , & DisplayText : : selectCallsign , this , & MainWindow : : doubleClickOnFoxInProgress ) ;
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
connect ( ui - > decodedTextBrowser , & DisplayText : : erased , this , & MainWindow : : band_activity_cleared ) ;
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
connect ( ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 , & DisplayText : : erased , this , & MainWindow : : rx_frequency_activity_cleared ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2017-09-09 19:34:54 +00:00
// initialize decoded text font and hook up font change signals
2023-01-07 09:57:14 +01:00
// defer initialization until after construction otherwise menu fonts do not get set
// with 50 ms delay we are on the save side
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , this , SLOT ( initialize_fonts ( ) ) ) ;
2017-09-09 19:34:54 +00:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : text_font_changed , [ this ] ( QFont const & font ) {
set_application_font ( font ) ;
} ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : decoded_text_font_changed , [ this ] ( QFont const & font ) {
setDecodedTextFont ( font ) ;
} ) ;
2013-08-11 11:45:17 +00:00
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
setWindowTitle ( program_title ( ) ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & proc_jt9 , & QProcess : : readyReadStandardOutput , this , & MainWindow : : readFromStdout ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 6, 0)
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & proc_jt9 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( QProcess : : ProcessError ) > ( & QProcess : : error ) ,
[ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
subProcessError ( & proc_jt9 , error ) ;
} ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# else
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
connect ( & proc_jt9 , & QProcess : : errorOccurred , [ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
subProcessError ( & proc_jt9 , error ) ;
} ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# endif
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & proc_jt9 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( int , QProcess : : ExitStatus ) > ( & QProcess : : finished ) ,
[ this ] ( int exitCode , QProcess : : ExitStatus status ) {
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
if ( subProcessFailed ( & proc_jt9 , exitCode , status ) )
{
m_valid = false ; // ensures exit if still
// constructing
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( close ( ) ) ) ;
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
} ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
connect ( & p1 , & QProcess : : started , [ this ] ( ) {
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
showStatusMessage ( QString { " Started: %1 \" %2 \" " } . arg ( p1 . program ( ) ) . arg ( p1 . arguments ( ) . join ( " \" \" " ) ) ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
} ) ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & p1 , & QProcess : : readyReadStandardOutput , this , & MainWindow : : p1ReadFromStdout ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 6, 0)
2018-03-09 13:19:27 +00:00
connect ( & p1 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( QProcess : : ProcessError ) > ( & QProcess : : error ) ,
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
[ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
subProcessError ( & p1 , error ) ;
} ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# else
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
connect ( & p1 , & QProcess : : errorOccurred , [ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
subProcessError ( & p1 , error ) ;
} ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# endif
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & p1 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( int , QProcess : : ExitStatus ) > ( & QProcess : : finished ) ,
[ this ] ( int exitCode , QProcess : : ExitStatus status ) {
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
if ( subProcessFailed ( & p1 , exitCode , status ) )
{
m_valid = false ; // ensures exit if still
// constructing
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( close ( ) ) ) ;
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
} ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 6, 0)
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & p3 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( QProcess : : ProcessError ) > ( & QProcess : : error ) ,
[ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# else
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
connect ( & p3 , & QProcess : : errorOccurred , [ this ] ( QProcess : : ProcessError error ) {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
# endif
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
# if !defined(Q_OS_WIN)
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
if ( QProcess : : FailedToStart ! = error )
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
# else
if ( QProcess : : Crashed ! = error )
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# endif
{
subProcessError ( & p3 , error ) ;
}
} ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
connect ( & p3 , & QProcess : : started , [ this ] ( ) {
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
showStatusMessage ( QString { " Started: %1 \" %2 \" " } . arg ( p3 . program ( ) ) . arg ( p3 . arguments ( ) . join ( " \" \" " ) ) ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
} ) ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect ( & p3 , static_cast < void ( QProcess : : * ) ( int , QProcess : : ExitStatus ) > ( & QProcess : : finished ) ,
[ this ] ( int exitCode , QProcess : : ExitStatus status ) {
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
// We forgo detecting user_hardware failures with exit
// code 1 on Windows. This is because we use CMD.EXE to
// run the executable. CMD.EXE returns exit code 1 when it
// can't find the target executable.
if ( exitCode ! = 1 ) // CMD.EXE couldn't find file to execute
2020-07-27 13:13:04 +01:00
# else
// We forgo detecting user_hardware failures with exit
// code 127 non-Windows. This is because we use /bin/sh to
// run the executable. /bin/sh returns exit code 127 when it
// can't find the target executable.
if ( exitCode ! = 127 ) // /bin/sh couldn't find file to execute
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# endif
{
subProcessFailed ( & p3 , exitCode , status ) ;
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
} ) ;
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
// hook up save WAV file exit handling
connect ( & m_saveWAVWatcher , & QFutureWatcher < QString > : : finished , [ this ] {
// extract the promise from the future
auto const & result = m_saveWAVWatcher . future ( ) . result ( ) ;
if ( ! result . isEmpty ( ) ) // error
{
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this , tr ( " Error Writing WAV File " ) , result ) ;
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
}
} ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Hook up working frequencies.
ui - > bandComboBox - > setModel ( m_config . frequencies ( ) ) ;
2022-10-11 18:30:01 -07:00
ui - > bandComboBox - > setModelColumn ( FrequencyList_v2_101 : : frequency_mhz_column ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Enable live band combo box entry validation and action.
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto band_validator = new LiveFrequencyValidator { ui - > bandComboBox
, m_config . bands ( )
, m_config . frequencies ( )
, & m_freqNominal
, this } ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui - > bandComboBox - > setValidator ( band_validator ) ;
// Hook up signals.
connect ( band_validator , & LiveFrequencyValidator : : valid , this , & MainWindow : : band_changed ) ;
connect ( ui - > bandComboBox - > lineEdit ( ) , & QLineEdit : : textEdited , [ this ] ( QString const & ) { m_bandEdited = true ; } ) ;
// hook up configuration signals
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : transceiver_update , this , & MainWindow : : handle_transceiver_update ) ;
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : transceiver_failure , this , & MainWindow : : handle_transceiver_failure ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : udp_server_changed , m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : set_server ) ;
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : udp_server_port_changed , m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : set_server_port ) ;
2020-11-02 15:33:44 +00:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : udp_TTL_changed , m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : set_TTL ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : accept_udp_requests_changed , m_messageClient , & MessageClient : : enable ) ;
2020-09-13 17:12:11 +01:00
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : enumerating_audio_devices , [ this ] ( ) {
showStatusMessage ( tr ( " Enumerating audio devices " ) ) ;
} ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
// set up configurations menu
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
connect ( m_multi_settings , & MultiSettings : : configurationNameChanged , [ this ] ( QString const & name ) {
if ( " Default " ! = name ) {
config_label . setText ( name ) ;
config_label . show ( ) ;
}
else {
config_label . hide ( ) ;
}
2019-06-13 01:44:28 +01:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2023-01-09 10:35:51 +01:00
# if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
2022-12-25 10:58:30 +01:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 250 , [ = ] { setRig ( m_lastMonitoredFrequency ) ; } ) ; // This is needed for Hamradio Deluxe
2023-01-09 10:35:51 +01:00
# endif
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
} ) ;
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_multi_settings - > create_menu_actions ( this , ui - > menuConfig ) ;
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_configurations_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox . addButton ( tr ( " Configurations... " )
, QMessageBox : : ActionRole ) ;
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
// set up message text validators
ui - > tx1 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
ui - > tx2 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
ui - > tx3 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
ui - > tx4 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
ui - > tx5 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
ui - > tx6 - > setValidator ( new QRegExpValidator { message_alphabet , this } ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Free text macros model to widget hook up.
ui - > tx5 - > setModel ( m_config . macros ( ) ) ;
2016-10-30 21:38:52 +00:00
connect ( ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) , & QLineEdit : : editingFinished ,
[ this ] ( ) { on_tx5_currentTextChanged ( ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) - > text ( ) ) ; } ) ;
2014-04-06 21:58:11 +00:00
connect ( & m_guiTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : guiUpdate ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_guiTimer . start ( 100 ) ; //### Don't change the 100 ms! ###
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ptt0Timer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & ptt0Timer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : stopTx2 ) ;
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ptt1Timer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & ptt1Timer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : startTx2 ) ;
2013-03-29 00:21:26 +00:00
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
p1Timer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & p1Timer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : startP1 ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
logQSOTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & logQSOTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : on_logQSOButton_clicked ) ;
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneButtonTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
2021-04-22 23:05:07 +01:00
connect ( & tuneButtonTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : end_tuning ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneATU_Timer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & tuneATU_Timer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : stopTuneATU ) ;
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
killFileTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & killFileTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : killFile ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
uploadTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
connect ( & uploadTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , [ this ] ( ) { uploadWSPRSpots ( ) ; } ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
TxAgainTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
connect ( & TxAgainTimer , SIGNAL ( timeout ( ) ) , this , SLOT ( TxAgain ( ) ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
connect ( m_wideGraph . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( setFreq3 ( int , int ) ) , this ,
SLOT ( setFreq4 ( int , int ) ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
decodeBusy ( false ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2016-10-02 00:23:09 +00:00
m_msg [ 0 ] [ 0 ] = 0 ;
2020-05-13 04:06:40 +01:00
char const * const power [ ] = { " 1 mW " , " 2 mW " , " 5 mW " , " 10 mW " , " 20 mW " , " 50 mW " , " 100 mW " , " 200 mW " , " 500 mW " ,
" 1 W " , " 2 W " , " 5 W " , " 10 W " , " 20 W " , " 50 W " , " 100 W " , " 200 W " , " 500 W " , " 1 kW " } ;
for ( auto i = 0u ; i < sizeof power / sizeof power [ 0 ] ; + + i ) { //Initialize dBm values
2020-06-03 17:43:27 +01:00
auto dBm = int ( ( 10. * i / 3. ) + .5 ) ;
ui - > TxPowerComboBox - > addItem ( QString { " %1 dBm %2 " } . arg ( dBm ) . arg ( power [ i ] ) , dBm ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2022-03-02 07:51:51 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > addItem ( " CQ: None " ) ;
ui - > respondComboBox - > addItem ( " CQ: First " ) ;
2022-03-19 09:07:06 -04:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > addItem ( " CQ: Max Dist " ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2019-03-12 11:09:49 -04:00
m_dateTimeRcvdRR73 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
m_dateTimeSentTx3 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2013-03-25 11:26:11 +00:00
ui - > labAz - > setStyleSheet ( " border: 0px; " ) ;
2019-01-09 08:47:29 -05:00
ui - > labAz - > setText ( " " ) ;
2020-05-19 12:15:58 +01:00
auto t = " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( t ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( t ) ;
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
readSettings ( ) ; //Restore user's setup parameters
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
m_score = 0 ;
read_log ( ) ;
}
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_audioThread . start ( m_audioThreadPriority ) ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
# ifdef WIN32
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( ! m_multiple )
{
while ( true )
{
int iret = killbyname ( " jt9.exe " ) ;
if ( iret = = 603 ) break ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
if ( iret ! = 0 )
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Error Killing jt9.exe Process " )
, tr ( " KillByName return code: %1 " )
. arg ( iret ) ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
}
# endif
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
{
//delete any .quit file that might have been left lying around
//since its presence will cause jt9 to exit a soon as we start it
//and decodes will hang
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile quitFile { m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " .quit " ) } ;
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
while ( quitFile . exists ( ) )
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( ! quitFile . remove ( ) )
{
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Error removing \" %1 \" " ) . arg ( quitFile . fileName ( ) )
, tr ( " Click OK to retry " ) ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
}
}
2020-03-15 14:25:56 -04:00
to_jt9 ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) ; //initialize IPC variables
2013-07-19 00:23:40 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QStringList jt9_args {
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
" -s " , QApplication : : applicationName ( ) // shared memory key,
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
// includes rig
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
# ifdef NDEBUG
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
, " -w " , " 1 " //FFTW patience - release
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
# else
, " -w " , " 1 " //FFTW patience - debug builds for speed
# endif
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
// The number of threads for FFTW specified here is chosen as
// three because that gives the best throughput of the large
// FFTs used in jt9. The count is the minimum of (the number
// available CPU threads less one) and three. This ensures that
// there is always at least one free CPU thread to run the other
// mode decoder in parallel.
, " -m " , QString : : number ( qMin ( qMax ( QThread : : idealThreadCount ( ) - 1 , 1 ) , 3 ) ) //FFTW threads
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
, " -e " , QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_appDir )
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
, " -a " , QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) )
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
, " -t " , QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
} ;
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
QProcessEnvironment new_env { m_env } ;
new_env . insert ( " OMP_STACKSIZE " , " 4M " ) ;
proc_jt9 . setProcessEnvironment ( new_env ) ;
2014-11-20 19:01:52 +00:00
proc_jt9 . start ( QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_appDir ) + QDir : : separator ( ) +
" jt9 " , jt9_args , QIODevice : : ReadWrite | QIODevice : : Unbuffered ) ;
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto fname { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wsjtx_wisdom.dat " ) ) } ;
fftwf_import_wisdom_from_filename ( fname . toLocal8Bit ( ) ) ;
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_ntx = 6 ;
2013-08-06 17:22:33 +00:00
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
connect ( & m_wav_future_watcher , & QFutureWatcher < void > : : finished , this , & MainWindow : : diskDat ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
connect ( & watcher3 , SIGNAL ( finished ( ) ) , this , SLOT ( fast_decode_done ( ) ) ) ;
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
if ( ! m_config . audio_input_device ( ) . isNull ( ) )
{
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream ( m_config . audio_input_device ( )
2020-12-07 20:34:56 +00:00
, m_rx_audio_buffer_frames
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
, m_detector , m_downSampleFactor , m_config . audio_input_channel ( ) ) ;
}
if ( ! m_config . audio_output_device ( ) . isNull ( ) )
{
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream ( m_config . audio_output_device ( )
, AudioDevice : : Mono = = m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ? 1 : 2
2020-12-03 01:49:21 +00:00
, m_tx_audio_buffer_frames ) ;
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
enable_DXCC_entity ( m_config . DXCC ( ) ) ; // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
2015-11-22 14:39:36 +00:00
// this must be done before initializing the mode as some modes need
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// to turn off split on the rig e.g. WSPR
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
m_config . transceiver_online ( ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
bool vhf { m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) } ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( m_txFirst ) ;
morse_ ( const_cast < char * > ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
const_cast < int * > ( icw ) , & m_ncw , ( FCL ) m_config . my_callsign ( ) . length ( ) ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered ( ) ;
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
ui - > cbShMsgs - > setChecked ( m_bShMsgs ) ;
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
ui - > cbSWL - > setChecked ( m_bSWL ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
if ( m_bFast9 ) m_bFastMode = true ;
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setChecked ( m_bFast9 or m_bFastMode ) ;
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
set_mode ( m_mode ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) monitor ( false ) ; //Don't auto-start Monitor in Echo mode.
2020-05-26 10:28:14 -04:00
ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( vhf ? m_nSubMode : 0 ) ; //Submodes require VHF features
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency ( 1000.0 ) ;
} else {
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ) ;
}
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_saveDecoded = ui - > actionSave_decoded - > isChecked ( ) ;
m_saveAll = ui - > actionSave_all - > isChecked ( ) ;
2020-05-13 04:06:40 +01:00
ui - > TxPowerComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( int ( .3 * m_dBm + .2 ) ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
ui - > cbUploadWSPR_Spots - > setChecked ( m_uploadWSPRSpots ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 1 ) ui - > actionQuickDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 2 ) ui - > actionMediumDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 3 ) ui - > actionDeepestDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > setChecked ( m_ndepth & 16 ) ;
ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > setChecked ( m_ndepth & 32 ) ;
ui - > actionEnable_AP_DXcall - > setChecked ( m_ndepth & 64 ) ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > setChecked ( m_ndepth & 128 ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_UTCdisk = - 1 ;
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
m_fCPUmskrtd = 0.0 ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
m_bFastDone = false ;
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
m_bAltV = false ;
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
m_bNoMoreFiles = false ;
2016-11-22 15:47:59 +00:00
m_bDoubleClicked = false ;
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
m_bCallingCQ = false ;
2017-09-20 19:11:04 +00:00
m_bCheckedContest = false ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
m_bDisplayedOnce = false ;
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
m_wait = 0 ;
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
m_isort = - 3 ;
2019-12-08 18:39:37 +00:00
m_max_dB = 70 ;
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
m_CQtype = " CQ " ;
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
fixStop ( ) ;
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) ;
2016-10-24 14:56:14 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setVHF ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) ;
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
connect ( wsprNet , SIGNAL ( uploadStatus ( QString ) ) , this , SLOT ( uploadResponse ( QString ) ) ) ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2016-08-04 15:20:16 +00:00
2016-10-21 18:07:12 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2016-06-30 12:46:14 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
connect ( & minuteTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : on_the_minute ) ;
2022-09-29 08:44:31 -07:00
connect ( & minuteTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : invalidate_frequencies_filter ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
minuteTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
minuteTimer . start ( ms_minute_error ( ) + 60 * 1000 ) ;
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
connect ( & splashTimer , & QTimer : : timeout , this , & MainWindow : : splash_done ) ;
splashTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
splashTimer . start ( 20 * 1000 ) ;
2018-07-02 10:40:50 -04:00
2018-12-10 00:47:31 +00:00
if ( QCoreApplication : : applicationVersion ( ) . contains ( " -devel " ) or
QCoreApplication : : applicationVersion ( ) . contains ( " -rc " ) ) {
2021-02-03 11:38:52 +00:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( not_GA_warning_message ( ) ) ) ;
2018-12-10 00:47:31 +00:00
}
2018-09-10 13:07:30 -04:00
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
2023-01-09 10:39:53 +01:00
// Starting in FT8 Hound mode needs this initialization
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
on_ft8Button_clicked ( ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > click ( ) ;
}
2022-08-18 13:16:23 -04:00
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( SpecOp : : NONE ! = m_specOp ) ;
ui - > labDXped - > setStyleSheet ( " QLabel {background-color: red; color: white;} " ) ;
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
ui - > pbBestSP - > setVisible ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) ;
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
2023-02-17 10:25:07 -05:00
QString jpleph = m_config . data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " JPLEPH " ) ;
jpl_setup_ ( const_cast < char * > ( jpleph . toLocal8Bit ( ) . constData ( ) ) , 256 ) ;
2018-11-14 11:33:46 -05:00
// this must be the last statement of constructor
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
if ( ! m_valid ) throw std : : runtime_error { " Fatal initialization exception " } ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
2018-02-25 00:57:45 +00:00
void MainWindow : : not_GA_warning_message ( )
{
2022-12-08 11:57:51 -05:00
/* ### TEMPORARY ###
2022-05-30 13:55:01 +02:00
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this ,
" This is a pre-release version of WSJT-X 2.6.0 made \n "
" available for testing purposes. By design it will \n "
2022-11-19 20:04:52 +01:00
" be nonfunctional after Mar 31, 2023. " ) ;
2022-05-30 13:55:01 +02:00
auto now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2022-11-19 20:06:41 +01:00
if ( now > = QDateTime { { 2023 , 03 , 31 } , { 23 , 59 , 59 , 999 } , Qt : : UTC } ) {
2022-05-30 13:55:01 +02:00
Q_EMIT finished ( ) ;
}
2022-12-08 11:57:51 -05:00
*/
2018-02-25 00:57:45 +00:00
}
2017-09-09 19:34:54 +00:00
void MainWindow : : initialize_fonts ( )
{
set_application_font ( m_config . text_font ( ) ) ;
setDecodedTextFont ( m_config . decoded_text_font ( ) ) ;
}
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
void MainWindow : : splash_done ( )
{
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
m_splash & & m_splash - > close ( ) ;
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
}
2022-09-29 08:44:31 -07:00
void MainWindow : : invalidate_frequencies_filter ( )
{
// every interval, invalidate the frequency filter, so that if any
// working frequency goes in/out of scope, we pick it up.
m_config . frequencies ( ) - > filter_refresh ( ) ;
ui - > bandComboBox - > update ( ) ;
}
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_the_minute ( )
{
if ( minuteTimer . isSingleShot ( ) )
{
minuteTimer . setSingleShot ( false ) ;
minuteTimer . start ( 60 * 1000 ) ; // run free
}
else
{
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
auto const & ms_error = ms_minute_error ( ) ;
if ( qAbs ( ms_error ) > 1000 ) // keep drift within +-1s
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
{
minuteTimer . setSingleShot ( true ) ;
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
minuteTimer . start ( ms_error + 60 * 1000 ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_config . watchdog ( ) & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_idleMinutes < m_config . watchdog ( ) ) + + m_idleMinutes ;
update_watchdog_label ( ) ;
} else {
tx_watchdog ( false ) ;
}
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow destructor
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
MainWindow : : ~ MainWindow ( )
{
2022-07-30 13:07:49 -04:00
if ( m_astroWidget ) m_astroWidget . reset ( ) ;
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto fname { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wsjtx_wisdom.dat " ) ) } ;
fftwf_export_wisdom_to_filename ( fname . toLocal8Bit ( ) ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_audioThread . quit ( ) ;
m_audioThread . wait ( ) ;
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
remove_child_from_event_filter ( this ) ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
memset ( ipc_qmap , 0 , 4096 ) ; //Zero all of QMAP shared memory
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//-------------------------------------------------------- writeSettings()
void MainWindow : : writeSettings ( )
{
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > beginGroup ( " MainWindow " ) ;
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
if ( ui - > actionSWL_Mode - > isChecked ( ) )
{
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLView " , true ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " ShowMenus " , ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometry " , geometries ( ) [ 0 ] ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLModeGeometry " , saveGeometry ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometryNoControls " , geometries ( ) [ 2 ] ) ;
}
else
{
if ( ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) )
{
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLView " , ui - > actionSWL_Mode - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " ShowMenus " , true ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometry " , saveGeometry ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLModeGeometry " , geometries ( ) [ 1 ] ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometryNoControls " , geometries ( ) [ 2 ] ) ;
}
else
{
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLView " , ui - > actionSWL_Mode - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " ShowMenus " , false ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometry " , geometries ( ) [ 0 ] ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWLModeGeometry " , geometries ( ) [ 1 ] ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " geometryNoControls " , saveGeometry ( ) ) ;
}
}
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " state " , saveState ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " MRUdir " , m_path ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " TxFirst " , m_txFirst ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " DXcall " , ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " DXgrid " , ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " AstroDisplayed " , m_astroWidget & & m_astroWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " MsgAvgDisplayed " , m_msgAvgWidget & & m_msgAvgWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " FoxLogDisplayed " , m_foxLogWindow & & m_foxLogWindow - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " ContestLogDisplayed " , m_contestLogWindow & & m_contestLogWindow - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2022-03-14 10:12:22 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " ActiveStationsDisplayed " , m_ActiveStationsWidget & & m_ActiveStationsWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2022-03-02 07:51:51 -05:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " RespondCQ " , ui - > respondComboBox - > currentIndex ( ) ) ;
2017-12-01 20:54:35 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " HoundSort " , ui - > comboBoxHoundSort - > currentIndex ( ) ) ;
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FoxNlist " , ui - > sbNlist - > value ( ) ) ;
2017-11-15 20:47:24 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FoxNslots " , ui - > sbNslots - > value ( ) ) ;
2019-12-08 18:39:37 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FoxMaxDB_v2 " , ui - > sbMax_dB - > value ( ) ) ; // original key abandoned
2018-11-12 04:09:27 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " SerialNumber " , ui - > sbSerialNumber - > value ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > endGroup ( ) ;
m_settings - > beginGroup ( " Common " ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " Mode " , m_mode ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SaveNone " , ui - > actionNone - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SaveDecoded " , ui - > actionSave_decoded - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " SaveAll " , ui - > actionSave_all - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " NDepth " , m_ndepth ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " RxFreq " , ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " TxFreq " , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " WSPRfreq " , ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FST4W_RxFreq " , ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > value ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " FST4W_FTol " , ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FST4_FLow " , ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " FST4_FHigh " , ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// m_settings->setValue("SubMode",ui->sbSubmode->value());
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " DTtol " , m_DTtol ) ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " Ftol " , ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " MinSync " , m_minSync ) ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " AutoSeq " , ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2017-12-19 21:02:01 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " RxAll " , ui - > cbRxAll - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " ShMsgs " , m_bShMsgs ) ;
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " SWL " , ui - > cbSWL - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " DialFreq " , QVariant : : fromValue ( m_lastMonitoredFrequency ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " OutAttenuation " , ui - > outAttenuation - > value ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " NoSuffix " , m_noSuffix ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " GUItab " , ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " OutBufSize " , outBufSize ) ;
2018-02-11 02:29:27 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " HoldTxFreq " , ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " PctTx " , ui - > sbTxPercent - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-04 15:38:04 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " RoundRobin " , ui - > RoundRobin - > currentText ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " dBm " , m_dBm ) ;
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " RR73 " , m_send_RR73 ) ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " WSPRPreferType1 " , ui - > WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " UploadSpots " , m_uploadWSPRSpots ) ;
2018-11-16 09:30:40 -05:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " NoOwnCall " , ui - > cbNoOwnCall - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " BandHopping " , ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// m_settings->setValue ("TRPeriod", ui->sbTR->value ());
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " MaxDrift " , ui - > sbMaxDrift - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " TRPeriod_FST4W " , ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FastMode " , m_bFastMode ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " Fast9 " , m_bFast9 ) ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " CQTxfreq " , ui - > sbCQTxFreq - > value ( ) ) ;
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " pwrBandTxMemory " , m_pwrBandTxMemory ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " pwrBandTuneMemory " , m_pwrBandTuneMemory ) ;
2017-11-04 17:03:56 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " FT8AP " , ui - > actionEnable_AP_FT8 - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2017-12-02 16:04:52 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " JT65AP " , ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " AutoClearAvg " , ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " SplitterState " , ui - > decodes_splitter - > saveState ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " Blanker " , ui - > sbNB - > value ( ) ) ;
2022-03-26 17:27:26 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " Score " , m_score ) ;
2022-08-18 13:16:23 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " labDXpedText " , ui - > labDXped - > text ( ) ) ;
2022-09-25 16:53:26 -04:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " EchoAvg " , ui - > sbEchoAvg - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-07-14 11:27:41 -04:00
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
{
QList < QVariant > coeffs ; // suitable for QSettings
for ( auto const & coeff : m_phaseEqCoefficients )
{
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
coeffs < < coeff ;
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
}
m_settings - > setValue ( " PhaseEqualizationCoefficients " , QVariant { coeffs } ) ;
}
2022-01-18 17:10:41 +01:00
m_settings - > setValue ( " actionDontSplitALLTXT " , ui - > actionDon_t_split_ALL_TXT - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " splitAllTxtYearly " , ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_yearly - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " splitAllTxtMonthly " , ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_monthly - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
m_settings - > setValue ( " disableWritingOfAllTxt " , ui - > actionDisable_writing_of_ALL_TXT - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > endGroup ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//---------------------------------------------------------- readSettings()
void MainWindow : : readSettings ( )
{
2018-03-21 20:15:46 +00:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2022-03-02 07:51:51 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > beginGroup ( " MainWindow " ) ;
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
std : : array < QByteArray , 3 > the_geometries ;
the_geometries [ 0 ] = m_settings - > value ( " geometry " , saveGeometry ( ) ) . toByteArray ( ) ;
the_geometries [ 1 ] = m_settings - > value ( " SWLModeGeometry " , saveGeometry ( ) ) . toByteArray ( ) ;
the_geometries [ 2 ] = m_settings - > value ( " geometryNoControls " , saveGeometry ( ) ) . toByteArray ( ) ;
auto SWL_mode = m_settings - > value ( " SWLView " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
auto show_menus = m_settings - > value ( " ShowMenus " , true ) . toBool ( ) ;
ui - > actionSWL_Mode - > setChecked ( SWL_mode ) ;
ui - > cbMenus - > setChecked ( show_menus ) ;
auto current_view_mode = SWL_mode ? 1 : show_menus ? 0 : 2 ;
change_layout ( current_view_mode ) ;
geometries ( current_view_mode , the_geometries ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
restoreState ( m_settings - > value ( " state " , saveState ( ) ) . toByteArray ( ) ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( m_settings - > value ( " DXcall " , QString { } ) . toString ( ) ) ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( m_settings - > value ( " DXgrid " , QString { } ) . toString ( ) ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_path = m_settings - > value ( " MRUdir " , m_config . save_directory ( ) . absolutePath ( ) ) . toString ( ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_txFirst = m_settings - > value ( " TxFirst " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
auto displayAstro = m_settings - > value ( " AstroDisplayed " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
auto displayMsgAvg = m_settings - > value ( " MsgAvgDisplayed " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
auto displayFoxLog = m_settings - > value ( " FoxLogDisplayed " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
auto displayContestLog = m_settings - > value ( " ContestLogDisplayed " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2022-03-14 10:12:22 -04:00
bool displayActiveStations = m_settings - > value ( " ActiveStationsDisplayed " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2022-03-02 07:51:51 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( m_settings - > value ( " RespondCQ " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2017-12-01 20:54:35 +00:00
ui - > comboBoxHoundSort - > setCurrentIndex ( m_settings - > value ( " HoundSort " , 3 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
ui - > sbNlist - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FoxNlist " , 12 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2018-10-15 11:09:54 -04:00
m_Nslots = m_settings - > value ( " FoxNslots " , 5 ) . toInt ( ) ;
ui - > sbNslots - > setValue ( m_Nslots ) ;
2019-12-08 18:39:37 +00:00
ui - > sbMax_dB - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FoxMaxDB_v2 " , 70 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2018-11-12 04:09:27 +00:00
ui - > sbSerialNumber - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " SerialNumber " , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > endGroup ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// do this outside of settings group because it uses groups internally
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
ui - > actionAstronomical_data - > setChecked ( displayAstro ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_settings - > beginGroup ( " Common " ) ;
2022-08-18 13:16:23 -04:00
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( m_settings - > value ( " labDXpedText " , QString { } ) . toString ( ) ) ;
2022-01-18 17:10:41 +01:00
ui - > actionDon_t_split_ALL_TXT - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " actionDontSplitALLTXT " , true ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_yearly - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " splitAllTxtYearly " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_monthly - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " splitAllTxtMonthly " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
ui - > actionDisable_writing_of_ALL_TXT - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " disableWritingOfAllTxt " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2022-12-30 09:29:54 +01:00
m_mode = m_settings - > value ( " Mode " , " FT8 " ) . toString ( ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui - > actionNone - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " SaveNone " , true ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui - > actionSave_decoded - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " SaveDecoded " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui - > actionSave_all - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " SaveAll " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 0 ) ; // ensure a change is signaled
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > setValue ( 0 ) ;
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FST4W_RxFreq " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
ui - > sbF_Low - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FST4_FLow " , 600 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > sbF_High - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FST4_FHigh " , 1400 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// m_nSubMode=m_settings->value("SubMode",0).toInt();
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_Q65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT4 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
// ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_nSubMode_Q65 ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_nSubMode_JT65 ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_nSubMode_JT4 ) ;
2018-11-01 11:20:51 -05:00
ui - > sbFtol - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " Ftol " , 50 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " FST4W_FTol " , 100 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2016-12-08 15:38:54 +00:00
m_minSync = m_settings - > value ( " MinSync " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
ui - > syncSpinBox - > setValue ( m_minSync ) ;
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " AutoSeq " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2017-12-19 21:02:01 +00:00
ui - > cbRxAll - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " RxAll " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
m_bShMsgs = m_settings - > value ( " ShMsgs " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
m_bSWL = m_settings - > value ( " SWL " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFast9 = m_settings - > value ( " Fast9 " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
m_bFastMode = m_settings - > value ( " FastMode " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// ui->sbTR->setValue (m_settings->value ("TRPeriod", 15).toInt());
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_Q65 " , 30 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_MSK144 " , 15 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_FST4 " , 60 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
ui - > sbMaxDrift - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " MaxDrift " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_FST4W " , 15 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_settings - > value ( " DialFreq " ,
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
QVariant : : fromValue < Frequency > ( default_frequency ) ) . value < Frequency > ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 0 ) ; // ensure a change is signaled
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " WSPRfreq " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 0 ) ; // ensure a change is signaled
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_ndepth = m_settings - > value ( " NDepth " , 3 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
ui - > sbTxPercent - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " PctTx " , 20 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTxPercent - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-04 15:38:04 -04:00
ui - > RoundRobin - > setCurrentText ( m_settings - > value ( " RoundRobin " , tr ( " Random " ) ) . toString ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_dBm = m_settings - > value ( " dBm " , 37 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2020-05-23 09:05:01 -04:00
m_send_RR73 = m_settings - > value ( " RR73 " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2022-03-26 17:27:26 -04:00
m_score = m_settings - > value ( " Score " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
if ( m_send_RR73 ) {
m_send_RR73 = false ;
on_txrb4_doubleClicked ( ) ;
}
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
ui - > WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " WSPRPreferType1 " , true ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
m_uploadWSPRSpots = m_settings - > value ( " UploadSpots " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
2018-11-16 09:30:40 -05:00
ui - > cbNoOwnCall - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " NoOwnCall " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " BandHopping " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup initial value of tx attenuator
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui - > outAttenuation - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " OutAttenuation " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false ;
2017-07-09 14:16:09 +00:00
ui - > sbCQTxFreq - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " CQTxFreq " , 260 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_noSuffix = m_settings - > value ( " NoSuffix " , false ) . toBool ( ) ;
int n = m_settings - > value ( " GUItab " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
ui - > tabWidget - > setCurrentIndex ( n ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
outBufSize = m_settings - > value ( " OutBufSize " , 4096 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2018-02-11 02:29:27 +00:00
ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " HoldTxFreq " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
m_pwrBandTxMemory = m_settings - > value ( " pwrBandTxMemory " ) . toHash ( ) ;
m_pwrBandTuneMemory = m_settings - > value ( " pwrBandTuneMemory " ) . toHash ( ) ;
2017-11-04 17:03:56 +00:00
ui - > actionEnable_AP_FT8 - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " FT8AP " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2017-12-02 16:04:52 +00:00
ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " JT65AP " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > setChecked ( m_settings - > value ( " AutoClearAvg " , false ) . toBool ( ) ) ;
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
ui - > decodes_splitter - > restoreState ( m_settings - > value ( " SplitterState " ) . toByteArray ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
ui - > sbNB - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " Blanker " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2022-09-25 16:53:26 -04:00
ui - > sbEchoAvg - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " EchoAvg " , 10 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
{
auto const & coeffs = m_settings - > value ( " PhaseEqualizationCoefficients "
, QList < QVariant > { 0. , 0. , 0. , 0. , 0. } ) . toList ( ) ;
m_phaseEqCoefficients . clear ( ) ;
for ( auto const & coeff : coeffs )
{
m_phaseEqCoefficients . append ( coeff . value < double > ( ) ) ;
}
}
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings - > endGroup ( ) ;
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// use these initialisation settings to tune the audio o/p buffer
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
// size and audio thread priority
m_settings - > beginGroup ( " Tune " ) ;
2022-01-23 09:19:28 +01:00
m_audioThreadPriority = static_cast < QThread : : Priority > ( m_settings - > value ( " Audio/ThreadPriority " , QThread : : TimeCriticalPriority ) . toInt ( ) % 8 ) ;
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
m_settings - > endGroup ( ) ;
2022-09-20 15:52:24 +02:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
checkMSK144ContestType ( ) ;
2018-10-10 13:18:40 -04:00
if ( displayMsgAvg ) on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered ( ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
if ( displayFoxLog ) on_fox_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
if ( displayContestLog ) on_contest_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2022-03-14 14:18:53 -04:00
if ( displayActiveStations ) {
on_actionActiveStations_triggered ( ) ;
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
QString t { " " } ;
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > displayRecentStations ( " Q65-pileup " , t ) ;
} else {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > displayRecentStations ( " Q65 " , t ) ;
}
}
2022-03-14 14:18:53 -04:00
}
2018-07-27 09:30:00 -04:00
}
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
void MainWindow : : checkMSK144ContestType ( )
2018-07-27 09:30:00 -04:00
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NONE ! = m_specOp )
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " & & SpecOp : : EU_VHF < m_specOp )
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
{
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Improper mode " ) ,
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
" Mode will be changed to FT8. MSK144 not available if Fox, Hound, Field Day, FT Roundup, WW Digi. or ARRL Digi contest is selected. " ) ;
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
on_actionFT8_triggered ( ) ;
}
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-09-09 19:34:54 +00:00
void MainWindow : : set_application_font ( QFont const & font )
{
qApp - > setFont ( font ) ;
// set font in the application style sheet as well in case it has
// been modified in the style sheet which has priority
2018-12-17 01:48:45 +00:00
QString ss ;
if ( qApp - > styleSheet ( ) . size ( ) )
{
auto sheet = qApp - > styleSheet ( ) ;
sheet . remove ( " file:/// " ) ;
QFile sf { sheet } ;
if ( sf . open ( QFile : : ReadOnly | QFile : : Text ) )
{
2022-11-01 16:40:08 +01:00
QString tmp = sf . readAll ( ) ;
if ( tmp ! = NULL ) ss = sf . readAll ( ) + tmp ;
else qDebug ( ) < < " tmp==NULL at sf.readAll " ;
2018-12-17 01:48:45 +00:00
}
}
qApp - > setStyleSheet ( ss + " * { " + font_as_stylesheet ( font ) + ' } ' ) ;
2022-10-14 14:20:25 +02:00
// ensure a balanced layout of the mode buttons
2022-10-03 12:00:10 +02:00
qreal pointSize = m_config . text_font ( ) . pointSizeF ( ) ;
if ( pointSize < 11 ) {
ui - > houndButton - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > ft8Button - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > ft4Button - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > msk144Button - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > q65Button - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > jt65Button - > setMaximumWidth ( 40 ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
ui - > ft8Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
ui - > ft4Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
ui - > msk144Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
ui - > q65Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
ui - > jt65Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 0 ) ;
} else {
ui - > houndButton - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
ui - > ft8Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
ui - > ft4Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
ui - > msk144Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
ui - > q65Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
ui - > jt65Button - > setMinimumWidth ( 50 ) ;
}
2017-09-09 19:34:54 +00:00
for ( auto & widget : qApp - > topLevelWidgets ( ) )
{
widget - > updateGeometry ( ) ;
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : setDecodedTextFont ( QFont const & font )
{
2015-04-05 12:22:01 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > setContentFont ( font ) ;
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > setContentFont ( font ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > setContentFont ( font ) ;
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > displayHoundToBeCalled ( " " ) ;
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > setText ( " " ) ;
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > setContentFont ( font ) ;
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > displayHoundToBeCalled ( " " ) ;
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > setText ( " " ) ;
2015-04-07 12:08:55 +00:00
auto style_sheet = " QLabel { " + font_as_stylesheet ( font ) + ' } ' ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setStyleSheet ( ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > styleSheet ( ) + style_sheet ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setStyleSheet ( ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > styleSheet ( ) + style_sheet ) ;
2016-05-18 23:22:24 +00:00
if ( m_msgAvgWidget ) {
m_msgAvgWidget - > changeFont ( font ) ;
}
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
if ( m_foxLogWindow ) {
2018-11-23 01:18:39 +00:00
m_foxLogWindow - > set_log_view_font ( font ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
if ( m_contestLogWindow ) {
2018-11-23 01:18:39 +00:00
m_contestLogWindow - > set_log_view_font ( font ) ;
2022-07-14 12:42:55 -04:00
m_contestLogWindow - > set_nQSO ( m_logBook . contest_log ( ) - > n_qso ( ) ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
}
2022-05-05 13:35:27 -04:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > changeFont ( font ) ;
}
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
updateGeometry ( ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
void MainWindow : : fixStop ( )
{
2016-09-09 17:46:09 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 179 ;
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 396 ;
} else if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2017-12-23 01:04:12 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 9 ;
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) {
m_hsymStop = 176 ;
2016-10-26 16:11:21 +00:00
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 179 ;
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) {
m_hsymStop = 173 ;
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 179 ;
2020-12-15 14:48:27 -05:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) {
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 174 ;
2016-10-26 16:11:21 +00:00
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 179 ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2020-12-22 09:56:15 -05:00
m_hsymStop = 48 ; // 13.8 s
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) {
m_hsymStop = 96 ; // 27.6 s
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 100 ; // 28.8 s
}
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) m_hsymStop = 196 ; // 56.4 s
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) m_hsymStop = 408 ; // 117.5 s
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) m_hsymStop = 1030 ; // 296.6 s
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " FreqCal " ) {
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
m_hsymStop = ( ( int ( m_TRperiod / 0.288 ) ) / 8 ) * 8 ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2017-07-06 16:12:32 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 50 ;
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) {
2019-05-23 09:23:58 -04:00
m_hsymStop = 21 ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2020-07-18 18:52:09 +01:00
int stop [ ] = { 39 , 85 , 187 , 387 , 1003 , 3107 , 6232 } ;
int stop_EME [ ] = { 48 , 95 , 197 , 396 , 1012 , 3107 , 6232 } ;
2020-06-25 17:18:48 -04:00
int i = 0 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) i = 1 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) i = 2 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) i = 3 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) i = 4 ;
2020-07-18 18:50:08 +01:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 900 ) i = 5 ;
2020-07-21 14:56:20 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 1800 ) i = 6 ;
2020-06-25 17:18:48 -04:00
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) {
m_hsymStop = stop_EME [ i ] ;
} else {
m_hsymStop = stop [ i ] ;
}
2020-06-17 10:56:18 -04:00
}
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- dataSink()
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
void MainWindow : : dataSink ( qint64 frames )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
static float s [ NSMAX ] ;
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
char line [ 80 ] ;
2019-04-02 11:39:28 -04:00
int k ( frames ) ;
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto fname { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " refspec.dat " ) ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ;
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if ( m_diskData ) {
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . ndiskdat = 1 ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . ndiskdat = 0 ;
2021-03-16 16:55:28 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setDiskUTC ( - 1 ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-10-21 19:35:10 +00:00
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
m_bUseRef = m_wideGraph - > useRef ( ) ;
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
if ( ! m_diskData ) {
refspectrum_ ( & dec_data . d2 [ k - m_nsps / 2 ] , & m_bClearRefSpec , & m_bRefSpec ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& m_bUseRef , fname . constData ( ) , ( FCL ) fname . size ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
}
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
m_bClearRefSpec = false ;
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_bFast9 ) {
2017-03-20 19:35:17 +00:00
fastSink ( frames ) ;
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
if ( m_bFastMode ) return ;
2017-03-20 19:35:17 +00:00
}
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// Get power, spectrum, and ihsym
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . nfa = m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) ;
dec_data . params . nfb = m_wideGraph - > Fmax ( ) ;
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) {
dec_data . params . nfa = ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) ;
dec_data . params . nfb = ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int nsps = m_nsps ;
if ( m_bFastMode ) nsps = 6912 ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
int nsmo = m_wideGraph - > smoothYellow ( ) - 1 ;
2019-02-25 15:04:05 -05:00
bool bLowSidelobes = m_config . lowSidelobes ( ) ;
2020-07-14 11:27:41 -04:00
int npct = 0 ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) ) npct = ui - > sbNB - > value ( ) ;
2020-06-17 19:28:44 -04:00
symspec_ ( & dec_data , & k , & m_TRperiod , & nsps , & m_inGain , & bLowSidelobes , & nsmo , & m_px , s ,
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
& m_df3 , & m_ihsym , & m_npts8 , & m_pxmax , & npct ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) wspr_downsample_ ( dec_data . d2 , & k ) ;
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if ( m_ihsym < = 0 ) return ;
2017-03-06 15:52:09 +00:00
if ( ui ) ui - > signal_meter_widget - > setValue ( m_px , m_pxmax ) ; // Update thermometer
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
if ( m_monitoring | | m_diskData ) {
2022-09-08 15:27:01 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > dataSink2 ( s , m_df3 , m_ihsym , m_diskData , m_px ) ;
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
}
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) return ;
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
fixStop ( ) ;
2017-01-10 01:39:27 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FreqCal "
// only calculate after 1st chunk, also skip chunk where rig
// changed frequency
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
& & ! ( m_ihsym % 8 ) & & m_ihsym > 8 & & m_ihsym < = m_hsymStop ) {
2017-01-09 01:09:58 +00:00
int RxFreq = ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
int nkhz = ( m_freqNominal + RxFreq ) / 1000 ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
int ftol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
freqcal_ ( & dec_data . d2 [ 0 ] , & k , & nkhz , & RxFreq , & ftol , & line [ 0 ] , ( FCL ) 80 ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
QString t = QString : : fromLatin1 ( line ) ;
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext { t } ;
2022-03-22 12:41:08 -04:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > displayDecodedText ( decodedtext , m_config . my_callsign ( ) ,
m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) , m_logBook , m_currentBand , m_config . ppfx ( ) ) ;
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
if ( ui - > measure_check_box - > isChecked ( ) ) {
// Append results text to file "fmt.all".
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " fmt.all " ) } ;
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text | QIODevice : : Append ) ) {
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
out < < t
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
} else {
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " File Open Error " )
, tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for append: %2 " )
. arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
}
2017-01-05 20:20:43 +00:00
}
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
if ( m_ihsym = = m_hsymStop & & ui - > actionFrequency_calibration - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
freqCalStep ( ) ;
2017-01-05 20:20:43 +00:00
}
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
}
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if ( m_ihsym = = 3 * m_hsymStop / 4 ) {
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_dialFreqRxWSPR = m_freqNominal ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2020-03-10 16:26:42 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
to_jt9 ( m_ihsym , - 1 , - 1 ) ; //Allow jt9 to bail out early, if necessary
2020-03-13 14:25:12 -04:00
if ( m_ihsym = = 40 and m_decoderBusy ) {
2020-04-22 11:34:06 -04:00
qDebug ( ) < < " Clearing hung decoder status " ;
2020-03-13 14:25:12 -04:00
decodeDone ( ) ; //Clear a hung decoder status
}
2020-03-10 16:26:42 -04:00
}
2020-03-11 16:03:51 -04:00
bool bCallDecoder = false ;
if ( m_ihsym = = m_hsymStop ) bCallDecoder = true ;
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and ! m_diskData ) {
if ( m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode ) bCallDecoder = true ;
if ( m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode2 ) bCallDecoder = true ;
}
if ( bCallDecoder ) {
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2022-04-22 15:34:12 -04:00
float dBerr = 0.0 ;
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
int nfrit = 0 ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
if ( m_astroWidget ) nfrit = m_astroWidget - > nfRIT ( ) ;
2022-06-22 14:34:50 -04:00
int nauto = 0 ;
if ( m_auto ) nauto = 1 ;
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
int nqual = 0 ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
float f1 = 1500.0 + m_fDither ;
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
float xlevel = 0.0 ;
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
float sigdb = 0.0 ;
float dfreq = 0.0 ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
float width = m_fSpread ;
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
echocom_ . nclearave = m_nclearave ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
int nDop = m_fAudioShift ;
2022-08-17 09:42:33 -04:00
int nDopTotal = m_fDop ;
2022-09-26 08:07:11 -04:00
int navg = ui - > sbEchoAvg - > value ( ) ;
2022-07-27 14:03:54 -04:00
if ( m_diskData ) {
int idir = - 1 ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
save_echo_params_ ( & nDopTotal , & nDop , & nfrit , & f1 , & width , dec_data . d2 , & idir ) ;
2022-07-27 14:03:54 -04:00
}
2022-09-26 08:07:11 -04:00
avecho_ ( dec_data . d2 , & nDop , & nfrit , & nauto , & navg , & nqual , & f1 , & xlevel , & sigdb ,
2022-09-26 10:45:33 -04:00
& dBerr , & dfreq , & width , & m_diskData ) ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
//Don't restart Monitor after an Echo transmission
if ( m_bEchoTxed and ! m_auto ) {
monitor ( false ) ;
m_bEchoTxed = false ;
}
2022-08-30 12:58:37 -04:00
2022-08-17 13:20:00 -04:00
if ( m_monitoring or m_auto or m_diskData ) {
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
QString t0 , t1 ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
if ( m_diskData ) {
t0 = t0 . asprintf ( " %06d " , m_UTCdisk ) ;
} else {
2022-09-02 11:37:25 -04:00
QDateTime now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
int ihr = now . toString ( " hh " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int imin = now . toString ( " mm " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int isec = now . toString ( " ss " ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( m_auto ) isec = isec - isec % 6 ;
if ( ! m_auto ) isec = isec - isec % 3 ;
2022-09-02 13:34:22 -04:00
t0 = t0 . asprintf ( " %02d%02d%02d " , ihr , imin , isec ) ;
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
t1 = now . toString ( " yyMMdd_ " ) ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
}
2022-09-01 14:32:11 -04:00
int n = t0 . toInt ( ) ;
int nsec = ( ( n / 10000 ) * 3600 ) + ( ( ( n / 100 ) % 100 ) * 60 ) + ( n % 100 ) ;
2022-09-10 08:46:51 -04:00
if ( ! m_echoRunning or echocom_ . nsum < 2 ) m_echoSec0 = nsec ;
2022-09-21 16:03:26 -04:00
float hour = n / 10000 + ( ( n / 100 ) % 100 ) / 60.0 + ( n % 100 ) / 3600.0 ;
2022-09-01 14:32:11 -04:00
m_echoRunning = true ;
QString t ;
2022-09-26 10:45:33 -04:00
t = t . asprintf ( " %9.6f %5.2f %7d %7.1f %7d %7d %7d %7.1f %7.1f " , hour , xlevel ,
nDopTotal , width , echocom_ . nsum , nqual , qRound ( dfreq ) , sigdb , dBerr ) ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
t = t0 + t ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
if ( ui ) ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertText ( t ) ;
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
t = t1 + t ;
write_all ( " Rx " , t ) ;
2022-07-29 11:38:55 -04:00
}
2022-08-30 12:58:37 -04:00
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
if ( m_echoGraph - > isVisible ( ) ) m_echoGraph - > plotSpec ( ) ;
2022-08-29 13:45:29 -04:00
if ( m_saveAll and ! m_diskData ) {
2022-07-27 14:03:54 -04:00
int idir = 1 ;
2022-08-17 11:19:53 -04:00
save_echo_params_ ( & m_fDop , & nDop , & nfrit , & f1 , & width , dec_data . d2 , & idir ) ;
m_fSpread = width ;
2022-07-27 14:03:54 -04:00
}
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
m_nclearave = 0 ;
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
}
2022-08-30 12:58:37 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FreqCal " ) return ;
if ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR = = 0 ) m_dialFreqRxWSPR = m_freqNominal ;
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
m_dataAvailable = true ;
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
dec_data . params . npts8 = ( m_ihsym * m_nsps ) / 16 ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . newdat = 1 ;
dec_data . params . nagain = 0 ;
dec_data . params . nzhsym = m_hsymStop ;
2020-02-13 15:05:37 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode and ! m_diskData ) dec_data . params . nzhsym = m_earlyDecode ;
2020-03-05 15:37:31 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode2 and ! m_diskData ) dec_data . params . nzhsym = m_earlyDecode2 ;
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QDateTime now { QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) } ;
m_dateTime = now . toString ( " yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm " ) ;
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " WSPR " ) decode ( ) ; //Start decoder
2020-03-05 15:37:31 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and ! m_diskData and ( m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode or m_ihsym = = m_earlyDecode2 ) ) return ;
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
if ( ! m_diskData )
{
2020-11-14 20:50:27 +00:00
Q_EMIT reset_audio_input_stream ( true ) ; // reports dropped samples
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
}
2021-05-29 09:36:43 -05:00
if ( ! m_diskData and ( m_saveAll or m_saveDecoded or m_mode = = " WSPR " ) ) {
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
//Always save unless "Save None"; may delete later
2020-06-17 10:56:18 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod < 60 ) {
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
int n = fmod ( double ( now . time ( ) . second ( ) ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
if ( n < ( m_TRperiod / 2 ) ) n = n + m_TRperiod ;
auto const & period_start = now . addSecs ( - n ) ;
m_fnameWE = m_config . save_directory ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( period_start . toString ( " yyMMdd_hhmmss " ) ) ;
} else {
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
auto const & period_start = now . addSecs ( - ( now . time ( ) . minute ( ) % ( int ( m_TRperiod ) / 60 ) ) * 60 ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
m_fnameWE = m_config . save_directory ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( period_start . toString ( " yyMMdd_hhmm " ) ) ;
}
2019-04-02 13:04:40 -04:00
int samples = m_TRperiod * 12000 ;
2019-05-22 17:02:15 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) samples = 21 * 3456 ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
m_saveWAVWatcher . setFuture ( QtConcurrent : : run ( std : : bind ( & MainWindow : : save_wave_file ,
2019-04-02 13:04:40 -04:00
this , m_fnameWE , & dec_data . d2 [ 0 ] , samples , m_config . my_callsign ( ) ,
2022-05-07 14:40:14 +02:00
m_config . my_grid ( ) , m_mode , m_nSubMode , m_freqNominalPeriod , m_hisCall , m_hisGrid ) ) ) ;
2020-12-15 09:52:50 -06:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto c2name { ( m_fnameWE + " .c2 " ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
int nsec = 120 ;
2016-12-22 14:24:56 +00:00
int nbfo = 1500 ;
double f0m1500 = m_freqNominal / 1000000.0 + nbfo - 1500 ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
int err = savec2_ ( c2name . constData ( ) , & nsec , & f0m1500 , ( FCL ) c2name . size ( ) ) ;
2016-08-29 17:01:38 +00:00
if ( err ! = 0 ) MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Error saving c2 file " ) , c2name ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
2022-08-30 12:58:37 -04:00
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
QStringList t2 ;
QStringList depth_args ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
t2 < < " -f " < < QString { " %1 " } . arg ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR / 1e6 , 0 , ' f ' , 6 ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 1 ) depth_args < < " -qB " ; //2 pass w subtract, no Block detection, no shift jittering
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 2 ) depth_args < < " -C " < < " 500 " < < " -o " < < " 4 " ; //3 pass, subtract, Block detection, OSD
if ( ( m_ndepth & 7 ) = = 3 ) depth_args < < " -C " < < " 500 " < < " -o " < < " 4 " < < " -d " ; //3 pass, subtract, Block detect, OSD, more candidates
QStringList degrade ;
degrade < < " -d " < < QString { " %1 " } . arg ( m_config . degrade ( ) , 4 , ' f ' , 1 ) ;
m_cmndP1 . clear ( ) ;
2017-05-19 15:52:48 +00:00
if ( m_diskData ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
m_cmndP1 < < depth_args < < " -a "
< < QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) ) < < m_path ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2020-06-16 16:59:40 -04:00
m_cmndP1 < < depth_args < < " -a "
< < QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) )
< < t2 < < m_fnameWE + " .wav " ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
if ( ui ) ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
p1Timer . start ( 1000 ) ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
m_decoderBusy = true ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2022-08-30 12:58:37 -04:00
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_rxDone = true ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
void MainWindow : : startP1 ( )
{
2020-06-16 16:59:40 -04:00
p1 . start ( QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( QDir { QApplication : : applicationDirPath ( ) } . absoluteFilePath ( " wsprd " ) ) , m_cmndP1 ) ;
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
}
2019-02-21 10:08:18 -05:00
QString MainWindow : : save_wave_file ( QString const & name , short const * data , int samples ,
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
QString const & my_callsign , QString const & my_grid , QString const & mode , qint32 sub_mode ,
Frequency frequency , QString const & his_call , QString const & his_grid ) const
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
{
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
//
// This member function runs in a thread and should not access
// members that may be changed in the GUI thread or any other thread
// without suitable synchronization.
//
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
QAudioFormat format ;
format . setCodec ( " audio/pcm " ) ;
format . setSampleRate ( 12000 ) ;
format . setChannelCount ( 1 ) ;
format . setSampleSize ( 16 ) ;
format . setSampleType ( QAudioFormat : : SignedInt ) ;
2020-08-11 13:48:01 +01:00
auto source = QString { " %1; %2 " } . arg ( my_callsign ) . arg ( my_grid ) ;
auto comment = QString { " Mode=%1%2; Freq=%3%4 " }
. arg ( mode )
. arg ( QString { ( mode . contains ( ' J ' ) & & ! mode . contains ( ' + ' ) )
2020-12-22 03:48:35 +00:00
| | mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) | | mode . startsWith ( ' Q ' )
2020-08-11 13:48:01 +01:00
? QString { " ; Sub Mode= " } + QString : : number ( int ( samples / 12000 ) ) + QChar { ' A ' + sub_mode }
: QString { } } )
. arg ( Radio : : frequency_MHz_string ( frequency ) )
. arg ( QString { mode ! = " WSPR " ? QString { " ; DXCall=%1; DXGrid=%2 " }
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
. arg ( his_call )
. arg ( his_grid ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) : " " } ) ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
BWFFile : : InfoDictionary list_info {
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
{ { { ' I ' , ' S ' , ' R ' , ' C ' } } , source . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ,
{ { { ' I ' , ' S ' , ' F ' , ' T ' } } , program_title ( revision ( ) ) . simplified ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ,
2018-12-01 13:16:57 -05:00
{ { { ' I ' , ' C ' , ' R ' , ' D ' } } , QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( )
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
. toString ( " yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.zzzZ " ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ,
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
{ { { ' I ' , ' C ' , ' M ' , ' T ' } } , comment . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ,
2018-04-21 19:10:02 +00:00
} ;
auto file_name = name + " .wav " ;
BWFFile wav { format , file_name , list_info } ;
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
if ( ! wav . open ( BWFFile : : WriteOnly )
| | 0 > wav . write ( reinterpret_cast < char const * > ( data )
2019-02-21 10:08:18 -05:00
, sizeof ( short ) * samples ) )
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
{
2018-04-21 19:10:02 +00:00
return file_name + " : " + wav . errorString ( ) ;
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
}
return QString { } ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- fastSink()
void MainWindow : : fastSink ( qint64 frames )
{
int k ( frames ) ;
bool decodeNow = false ;
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
if ( k < m_k0 ) { //New sequence ?
memcpy ( fast_green2 , fast_green , 4 * 703 ) ; //Copy fast_green[] to fast_green2[]
memcpy ( fast_s2 , fast_s , 4 * 703 * 64 ) ; //Copy fast_s[] into fast_s2[]
fast_jh2 = fast_jh ;
if ( ! m_diskData ) memset ( dec_data . d2 , 0 , 2 * 30 * 12000 ) ; //Zero the d2[] array
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastDecodeCalled = false ;
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
m_bDecoded = false ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
QDateTime tnow = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
int ihr = tnow . toString ( " hh " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int imin = tnow . toString ( " mm " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int isec = tnow . toString ( " ss " ) . toInt ( ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
isec = isec - fmod ( double ( isec ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
int nutc0 = 10000 * ihr + 100 * imin + isec ;
if ( m_diskData ) nutc0 = m_UTCdisk ;
char line [ 80 ] ;
bool bmsk144 = ( ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) and ( m_monitoring or m_diskData ) ) ;
line [ 0 ] = 0 ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
2017-01-09 01:09:58 +00:00
int RxFreq = ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
2016-09-28 20:41:41 +00:00
int nTRpDepth = m_TRperiod + 1000 * ( m_ndepth & 3 ) ;
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
qint64 ms0 = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) ;
2019-07-03 01:51:40 +01:00
// ::memcpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_baseCall+" ").toLatin1(),sizeof dec_data.params.mycall);
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . mycall , ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . mycall ) ;
2016-10-04 14:01:02 +00:00
QString hisCall { ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) } ;
bool bshmsg = ui - > cbShMsgs - > isChecked ( ) ;
2016-12-31 02:05:51 +00:00
bool bswl = ui - > cbSWL - > isChecked ( ) ;
2019-07-03 01:51:40 +01:00
// ::memcpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(Radio::base_callsign (hisCall) + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), sizeof dec_data.params.hiscall);
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . hiscall , ( hisCall + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . hiscall ) ;
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . mygrid , ( m_config . my_grid ( ) + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . mygrid ) ;
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto data_dir { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ;
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
float pxmax = 0 ;
float rmsNoGain = 0 ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
int ftol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2020-03-19 11:43:22 -04:00
hspec_ ( dec_data . d2 , & k , & nutc0 , & nTRpDepth , & RxFreq , & ftol , & bmsk144 ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& m_bTrain , m_phaseEqCoefficients . constData ( ) , & m_inGain , & dec_data . params . mycall [ 0 ] ,
& dec_data . params . hiscall [ 0 ] , & bshmsg , & bswl ,
data_dir . constData ( ) , fast_green , fast_s , & fast_jh , & pxmax , & rmsNoGain , & line [ 0 ] , ( FCL ) 12 ,
( FCL ) 12 , ( FCL ) data_dir . size ( ) , ( FCL ) 80 ) ;
2016-09-13 12:51:34 +00:00
float px = fast_green [ fast_jh ] ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString t ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " Rx noise: %5.1f " , px ) ;
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
ui - > signal_meter_widget - > setValue ( rmsNoGain , pxmax ) ; // Update thermometer
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > plotSpec ( m_diskData , m_UTCdisk ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
if ( bmsk144 and ( line [ 0 ] ! = 0 ) ) {
2017-08-30 02:27:57 +00:00
QString message { QString : : fromLatin1 ( line ) } ;
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext { message . replace ( QChar : : LineFeed , " " ) } ;
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > displayDecodedText ( decodedtext , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
m_logBook , m_currentBand , m_config . ppfx ( ) ) ;
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
m_bDecoded = true ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
auto_sequence ( decodedtext , ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) , std : : numeric_limits < unsigned > : : max ( ) ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
postDecode ( true , decodedtext . string ( ) ) ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
// writeAllTxt(message);
write_all ( " Rx " , message ) ;
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext . report ( m_baseCall ,
Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) , m_rptRcvd ) ;
2017-07-26 21:18:59 +00:00
if ( stdMsg ) pskPost ( decodedtext ) ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
}
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
float fracTR = float ( k ) / ( 12000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decodeNow = false ;
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
if ( fracTR > 0.92 ) {
2016-09-28 20:41:41 +00:00
m_dataAvailable = true ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
fast_decode_done ( ) ;
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
m_bFastDone = true ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_k0 = k ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
if ( m_diskData and m_k0 > = dec_data . params . kin - 7 * 512 ) decodeNow = true ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( ! m_diskData and m_tRemaining < 0.35 and ! m_bFastDecodeCalled ) decodeNow = true ;
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) decodeNow = false ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( decodeNow ) {
m_dataAvailable = true ;
m_t0 = 0.0 ;
m_t1 = k / 12000.0 ;
m_kdone = k ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . newdat = 1 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( ! m_decoderBusy ) {
m_bFastDecodeCalled = true ;
decode ( ) ;
}
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
}
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
if ( decodeNow or m_bFastDone ) {
2020-03-19 14:46:41 -04:00
if ( ! m_diskData and ( m_saveAll or m_saveDecoded ) ) {
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QDateTime now { QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) } ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
int n = fmod ( double ( now . time ( ) . second ( ) ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
2016-07-14 14:22:05 +00:00
if ( n < ( m_TRperiod / 2 ) ) n = n + m_TRperiod ;
auto const & period_start = now . addSecs ( - n ) ;
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
m_fnameWE = m_config . save_directory ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( period_start . toString ( " yyMMdd_hhmmss " ) ) ;
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
if ( m_saveAll or m_bAltV or ( m_bDecoded and m_saveDecoded ) or ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " ) ) {
m_bAltV = false ;
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
m_saveWAVWatcher . setFuture ( QtConcurrent : : run ( std : : bind ( & MainWindow : : save_wave_file ,
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
this , m_fnameWE , & dec_data . d2 [ 0 ] , int ( m_TRperiod * 12000.0 ) , m_config . my_callsign ( ) ,
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
m_config . my_grid ( ) , m_mode , m_nSubMode , m_freqNominal , m_hisCall , m_hisGrid ) ) ) ;
}
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " ) {
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
killFileTimer . start ( int ( 750.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) ; //Kill 3/4 period from now
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-09-30 15:55:53 +00:00
m_bFastDone = false ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-10-03 13:48:30 +00:00
float tsec = 0.001 * ( QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) - ms0 ) ;
m_fCPUmskrtd = 0.9 * m_fCPUmskrtd + 0.1 * tsec ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : showSoundInError ( const QString & errorMsg )
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
{
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this , tr ( " Error in Sound Input " ) , errorMsg ) ;
}
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
void MainWindow : : showSoundOutError ( const QString & errorMsg )
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
{
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this , tr ( " Error in Sound Output " ) , errorMsg ) ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : showStatusMessage ( const QString & statusMsg )
2018-11-30 16:03:20 +00:00
{
statusBar ( ) - > showMessage ( statusMsg , 5000 ) ;
}
2013-04-23 20:46:04 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionSettings_triggered ( ) //Setup Dialog
{
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// things that might change that we need know about
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
auto callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
auto my_grid = m_config . my_grid ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
SpecOp nContest0 = m_specOp ;
2020-08-16 00:38:19 +01:00
auto psk_on = m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
if ( QDialog : : Accepted = = m_config . exec ( ) ) {
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
checkMSK144ContestType ( ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
if ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ! = callsign ) {
m_baseCall = Radio : : base_callsign ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) ;
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( elide_tx1_not_allowed ( ) | | ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
morse_ ( const_cast < char * > ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
const_cast < int * > ( icw ) , & m_ncw , ( FCL ) m_config . my_callsign ( ) . length ( ) ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
}
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
if ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ! = callsign | | m_config . my_grid ( ) ! = my_grid ) {
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged ( m_hisGrid ) ; // recalculate distances in case of units change
enable_DXCC_entity ( m_config . DXCC ( ) ) ; // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2020-08-15 23:32:10 +01:00
pskSetLocal ( ) ;
2020-08-16 00:38:19 +01:00
// this will close the connection to PSKReporter if it has been
// disabled
if ( psk_on & & ! m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) )
{
m_psk_Reporter . sendReport ( true ) ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2020-09-20 18:20:16 +01:00
if ( m_config . restart_audio_input ( ) & & ! m_config . audio_input_device ( ) . isNull ( ) ) {
2020-08-08 16:25:14 +01:00
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream ( m_config . audio_input_device ( )
2020-12-07 20:34:56 +00:00
, m_rx_audio_buffer_frames
2020-08-08 16:25:14 +01:00
, m_detector , m_downSampleFactor
, m_config . audio_input_channel ( ) ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2020-09-20 18:20:16 +01:00
if ( m_config . restart_audio_output ( ) & & ! m_config . audio_output_device ( ) . isNull ( ) ) {
2020-08-08 16:25:14 +01:00
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream ( m_config . audio_output_device ( )
, AudioDevice : : Mono = = m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ? 1 : 2
2020-12-03 01:49:21 +00:00
, m_tx_audio_buffer_frames ) ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
displayDialFrequency ( ) ;
2016-10-24 14:56:14 +00:00
bool vhf { m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) } ;
m_wideGraph - > setVHF ( vhf ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
if ( ! vhf ) ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( 0 ) ;
2016-12-16 17:14:00 +00:00
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( vhf ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
bool b = vhf & & ( m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " JT65 " or
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
m_mode = = " JT9 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
if ( b ) VHF_features_enabled ( b ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
set_mode ( m_mode ) ;
2017-07-12 13:50:17 +00:00
if ( b ) VHF_features_enabled ( b ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2017-07-16 21:42:18 +00:00
m_config . transceiver_online ( ) ;
if ( ! m_bFastMode ) setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( ( m_config . single_decode ( ) & & ! m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) ) | | m_mode = = " JT4 " ) {
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Single-Period Decodes " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Average Decodes " ) ) ;
2017-07-16 21:42:18 +00:00
}
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
2017-07-16 21:42:18 +00:00
update_watchdog_label ( ) ;
if ( ! m_splitMode ) ui - > cbCQTx - > setChecked ( false ) ;
if ( ! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) {
2017-07-26 10:56:12 +00:00
ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > setVisible ( false ) ;
ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2017-07-16 21:42:18 +00:00
ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2017-12-02 16:04:52 +00:00
ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2017-07-16 21:42:18 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
if ( m_specOp ! = nContest0 ) {
2021-08-14 11:41:41 -05:00
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb1 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2022-08-18 13:16:23 -04:00
set_mode ( m_mode ) ;
2021-08-14 11:41:41 -05:00
}
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
chkFT4 ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp and m_config . my_grid ( ) . size ( ) < 6 ) {
2020-05-03 11:23:38 -04:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this ,
" EU VHF Contest messages require a 6-character locator. " ) ;
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : FOX or m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) and
2020-05-03 11:46:56 -04:00
m_mode ! = " FT8 " ) {
MessageBox : : information_message ( this ,
2020-11-16 16:28:37 -05:00
" Fox-and-Hound operation is available only in FT8 mode. \n Go back and change your selection. " ) ;
2020-05-03 11:46:56 -04:00
}
2022-08-18 13:16:23 -04:00
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( SpecOp : : NONE ! = m_specOp ) ;
set_mode ( m_mode ) ;
2016-12-16 17:14:00 +00:00
}
2018-08-24 13:18:49 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_monitorButton_clicked ( bool checked )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-09-28 15:09:46 +00:00
if ( ! m_transmitting ) {
auto prior = m_monitoring ;
monitor ( checked ) ;
if ( checked & & ! prior ) {
if ( m_config . monitor_last_used ( ) ) {
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
// put rig back where it was when last in control
2017-09-28 15:09:46 +00:00
setRig ( m_lastMonitoredFrequency ) ;
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
}
2017-01-09 22:54:40 +00:00
// ensure FreqCal triggers
2020-09-21 14:35:16 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
on_sbFST4W_RxFreq_valueChanged ( ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > value ( ) ) ;
} else {
on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2017-09-28 15:09:46 +00:00
//Get Configuration in/out of strict split and mode checking
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . sync_transceiver ( true , checked ) ;
2017-09-28 15:09:46 +00:00
} else {
ui - > monitorButton - > setChecked ( false ) ; // disallow
}
2022-09-01 14:32:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) m_echoRunning = false ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : monitor ( bool state )
{
ui - > monitorButton - > setChecked ( state ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( state ) {
2017-07-28 23:25:32 +00:00
m_diskData = false ; // no longer reading WAV files
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( ! m_monitoring ) Q_EMIT resumeAudioInputStream ( ) ;
} else {
Q_EMIT suspendAudioInputStream ( ) ;
}
2014-04-21 14:39:39 +00:00
m_monitoring = state ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2013-04-09 17:52:44 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionAbout_triggered ( ) //Display "About"
{
2015-02-23 15:19:41 +00:00
CAboutDlg { this } . exec ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_autoButton_clicked ( bool checked )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_auto = checked ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_maxPoints = - 1 ;
2017-07-25 16:51:42 +00:00
if ( checked
2022-03-02 07:51:51 -05:00
& & ui - > respondComboBox - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > respondComboBox - > currentText ( ) ! = " CQ: None "
2017-07-25 16:51:42 +00:00
& & CALLING = = m_QSOProgress ) {
m_bAutoReply = false ; // ready for next
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_bCallingCQ = true ; // allows tail-enders to be picked up
2017-07-25 16:51:42 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( ! checked ) m_bCallingCQ = false ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
m_bEchoTxOK = false ;
2022-08-16 12:15:08 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " and m_auto ) {
m_nclearave = 1 ;
echocom_ . nsum = 0 ;
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
}
2018-02-05 19:58:03 +00:00
m_tAutoOn = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 ;
2022-09-01 14:32:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) m_echoRunning = false ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged ( int n )
{
update_dynamic_property ( ui - > sbTxPercent , " notx " , ! n ) ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : auto_tx_mode ( bool state )
{
ui - > autoButton - > setChecked ( state ) ;
on_autoButton_clicked ( state ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
void MainWindow : : keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
switch ( e - > key ( ) ) {
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_Return :
doubleClickOnCall2 ( Qt : : KeyboardModifier ( Qt : : ShiftModifier + Qt : : ControlModifier + Qt : : AltModifier ) ) ;
return ;
case Qt : : Key_Enter :
doubleClickOnCall2 ( Qt : : KeyboardModifier ( Qt : : ShiftModifier + Qt : : ControlModifier + Qt : : AltModifier ) ) ;
return ;
2017-11-14 21:01:20 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_Backspace :
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
qDebug ( ) < < " Key Backspace " ;
2017-11-14 21:01:20 +00:00
return ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
# ifdef DEBUG_FOX
case Qt : : Key_X :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
foxTest ( ) ;
return ;
}
# endif
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
}
QMainWindow : : keyPressEvent ( e ) ;
2017-12-15 15:26:18 +00:00
}
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2017-12-15 15:26:18 +00:00
switch ( e - > key ( ) ) {
case Qt : : Key_Return :
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
return ;
case Qt : : Key_Enter :
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
return ;
}
QMainWindow : : keyPressEvent ( e ) ;
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
}
2017-12-15 15:26:18 +00:00
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
int n ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
bool bAltF1F6 = m_config . alternate_bindings ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
switch ( e - > key ( ) )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
2019-04-16 13:21:45 -04:00
case Qt : : Key_B :
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " & & e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
on_pbBestSP_clicked ( ) ;
}
return ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
case Qt : : Key_C :
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
int n = ui - > respondComboBox - > currentIndex ( ) + 1 ;
if ( n > 2 ) n = 0 ;
ui - > respondComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( n ) ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
}
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_D :
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
if ( m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( ! m_decoderBusy ) {
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . newdat = 0 ;
dec_data . params . nagain = 0 ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
decode ( ) ;
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
}
break ;
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F1 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2018-12-28 11:19:29 -05:00
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
on_txb6_clicked ( ) ;
return ;
} else {
on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered ( ) ;
return ;
}
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F2 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2018-12-28 11:19:29 -05:00
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
on_txb2_clicked ( ) ;
return ;
} else {
on_actionSettings_triggered ( ) ;
return ;
}
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F3 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2018-12-28 11:19:29 -05:00
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
on_txb3_clicked ( ) ;
return ;
} else {
on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered ( ) ;
return ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F4 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2018-12-28 11:19:29 -05:00
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
on_txb4_clicked ( ) ;
return ;
} else {
clearDX ( ) ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setFocus ( ) ;
return ;
}
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F5 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2018-12-28 11:19:29 -05:00
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
on_txb5_clicked ( ) ;
return ;
} else {
on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered ( ) ;
return ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F6 :
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( bAltF1F6 ) {
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
int n = ui - > respondComboBox - > currentIndex ( ) + 1 ;
if ( n > 2 ) n = 0 ;
ui - > respondComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( n ) ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
} else {
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) {
on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered ( ) ;
} else {
2019-04-17 14:53:20 -04:00
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered ( ) ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F11 :
2018-10-16 13:08:15 -04:00
if ( ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) and ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) ) {
2018-10-16 13:01:40 -04:00
m_bandEdited = true ;
band_changed ( m_freqNominal - 2000 ) ;
} else {
n = 11 ;
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) n + = 100 ;
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) {
2019-03-22 10:57:09 -04:00
int offset = 60 ;
2019-06-06 14:14:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) offset = 90 ;
2019-03-22 10:57:09 -04:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - offset ) ;
2018-10-16 13:01:40 -04:00
} else {
bumpFqso ( n ) ;
}
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F12 :
2018-10-16 13:08:15 -04:00
if ( ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) and ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) ) {
2018-10-16 13:01:40 -04:00
m_bandEdited = true ;
band_changed ( m_freqNominal + 2000 ) ;
2017-07-11 19:02:46 +00:00
} else {
2018-10-16 13:01:40 -04:00
n = 12 ;
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) n + = 100 ;
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) {
2019-03-22 10:57:09 -04:00
int offset = 60 ;
2019-06-06 14:14:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) offset = 90 ;
2019-03-22 10:57:09 -04:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) + offset ) ;
2018-10-16 13:01:40 -04:00
} else {
bumpFqso ( n ) ;
}
2017-07-09 13:40:54 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
2018-10-19 17:45:53 -04:00
case Qt : : Key_Escape :
m_nextCall = " " ;
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
abortQSO ( ) ;
return ;
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_E :
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( false ) ;
return ;
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
else if ( ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( true ) ;
return ;
}
break ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_F :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) {
if ( ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) = = 0 ) {
ui - > tx5 - > clearEditText ( ) ;
ui - > tx5 - > setFocus ( ) ;
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_G :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt , true ) ;
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_H :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_L :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) {
2020-06-07 13:32:18 -04:00
lookup ( ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break ;
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
case Qt : : Key_O :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) {
on_actionOpen_triggered ( ) ;
return ;
}
2019-05-28 12:18:54 +01:00
else if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
bool ok ;
auto call = QInputDialog : : getText ( this , tr ( " Change Operator " ) , tr ( " New operator: " ) ,
QLineEdit : : Normal , m_config . opCall ( ) , & ok ) ;
if ( ok ) {
m_config . opCall ( call ) ;
}
return ;
}
2017-07-07 13:08:48 +00:00
break ;
2019-12-05 11:27:17 -05:00
case Qt : : Key_R :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
if ( ! m_send_RR73 ) on_txrb4_doubleClicked ( ) ;
return ;
}
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ControlModifier ) {
if ( m_send_RR73 ) on_txrb4_doubleClicked ( ) ;
return ;
}
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : ShiftModifier ) {
m_fetched = 0 ;
readWidebandDecodes ( ) ;
return ;
}
2019-12-05 11:27:17 -05:00
break ;
2021-06-10 11:44:20 -04:00
case Qt : : Key_X :
if ( e - > modifiers ( ) & Qt : : AltModifier ) {
2021-06-11 11:39:18 -04:00
// qDebug() << "Alt-X" << m_mode << m_TRperiod << m_nsps << m_bFast9
// << tx_duration(m_mode,m_TRperiod,m_nsps,m_bFast9);
2021-06-10 11:44:20 -04:00
return ;
}
}
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
QMainWindow : : keyPressEvent ( e ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
void MainWindow : : bumpFqso ( int n ) //bumpFqso()
{
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
int i ;
bool ctrl = ( n > = 100 ) ;
n = n % 100 ;
2018-05-18 15:35:29 +00:00
i = ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
bool bTrackTx = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) = = i ;
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
if ( n = = 11 ) i - - ;
if ( n = = 12 ) i + + ;
2017-09-27 12:39:50 +00:00
if ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( i ) ;
}
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( ctrl and m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setValue ( i ) ;
} else {
2018-05-18 15:35:29 +00:00
if ( ctrl and bTrackTx ) {
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( i ) ;
}
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
}
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : displayDialFrequency ( )
{
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency dial_frequency { m_rigState . ptt ( ) & & m_rigState . split ( ) ?
m_rigState . tx_frequency ( ) : m_rigState . frequency ( ) } ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// lookup band
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const & band_name = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( dial_frequency ) ;
if ( m_lastBand ! = band_name )
{
// only change this when necessary as we get called a lot and it
// would trash any user input to the band combo box line edit
2020-09-08 15:24:55 +01:00
ui - > bandComboBox - > setCurrentText ( band_name . size ( ) ? band_name : m_config . bands ( ) - > oob ( ) ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxBand ( band_name ) ;
m_lastBand = band_name ;
2018-03-12 11:30:31 +00:00
band_changed ( dial_frequency ) ;
2022-05-07 18:35:43 +02:00
// prevent wrong frequencies for all.txt, PSK Reporter and highlighting for late decodes after band changes
2022-05-08 10:13:29 +02:00
m_displayBand = false ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( ( int ( 600.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) , [ = ] {
2022-05-07 18:35:43 +02:00
m_freqNominalPeriod = m_freqNominal ;
m_currentBandPeriod = m_currentBand ;
2022-05-08 10:13:29 +02:00
m_displayBand = true ;
2022-05-07 18:35:43 +02:00
} ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
// search working frequencies for one we are within 10kHz of (1 Mhz
// of on VHF and up)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
bool valid { false } ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
quint64 min_offset { 99999999 } ;
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
for ( auto const & item : * m_config . frequencies ( ) )
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
{
2015-04-11 15:29:37 +00:00
// we need to do specific checks for above and below here to
// ensure that we can use unsigned Radio::Frequency since we
// potentially use the full 64-bit unsigned range.
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const & working_frequency = item . frequency_ ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const & offset = dial_frequency > working_frequency ?
dial_frequency - working_frequency :
working_frequency - dial_frequency ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if ( offset < min_offset ) {
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
min_offset = offset ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
if ( min_offset < 10000u | | ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) & & min_offset < 1000000u ) ) {
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
valid = true ;
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property ( ui - > labDialFreq , " oob " , ! valid ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
ui - > labDialFreq - > setText ( Radio : : pretty_frequency_MHz_string ( dial_frequency ) ) ;
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : statusChanged ( )
{
2023-02-20 19:03:41 +01:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP & & m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) on_actionQ65_triggered ( ) ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wsjtx_status.txt " ) } ;
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
if ( f . open ( QFile : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
2018-03-09 13:19:41 +00:00
QString tmpGrid = m_hisGrid ;
if ( ! tmpGrid . size ( ) ) tmpGrid = " n/a " ; // Not Available
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
out < < qSetRealNumberPrecision ( 12 ) < < ( m_freqNominal / 1.e6 )
< < " ; " < < m_mode < < " ; " < < m_hisCall < < " ; "
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
< < ui - > rptSpinBox - > value ( ) < < " ; " < < m_mode < < " ; " < < tmpGrid
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
} else {
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Status File Error " )
, tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for writing: %2 " )
. arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
}
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged ( m_hisGrid ) ;
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
}
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
bool MainWindow : : eventFilter ( QObject * object , QEvent * event )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
switch ( event - > type ( ) )
{
case QEvent : : KeyPress :
// fall through
case QEvent : : MouseButtonPress :
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
// reset the Tx watchdog
tx_watchdog ( false ) ;
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
break ;
case QEvent : : ChildAdded :
// ensure our child widgets get added to our event filter
add_child_to_event_filter ( static_cast < QChildEvent * > ( event ) - > child ( ) ) ;
break ;
case QEvent : : ChildRemoved :
// ensure our child widgets get d=removed from our event filter
remove_child_from_event_filter ( static_cast < QChildEvent * > ( event ) - > child ( ) ) ;
break ;
default : break ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
return QObject : : eventFilter ( object , event ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : createStatusBar ( ) //createStatusBar
{
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
2020-08-08 17:12:48 +01:00
tx_status_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 100 , 18 } ) ;
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #00ff00} " ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & tx_status_label ) ;
2016-10-28 17:15:04 +00:00
config_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
config_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 80 , 18 } ) ;
config_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & config_label ) ;
config_label . hide ( ) ; // only shown for non-default configuration
2016-10-28 14:33:00 +00:00
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
mode_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
mode_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 80 , 18 } ) ;
mode_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & mode_label ) ;
last_tx_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
last_tx_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 150 , 18 } ) ;
last_tx_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & last_tx_label ) ;
2020-03-12 15:07:56 -04:00
ndecodes_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
ndecodes_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 30 , 18 } ) ;
ndecodes_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & ndecodes_label ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
band_hopping_label . setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignHCenter ) ;
band_hopping_label . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 90 , 18 } ) ;
band_hopping_label . setFrameStyle ( QFrame : : Panel | QFrame : : Sunken ) ;
2018-11-30 16:03:20 +00:00
statusBar ( ) - > addPermanentWidget ( & progressBar ) ;
progressBar . setMinimumSize ( QSize { 150 , 18 } ) ;
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
statusBar ( ) - > addPermanentWidget ( & watchdog_label ) ;
update_watchdog_label ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
void MainWindow : : setup_status_bar ( bool vhf )
{
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
auto submode = current_submode ( ) ;
2020-11-03 15:49:24 -05:00
if ( vhf & & submode ! = QChar : : Null ) {
QString t { m_mode + " " + submode } ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) t = m_mode + " - " + QString : : number ( m_TRperiod ) + submode ;
mode_label . setText ( t ) ;
} else {
mode_label . setText ( m_mode ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
}
if ( " JT9 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff6ec7} " ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else if ( " JT4 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #cc99ff} " ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else if ( " Echo " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #66ffff} " ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else if ( " JT65 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #66ff66} " ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
} else if ( " Q65 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-17 18:33:00 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #99ff33} " ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else if ( " MSK144 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff6666} " ) ;
2020-05-23 09:05:01 -04:00
} else if ( " FT4 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff0099} " ) ;
2017-06-19 20:15:43 +00:00
} else if ( " FT8 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff6699} " ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
} else if ( " FST4 " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #99ff66} " ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
} else if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #6699ff} " ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
} else if ( " FreqCal " = = m_mode ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff9933} " ) ;
2020-05-23 09:05:01 -04:00
}
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
last_tx_label . setText ( QString { } ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode . contains ( QRegularExpression { R " (^(Echo)) " } ) ) {
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
if ( band_hopping_label . isVisible ( ) ) statusBar ( ) - > removeWidget ( & band_hopping_label ) ;
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
} else if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
mode_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff66ff} " ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
if ( ! band_hopping_label . isVisible ( ) ) {
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & band_hopping_label ) ;
band_hopping_label . show ( ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
}
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else {
if ( band_hopping_label . isVisible ( ) ) statusBar ( ) - > removeWidget ( & band_hopping_label ) ;
}
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
}
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
bool MainWindow : : subProcessFailed ( QProcess * process , int exit_code , QProcess : : ExitStatus status )
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
{
if ( m_valid & & ( exit_code | | QProcess : : NormalExit ! = status ) )
{
QStringList arguments ;
for ( auto argument : process - > arguments ( ) )
{
if ( argument . contains ( ' ' ) ) argument = ' " ' + argument + ' " ' ;
arguments < < argument ;
}
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this , tr ( " Subprocess Error " )
, tr ( " Subprocess failed with exit code %1 " )
. arg ( exit_code )
, tr ( " Running: %1 \n %2 " )
. arg ( process - > program ( ) + ' ' + arguments . join ( ' ' ) )
. arg ( QString { process - > readAllStandardError ( ) } ) ) ;
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
return true ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
}
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
return false ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : subProcessError ( QProcess * process , QProcess : : ProcessError )
{
if ( m_valid )
{
QStringList arguments ;
for ( auto argument : process - > arguments ( ) )
{
if ( argument . contains ( ' ' ) ) argument = ' " ' + argument + ' " ' ;
arguments < < argument ;
}
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this , tr ( " Subprocess error " )
, tr ( " Running: %1 \n %2 " )
. arg ( process - > program ( ) + ' ' + arguments . join ( ' ' ) )
. arg ( process - > errorString ( ) ) ) ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
m_valid = false ; // ensures exit if still constructing
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( close ( ) ) ) ;
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
}
}
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
void MainWindow : : closeEvent ( QCloseEvent * e )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
m_valid = false ; // suppresses subprocess errors
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_config . transceiver_offline ( ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
writeSettings ( ) ;
2022-07-30 13:07:49 -04:00
if ( m_astroWidget ) m_astroWidget . reset ( ) ;
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
m_guiTimer . stop ( ) ;
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
m_prefixes . reset ( ) ;
m_shortcuts . reset ( ) ;
m_mouseCmnds . reset ( ) ;
2018-10-17 00:26:04 +01:00
m_colorHighlighting . reset ( ) ;
2017-07-14 19:29:31 +00:00
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " and m_mode ! = " FT8 " ) killFile ( ) ;
2018-01-17 17:56:01 +00:00
float sw = 0.0 ;
int nw = 400 ;
int nh = 100 ;
int irow = - 99 ;
plotsave_ ( & sw , & nw , & nh , & irow ) ;
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
to_jt9 ( m_ihsym , 999 , - 1 ) ; //Tell jt9 to terminate
if ( ! proc_jt9 . waitForFinished ( 1000 ) ) proc_jt9 . close ( ) ;
2013-04-13 12:28:03 +00:00
mem_jt9 - > detach ( ) ;
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Q_EMIT finished ( ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QMainWindow : : closeEvent ( e ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_stopButton_clicked ( ) //stopButton
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor ( false ) ;
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
m_loopall = false ;
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
if ( m_bRefSpec ) {
2016-11-02 17:57:25 +00:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Reference spectrum saved " ) ) ;
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
m_bRefSpec = false ;
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionRelease_Notes_triggered ( )
{
2022-12-29 19:11:31 +01:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/Release_Notes.txt " } ) ;
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
}
2018-02-12 16:29:16 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFT8_DXpedition_Mode_User_Guide_triggered ( )
{
2022-12-29 19:11:31 +01:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/FT8_DXpedition_Mode.pdf " } ) ;
2018-02-12 16:29:16 +00:00
}
2018-10-14 20:54:14 -04:00
2020-11-17 10:46:20 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionQSG_FST4_triggered ( )
2018-10-14 20:54:14 -04:00
{
2022-12-29 19:11:31 +01:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/FST4_Quick_Start.pdf " } ) ;
2020-11-17 10:46:20 -05:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_actionQSG_Q65_triggered ( )
{
2022-12-29 19:11:31 +01:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/Q65_Quick_Start.pdf " } ) ;
2018-10-14 20:54:14 -04:00
}
2021-05-31 16:19:29 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionQSG_X250_M3_triggered ( )
2021-05-31 16:07:49 -04:00
{
2022-12-29 19:11:31 +01:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/WSJTX_2.5.0_MAP65_3.0_Quick_Start.pdf " } ) ;
2021-05-31 16:07:49 -04:00
}
2023-02-23 13:00:59 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionQuick_Start_Guide_to_WSJT_X_2_7_0_and_QMAP_triggered ( )
{
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl { " https://wsjt.sourceforge.io/Quick_Start_WSJT-X_2.7_QMAP.pdf " } ) ;
}
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered ( ) //Display manual
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
# if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
m_manual . display_html_url ( QUrl { PROJECT_MANUAL_DIRECTORY_URL } , PROJECT_MANUAL ) ;
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
# endif
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
}
//Display local copy of manual
void MainWindow : : on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered ( )
{
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
# if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
m_manual . display_html_file ( m_config . doc_dir ( ) , PROJECT_MANUAL ) ;
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
# endif
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered ( ) //Display Waterfalls
{
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered ( )
{
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_echoGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFast_Graph_triggered ( )
{
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_fastGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2017-09-27 12:39:50 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionSolve_FreqCal_triggered ( )
{
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
auto data_dir { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) } ;
2017-09-28 01:35:09 +00:00
int iz , irc ;
double a , b , rms , sigmaa , sigmab ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
calibrate_ ( data_dir . constData ( ) , & iz , & a , & b , & rms , & sigmaa , & sigmab , & irc , ( FCL ) data_dir . size ( ) ) ;
2017-10-01 21:44:15 +00:00
QString t2 ;
2021-08-22 13:24:03 +01:00
if ( irc = = - 1 ) t2 = " Cannot open " + data_dir + " /fmt.all " ;
if ( irc = = - 2 ) t2 = " Cannot open " + data_dir + " /fcal2.out " ;
2017-09-28 01:35:09 +00:00
if ( irc = = - 3 ) t2 = " Insufficient data in fmt.all " ;
2017-10-01 21:44:15 +00:00
if ( irc = = - 4 ) t2 = tr ( " Invalid data in fmt.all at line %1 " ) . arg ( iz ) ;
2017-09-28 01:35:09 +00:00
if ( irc > 0 or rms > 1.0 ) t2 = " Check fmt.all for possible bad data. " ;
2017-10-01 21:44:15 +00:00
if ( irc < 0 | | irc > 0 | | rms > 1. ) {
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , " Calibration Error " , t2 ) ;
}
else if ( MessageBox : : Apply = = MessageBox : : query_message ( this
, tr ( " Good Calibration Solution " )
, tr ( " <pre> "
" %1%L2 ±%L3 ppm \n "
" %4%L5 ±%L6 Hz \n \n "
" %7%L8 \n "
" %9%L10 Hz "
" </pre> " )
. arg ( " Slope: " , 12 ) . arg ( b , 0 , ' f ' , 3 ) . arg ( sigmab , 0 , ' f ' , 3 )
. arg ( " Intercept: " , 12 ) . arg ( a , 0 , ' f ' , 2 ) . arg ( sigmaa , 0 , ' f ' , 2 )
. arg ( " N: " , 12 ) . arg ( iz )
. arg ( " StdDev: " , 12 ) . arg ( rms , 0 , ' f ' , 2 )
, QString { }
, MessageBox : : Cancel | MessageBox : : Apply ) ) {
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
m_config . set_calibration ( Configuration : : CalibrationParams { a , b } ) ;
if ( MessageBox : : Yes = = MessageBox : : query_message ( this
, tr ( " Delete Calibration Measurements " )
, tr ( " The \" fmt.all \" file will be renamed as \" fmt.bak \" " ) ) ) {
// rename fmt.all as we have consumed the resulting calibration
// solution
auto const & backup_file_name = m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " fmt.bak " ) ;
QFile : : remove ( backup_file_name ) ;
QFile : : rename ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " fmt.all " ) , backup_file_name ) ;
}
2017-10-01 21:44:15 +00:00
}
2017-09-27 12:39:50 +00:00
}
2017-10-02 18:27:08 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionCopyright_Notice_triggered ( )
{
auto const & message = tr ( " If you make fair use of any part of WSJT-X under terms of the GNU "
" General Public License, you must display the following copyright "
" notice prominently in your derivative work: \n \n "
2017-10-03 01:23:24 +00:00
" \" The algorithms, source code, look-and-feel of WSJT-X and related "
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
" programs, and protocol specifications for the modes FSK441, FST4, FT8, "
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
" JT4, JT6M, JT9, JT65, JTMS, QRA64, Q65, MSK144 are Copyright (C) "
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
" 2001-2022 by one or more of the following authors: Joseph Taylor, "
2017-10-02 18:27:08 +00:00
" K1JT; Bill Somerville, G4WJS; Steven Franke, K9AN; Nico Palermo, "
2017-10-03 01:23:24 +00:00
" IV3NWV; Greg Beam, KI7MT; Michael Black, W9MDB; Edson Pereira, PY2SDR; "
2022-05-31 11:12:45 -04:00
" Philip Karn, KA9Q; Chester Fennell, KG4IYS; Uwe Risse, DG2YCB; "
" and other members of the WSJT Development Group. \" " ) ;
2017-10-02 18:27:08 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , message ) ;
}
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
// Implement the MultiGeometryWidget::change_layout() operation.
void MainWindow : : change_layout ( std : : size_t n )
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
{
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
switch ( n )
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
{
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
case 1 : // SWL view
ui - > menuBar - > show ( ) ;
ui - > lower_panel_widget - > hide ( ) ;
trim_view ( false ) ; // ensure we can switch back
break ;
case 2 : // hide menus view
ui - > menuBar - > hide ( ) ;
ui - > lower_panel_widget - > show ( ) ;
trim_view ( true ) ;
break ;
default : // normal view
ui - > menuBar - > setVisible ( ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
ui - > lower_panel_widget - > show ( ) ;
trim_view ( ! ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
break ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
}
}
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionSWL_Mode_triggered ( bool checked )
{
select_geometry ( checked ? 1 : ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) ? 0 : 2 ) ;
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
// This allows the window to shrink by removing certain things
// and reducing space used by controls
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : trim_view ( bool checked )
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
{
2017-03-15 18:25:21 +00:00
int spacing = checked ? 1 : 6 ;
if ( checked ) {
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
statusBar ( ) - > removeWidget ( & auto_tx_label ) ;
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
} else {
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
statusBar ( ) - > addWidget ( & auto_tx_label ) ;
}
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FreqCal " & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setVisible ( ! checked ) ;
2020-11-16 17:36:50 +00:00
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setVisible ( ! checked ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
}
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setVisible ( ! checked ) ;
2020-11-16 17:36:50 +00:00
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setVisible ( ! checked ) ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
ui - > gridLayout_5 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_2 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_5 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_6 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_7 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_8 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_9 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_10 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_11 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_12 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_13 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > horizontalLayout_14 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_widget - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
ui - > verticalLayout_2 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > verticalLayout_3 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > verticalLayout_5 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > verticalLayout_7 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > verticalLayout_8 - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
ui - > tab - > layout ( ) - > setSpacing ( spacing ) ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionAstronomical_data_toggled ( bool checked )
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
{
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( checked )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
m_astroWidget . reset ( new Astro { m_settings , & m_config } ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// hook up termination signal
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_astroWidget . data ( ) , & Astro : : close ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
connect ( m_astroWidget . data ( ) , & Astro : : tracking_update , [ this ] {
m_astroCorrection = { } ;
setRig ( ) ;
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
displayDialFrequency ( ) ;
} ) ;
m_astroWidget - > showNormal ( ) ;
m_astroWidget - > raise ( ) ;
m_astroWidget - > activateWindow ( ) ;
m_astroWidget - > nominal_frequency ( m_freqNominal , m_freqTxNominal ) ;
}
else
{
m_astroWidget . reset ( ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_fox_log_action_triggered ( )
2017-12-19 17:01:38 +00:00
{
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
if ( ! m_foxLogWindow )
{
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
m_foxLogWindow . reset ( new FoxLogWindow { m_settings , & m_config , m_logBook . fox_log ( ) } ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
// Connect signals from fox log window
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_foxLogWindow . data ( ) , & FoxLogWindow : : close ) ;
2018-11-25 22:19:41 +00:00
connect ( m_foxLogWindow . data ( ) , & FoxLogWindow : : reset_log_model , [ this ] ( ) {
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
m_logBook . fox_log ( ) - > reset ( ) ;
2018-11-25 22:19:41 +00:00
} ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
}
m_foxLogWindow - > showNormal ( ) ;
m_foxLogWindow - > raise ( ) ;
m_foxLogWindow - > activateWindow ( ) ;
2017-12-19 17:01:38 +00:00
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_contest_log_action_triggered ( )
{
if ( ! m_contestLogWindow )
{
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
m_contestLogWindow . reset ( new CabrilloLogWindow { m_settings , & m_config , m_logBook . contest_log ( ) - > model ( ) } ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
// Connect signals from contest log window
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_contestLogWindow . data ( ) , & CabrilloLogWindow : : close ) ;
}
m_contestLogWindow - > showNormal ( ) ;
m_contestLogWindow - > raise ( ) ;
m_contestLogWindow - > activateWindow ( ) ;
2022-07-15 20:42:57 -07:00
// connect signal from m_logBook.contest_log to m_contestLogWindow
connect ( m_logBook . contest_log ( ) , & CabrilloLog : : qso_count_changed , m_contestLogWindow . data ( ) , & CabrilloLogWindow : : set_nQSO ) ;
m_contestLogWindow - > set_nQSO ( m_logBook . contest_log ( ) - > n_qso ( ) ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
}
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionColors_triggered ( )
{
2018-10-17 00:26:04 +01:00
if ( ! m_colorHighlighting )
{
m_colorHighlighting . reset ( new ColorHighlighting { m_settings , m_config . decode_highlighting ( ) } ) ;
connect ( & m_config , & Configuration : : decode_highlighting_changed , m_colorHighlighting . data ( ) , & ColorHighlighting : : set_items ) ;
}
m_colorHighlighting - > showNormal ( ) ;
2018-08-25 11:19:43 -04:00
m_colorHighlighting - > raise ( ) ;
m_colorHighlighting - > activateWindow ( ) ;
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered ( )
{
2020-04-08 10:56:11 -04:00
if ( m_msgAvgWidget = = NULL ) {
2018-10-02 11:48:12 -04:00
m_msgAvgWidget . reset ( new MessageAveraging { m_settings , m_config . decoded_text_font ( ) } ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
2018-10-02 11:48:12 -04:00
// Connect signals from Message Averaging window
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_msgAvgWidget . data ( ) , & MessageAveraging : : close ) ;
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_msgAvgWidget - > showNormal ( ) ;
2020-04-08 10:56:11 -04:00
m_msgAvgWidget - > raise ( ) ;
m_msgAvgWidget - > activateWindow ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2022-03-12 09:55:50 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionActiveStations_triggered ( )
2022-03-11 13:11:39 -05:00
{
2022-03-11 14:58:13 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget = = NULL ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget . reset ( new ActiveStations { m_settings , m_config . decoded_text_font ( ) } ) ;
2022-03-11 13:11:39 -05:00
// Connect signals from Message Averaging window
2022-03-11 14:58:13 -05:00
connect ( this , & MainWindow : : finished , m_ActiveStationsWidget . data ( ) , & ActiveStations : : close ) ;
2022-03-11 13:11:39 -05:00
}
2022-03-11 14:58:13 -05:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > showNormal ( ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > raise ( ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > activateWindow ( ) ;
2022-03-26 10:42:01 -04:00
connect ( m_ActiveStationsWidget . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( callSandP ( int ) ) , this , SLOT ( callSandP2 ( int ) ) ) ;
connect ( m_ActiveStationsWidget . data ( ) , SIGNAL ( activeStationsDisplay ( ) ) , this , SLOT ( ARRL_Digi_Display ( ) ) ) ;
2022-03-27 09:29:16 -04:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setScore ( m_score ) ;
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setRate ( m_score ) ;
2022-03-11 13:11:39 -05:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionOpen_triggered ( ) //Open File
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor ( false ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QString fname ;
2012-07-02 15:33:33 +00:00
fname = QFileDialog : : getOpenFileName ( this , " Open File " , m_path ,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
" WSJT Files (*.wav) " ) ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
if ( ! fname . isEmpty ( ) ) {
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_path = fname ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int i1 = fname . lastIndexOf ( " / " ) ;
QString baseName = fname . mid ( i1 + 1 ) ;
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #99ffff} " ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setText ( " " + baseName + " " ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
on_stopButton_clicked ( ) ;
m_diskData = true ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
read_wav_file ( fname ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : read_wav_file ( QString const & fname )
{
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
// call diskDat() when done
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
int i0 = fname . lastIndexOf ( " _ " ) ;
int i1 = fname . indexOf ( " .wav " ) ;
m_nutc0 = m_UTCdisk ;
m_UTCdisk = fname . mid ( i0 + 1 , i1 - i0 - 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_wav_future_watcher . setFuture ( QtConcurrent : : run ( [ this , fname ] {
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
auto basename = fname . mid ( fname . lastIndexOf ( ' / ' ) + 1 ) ;
auto pos = fname . indexOf ( " .wav " , 0 , Qt : : CaseInsensitive ) ;
// global variables and threads do not mix well, this needs changing
dec_data . params . nutc = 0 ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
if ( pos > 0 ) {
if ( pos = = fname . indexOf ( ' _ ' , - 11 ) + 7 ) {
dec_data . params . nutc = fname . mid ( pos - 6 , 6 ) . toInt ( ) ;
m_fileDateTime = fname . mid ( pos - 13 , 13 ) ;
} else {
dec_data . params . nutc = 100 * fname . mid ( pos - 4 , 4 ) . toInt ( ) ;
m_fileDateTime = fname . mid ( pos - 11 , 11 ) ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
}
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
}
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
BWFFile file { QAudioFormat { } , fname } ;
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
bool ok = file . open ( BWFFile : : ReadOnly ) ;
if ( ok ) {
auto bytes_per_frame = file . format ( ) . bytesPerFrame ( ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
int nsamples = m_TRperiod * RX_SAMPLE_RATE ;
qint64 max_bytes = std : : min ( std : : size_t ( nsamples ) ,
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
sizeof ( dec_data . d2 ) / sizeof ( dec_data . d2 [ 0 ] ) ) * bytes_per_frame ;
auto n = file . read ( reinterpret_cast < char * > ( dec_data . d2 ) ,
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
std : : min ( max_bytes , file . size ( ) ) ) ;
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
int frames_read = n / bytes_per_frame ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
// zero unfilled remaining sample space
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
std : : memset ( & dec_data . d2 [ frames_read ] , 0 , max_bytes - n ) ;
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
if ( 11025 = = file . format ( ) . sampleRate ( ) ) {
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
short sample_size = file . format ( ) . sampleSize ( ) ;
wav12_ ( dec_data . d2 , dec_data . d2 , & frames_read , & sample_size ) ;
}
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
dec_data . params . kin = frames_read ;
dec_data . params . newdat = 1 ;
} else {
dec_data . params . kin = 0 ;
dec_data . params . newdat = 0 ;
}
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
2018-01-01 17:03:55 +00:00
if ( basename . mid ( 0 , 10 ) = = " 000000_000 " & & m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2020-04-22 11:34:06 -04:00
int isec = 15 * basename . mid ( 10 , 3 ) . toInt ( ) ;
int ih = isec / 3600 ;
int im = ( isec - 3600 * ih ) / 60 ;
isec = isec % 60 ;
dec_data . params . nutc = 3600 * ih + 60 * im + isec ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
} ) ) ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered ( ) //Open Next
{
2020-05-07 14:35:46 -04:00
if ( m_decoderBusy ) return ;
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
monitor ( false ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
int i , len ;
QFileInfo fi ( m_path ) ;
QStringList list ;
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
list = fi . dir ( ) . entryList ( ) . filter ( " .wav " , Qt : : CaseInsensitive ) ;
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
for ( i = 0 ; i < list . size ( ) - 1 ; + + i ) {
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
len = list . at ( i ) . length ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if ( list . at ( i ) = = m_path . right ( len ) ) {
int n = m_path . length ( ) ;
QString fname = m_path . replace ( n - len , len , list . at ( i + 1 ) ) ;
m_path = fname ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int i1 = fname . lastIndexOf ( " / " ) ;
QString baseName = fname . mid ( i1 + 1 ) ;
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #99ffff} " ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setText ( " " + baseName + " " ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_diskData = true ;
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
read_wav_file ( fname ) ;
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
if ( m_loopall and ( i = = list . size ( ) - 2 ) ) {
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
m_loopall = false ;
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
m_bNoMoreFiles = true ;
2016-10-19 13:45:59 +00:00
}
2016-01-12 14:47:29 +00:00
return ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
//Open all remaining files
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered ( )
{
2020-05-07 14:35:46 -04:00
if ( m_decoderBusy ) return ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_loopall = true ;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : diskDat ( ) //diskDat()
{
2021-03-16 16:55:28 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setDiskUTC ( dec_data . params . nutc ) ;
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
if ( dec_data . params . kin > 0 ) {
int k ;
int kstep = m_FFTSize ;
m_diskData = true ;
float db = m_config . degrade ( ) ;
float bw = m_config . RxBandwidth ( ) ;
if ( db > 0.0 ) degrade_snr_ ( dec_data . d2 , & dec_data . params . kin , & db , & bw ) ;
for ( int n = 1 ; n < = m_hsymStop ; n + + ) { // Do the waterfall spectra
2019-04-03 09:25:32 -04:00
// k=(n+1)*kstep; //### Why was this (n+1) ??? ###
k = n * kstep ;
2016-12-22 20:51:27 +00:00
if ( k > dec_data . params . kin ) break ;
dec_data . params . npts8 = k / 8 ;
dataSink ( k ) ;
qApp - > processEvents ( ) ; //Update the waterfall
}
} else {
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " No data read from disk. Wrong file format? " ) ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
2012-10-15 19:18:45 +00:00
//Delete ../save/*.wav
2012-07-02 16:13:21 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
auto button = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Delete " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to delete all *.wav and *.c2 files in \" %1 \" ? " )
. arg ( QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . save_directory ( ) . absolutePath ( ) ) ) ) ;
if ( MessageBox : : Yes = = button ) {
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
Q_FOREACH ( auto const & file
, m_config . save_directory ( ) . entryList ( { " *.wav " , " *.c2 " } , QDir : : Files | QDir : : Writable ) ) {
m_config . save_directory ( ) . remove ( file ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
}
void MainWindow : : on_actionNone_triggered ( ) //Save None
{
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
m_saveDecoded = false ;
m_saveAll = false ;
ui - > actionNone - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_actionSave_decoded_triggered ( )
{
m_saveDecoded = true ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_saveAll = false ;
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui - > actionSave_decoded - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_actionSave_all_triggered ( ) //Save All
{
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
m_saveDecoded = false ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_saveAll = true ;
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui - > actionSave_all - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered ( )
{
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
if ( ! m_shortcuts )
{
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
QFont font ;
font . setPointSize ( 10 ) ;
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
m_shortcuts . reset ( new HelpTextWindow { tr ( " Keyboard Shortcuts " ) ,
//: Keyboard shortcuts help window contents
tr ( R " (<table cellspacing=1>
< tr > < td > < b > Esc < / b > < / td > < td > Stop Tx , abort QSO , clear next - call queue < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F1 < / b > < / td > < td > Online User ' s Guide ( Alt : transmit Tx6 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + F1 < / b > < / td > < td > Copyright Notice < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + F1 < / b > < / td > < td > About WSJT - X < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F2 < / b > < / td > < td > Open settings window ( Alt : transmit Tx2 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F3 < / b > < / td > < td > Display keyboard shortcuts ( Alt : transmit Tx3 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F4 < / b > < / td > < td > Clear DX Call , DX Grid , Tx messages 1 - 4 ( Alt : transmit Tx4 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + F4 < / b > < / td > < td > Exit program < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F5 < / b > < / td > < td > Display special mouse commands ( Alt : transmit Tx5 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F6 < / b > < / td > < td > Open next file in directory ( Alt : toggle " Call 1st " ) < / td > < / tr >
2020-09-15 15:53:14 +01:00
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + F6 < / b > < / td > < td > Decode all remaining files in directory < / td > < / tr >
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
< tr > < td > < b > F7 < / b > < / td > < td > Display Message Averaging window < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F11 < / b > < / td > < td > Move Rx frequency down 1 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + F11 < / b > < / td > < td > Move identical Rx and Tx frequencies down 1 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + F11 < / b > < / td > < td > Move Tx frequency down 60 Hz ( FT8 ) or 90 Hz ( FT4 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + Shift + F11 < / b > < / td > < td > Move dial frequency down 2000 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > F12 < / b > < / td > < td > Move Rx frequency up 1 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + F12 < / b > < / td > < td > Move identical Rx and Tx frequencies up 1 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + F12 < / b > < / td > < td > Move Tx frequency up 60 Hz ( FT8 ) or 90 Hz ( FT4 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + Shift + F12 < / b > < / td > < td > Move dial frequency up 2000 Hz < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + 1 - 6 < / b > < / td > < td > Set now transmission to this number on Tab 1 < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctl + 1 - 6 < / b > < / td > < td > Set next transmission to this number on Tab 1 < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + B < / b > < / td > < td > Toggle " Best S+P " status < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + C < / b > < / td > < td > Toggle " Call 1st " checkbox < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + D < / b > < / td > < td > Decode again at QSO frequency < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + D < / b > < / td > < td > Full decode ( both windows ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + E < / b > < / td > < td > Turn on TX even / 1 st < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Shift + E < / b > < / td > < td > Turn off TX even / 1 st < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + E < / b > < / td > < td > Erase < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + F < / b > < / td > < td > Edit the free text message box < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + G < / b > < / td > < td > Generate standard messages < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + H < / b > < / td > < td > Halt Tx < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + L < / b > < / td > < td > Lookup callsign in database , generate standard messages < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + M < / b > < / td > < td > Monitor < / td > < / tr >
2022-07-01 12:04:22 -04:00
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + N < / b > < / td > < td > Toggle " Enable Tx " < / td > < / tr >
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + O < / b > < / td > < td > Open a . wav file < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + O < / b > < / td > < td > Change operator < / td > < / tr >
2022-07-01 12:04:22 -04:00
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + Q < / b > < / td > < td > Open " Log QSO " window < / td > < / tr >
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
< tr > < td > < b > Ctrl + R < / b > < / td > < td > Set Tx4 message to RRR ( not in FT4 ) < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + R < / b > < / td > < td > Set Tx4 message to RR73 < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + S < / b > < / td > < td > Stop monitoring < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + T < / b > < / td > < td > Toggle Tune status < / td > < / tr >
< tr > < td > < b > Alt + Z < / b > < / td > < td > Clear hung decoder status < / td > < / tr >
< / table > ) " ), font});
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
}
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
m_shortcuts - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_shortcuts - > raise ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered ( )
{
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
if ( ! m_mouseCmnds )
{
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
QFont font ;
font . setPointSize ( 10 ) ;
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
m_mouseCmnds . reset ( new HelpTextWindow { tr ( " Special Mouse Commands " ) ,
//: Mouse commands help window contents
tr ( R " (<table cellpadding=5>
< tr >
< th align = " right " > Click on < / th >
< th align = " left " > Action < / th >
< / tr >
< tr >
< td align = " right " > Waterfall : < / td >
< td > < b > Click < / b > to set Rx frequency . < br / >
< b > Shift - click < / b > to set Tx frequency . < br / >
< b > Ctrl - click < / b > or < b > Right - click < / b > to set Rx and Tx frequencies . < br / >
2020-08-13 10:30:49 +01:00
< b > Double - click < / b > to also decode at Rx frequency . < br / >
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
< / td >
< / tr >
< tr >
< td align = " right " > Decoded text : < / td >
< td > < b > Double - click < / b > to copy second callsign to Dx Call , < br / >
locator to Dx Grid , change Rx and Tx frequency to < br / >
decoded signal ' s frequency , and generate standard < br / >
2020-08-13 10:30:49 +01:00
messages . < br / >
If < b > Hold Tx Freq < / b > is checked or first callsign in message < br / >
is your own call , Tx frequency is not changed unless < br / >
< b > Ctrl < / b > is held down . < br / >
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
< / td >
< / tr >
< tr >
< td align = " right " > Erase button : < / td >
< td > < b > Click < / b > to erase QSO window . < br / >
< b > Double - click < / b > to erase QSO and Band Activity windows .
< / td >
< / tr >
< / table > ) " ), font});
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
}
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
m_mouseCmnds - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_mouseCmnds - > raise ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-28 23:25:32 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_DecodeButton_clicked ( bool /* checked */ ) //Decode request
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-10-17 14:35:59 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
} else {
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & ! m_decoderBusy ) {
2016-10-17 14:35:59 +00:00
dec_data . params . newdat = 0 ;
dec_data . params . nagain = 1 ;
decode ( ) ;
}
2012-10-26 16:52:04 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : freezeDecode ( int n ) //freezeDecode()
{
2020-09-14 10:56:54 -04:00
if ( ( n % 100 ) = = 2 ) {
2020-09-17 12:58:59 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " and m_config . single_decode ( ) and ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) > 10 ) ui - > sbFtol - > setValue ( 10 ) ;
2020-09-14 10:56:54 -04:00
on_DecodeButton_clicked ( true ) ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_ClrAvgButton_clicked ( )
{
m_nclearave = 1 ;
2022-04-25 15:54:13 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
echocom_ . nsum = 0 ;
2022-09-01 11:49:06 -04:00
m_echoGraph - > clearAvg ( ) ;
2022-09-08 15:27:01 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > restartTotalPower ( ) ;
2022-04-25 15:54:13 -04:00
} else {
if ( m_msgAvgWidget ! = NULL ) {
if ( m_msgAvgWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) m_msgAvgWidget - > displayAvg ( " " ) ;
}
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) ndecodes_label . setText ( " 0 0 " ) ;
2015-06-13 12:08:32 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : msgAvgDecode2 ( )
{
on_DecodeButton_clicked ( true ) ;
}
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
void MainWindow : : decode ( ) //decode()
{
2020-03-10 16:26:42 -04:00
if ( m_decoderBusy ) return ; //Don't start decoder if it's already busy.
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
m_fetched = 0 ;
2018-12-01 13:16:57 -05:00
QDateTime now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2017-12-03 21:59:59 +00:00
if ( m_dateTimeLastTX . isValid ( ) ) {
qint64 isecs_since_tx = m_dateTimeLastTX . secsTo ( now ) ;
2019-04-27 16:38:19 -05:00
dec_data . params . lapcqonly = ( isecs_since_tx > 300 ) ;
2017-12-04 00:46:19 +00:00
} else {
m_dateTimeLastTX = now . addSecs ( - 900 ) ;
dec_data . params . lapcqonly = true ;
}
if ( m_diskData ) {
dec_data . params . lapcqonly = false ;
2017-12-03 21:59:59 +00:00
}
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
if ( ! m_dataAvailable or m_TRperiod = = 0.0 ) return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-09-29 12:32:47 +01:00
if ( ! dec_data . params . nagain & & m_diskData & & m_TRperiod > = 60. ) {
2016-03-10 18:35:41 +00:00
dec_data . params . nutc = dec_data . params . nutc / 100 ;
}
if ( dec_data . params . nagain = = 0 & & dec_data . params . newdat = = 1 & & ( ! m_diskData ) ) {
2020-11-18 02:06:30 +00:00
m_dateTimeSeqStart = qt_truncate_date_time_to ( QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) , m_TRperiod * 1.e3 ) ;
auto t = m_dateTimeSeqStart . time ( ) ;
2020-09-29 12:32:47 +01:00
dec_data . params . nutc = t . hour ( ) * 100 + t . minute ( ) ;
if ( m_TRperiod < 60. )
{
dec_data . params . nutc = dec_data . params . nutc * 100 + t . second ( ) ;
}
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if ( m_nPick = = 1 and ! m_diskData ) {
QDateTime t = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
int ihr = t . toString ( " hh " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int imin = t . toString ( " mm " ) . toInt ( ) ;
int isec = t . toString ( " ss " ) . toInt ( ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
isec = isec - fmod ( double ( isec ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
dec_data . params . nutc = 10000 * ihr + 100 * imin + isec ;
}
if ( m_nPick = = 2 ) dec_data . params . nutc = m_nutc0 ;
2017-07-26 21:19:21 +00:00
dec_data . params . nQSOProgress = m_QSOProgress ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . nfqso = m_wideGraph - > rxFreq ( ) ;
2017-07-26 21:19:21 +00:00
dec_data . params . nftx = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
qint32 depth { m_ndepth } ;
2017-07-26 10:56:12 +00:00
if ( ! ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > isVisible ( ) ) depth & = ~ 16 ;
if ( ! ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > isVisible ( ) ) depth & = ~ 32 ;
if ( ! ui - > actionEnable_AP_DXcall - > isVisible ( ) ) depth & = ~ 64 ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
if ( ! ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > isVisible ( ) ) depth & = ~ 128 ;
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
dec_data . params . ndepth = depth ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . n2pass = 1 ;
if ( m_config . twoPass ( ) ) dec_data . params . n2pass = 2 ;
dec_data . params . nranera = m_config . ntrials ( ) ;
dec_data . params . naggressive = m_config . aggressive ( ) ;
dec_data . params . nrobust = 0 ;
dec_data . params . ndiskdat = 0 ;
if ( m_diskData ) dec_data . params . ndiskdat = 1 ;
dec_data . params . nfa = m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) ;
2023-02-07 15:17:09 -05:00
dec_data . params . nfSplit = m_wideGraph - > Fmin ( ) ; // Not used any more?
if ( dec_data . params . nfSplit = = 8 ) dec_data . params . nfSplit = 1 ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . nfb = m_wideGraph - > Fmax ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp and ! ui - > cbRxAll - > isChecked ( ) ) dec_data . params . nfb = 1000 ;
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) dec_data . params . nfqso = 200 ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
dec_data . params . ntol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2020-12-15 14:48:27 -05:00
if ( ! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) {
2016-01-01 15:33:48 +00:00
dec_data . params . ntol = 20 ;
dec_data . params . naggressive = 0 ;
}
2020-09-16 17:23:59 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) {
dec_data . params . ntol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
if ( m_config . single_decode ( ) ) {
dec_data . params . nfa = m_wideGraph - > rxFreq ( ) - ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
dec_data . params . nfb = m_wideGraph - > rxFreq ( ) + ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
} else {
dec_data . params . nfa = ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) ;
dec_data . params . nfb = ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) ;
}
2020-09-16 17:23:59 -04:00
}
2020-09-12 09:54:13 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) dec_data . params . ntol = ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > value ( ) ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
if ( dec_data . params . nutc < m_nutc0 ) m_RxLog = 1 ; //Date and Time to file "ALL.TXT".
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if ( dec_data . params . newdat = = 1 and ! m_diskData ) m_nutc0 = dec_data . params . nutc ;
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . ntxmode = 9 ;
dec_data . params . nmode = 9 ;
2016-06-24 14:36:03 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) dec_data . params . nmode = 65 ;
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) dec_data . params . ljt65apon = ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > isVisible ( ) & &
ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > isChecked ( ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) dec_data . params . nmode = 66 ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) dec_data . params . ntxmode = 66 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) {
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . nmode = 4 ;
dec_data . params . ntxmode = 4 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-06-17 15:55:30 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) dec_data . params . nmode = 8 ;
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) dec_data . params . lft8apon = ui - > actionEnable_AP_FT8 - > isVisible ( ) & &
ui - > actionEnable_AP_FT8 - > isChecked ( ) ;
2017-07-22 03:01:09 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) dec_data . params . napwid = 50 ;
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) {
dec_data . params . nmode = 5 ;
m_BestCQpriority = " " ;
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) dec_data . params . nmode = 240 ;
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) dec_data . params . nmode = 241 ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
dec_data . params . ntxmode = dec_data . params . nmode ; // Is this used any more?
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . ntrperiod = m_TRperiod ;
dec_data . params . nsubmode = m_nSubMode ;
dec_data . params . minw = 0 ;
dec_data . params . nclearave = m_nclearave ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_nclearave ! = 0 ) {
QFile f ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " avemsg.txt " ) ) ;
f . remove ( ) ;
}
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . dttol = m_DTtol ;
dec_data . params . emedelay = 0.0 ;
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) dec_data . params . emedelay = 2.5 ;
2016-05-05 18:52:47 +00:00
dec_data . params . minSync = ui - > syncSpinBox - > isVisible ( ) ? m_minSync : 0 ;
2023-02-07 15:17:09 -05:00
dec_data . params . nexp_decode = int ( m_specOp ) ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
if ( dec_data . params . nexp_decode = = 5 ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode = 1 ; //NA VHF, WW Digi, ARRL Digi contests
if ( dec_data . params . nexp_decode = = 8 ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode = 1 ; //and Q65 Pileup all use 4-character
if ( dec_data . params . nexp_decode = = 9 ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode = 1 ; //grid exchange
2016-10-24 15:25:25 +00:00
if ( m_config . single_decode ( ) ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode + = 32 ;
if ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode + = 64 ;
2020-09-30 13:32:03 -04:00
if ( m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) ) dec_data . params . nexp_decode + = 256 * ( ui - > sbNB - > value ( ) + 3 ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
dec_data . params . max_drift = ui - > sbMaxDrift - > value ( ) ;
2016-03-10 15:13:06 +00:00
2019-07-03 01:51:40 +01:00
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . datetime , m_dateTime . toLatin1 ( ) + " " , sizeof dec_data . params . datetime ) ;
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . mycall , ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . mycall ) ;
: : memcpy ( dec_data . params . mygrid , ( m_config . my_grid ( ) + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . mygrid ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall { ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) } ;
QString hisGrid { ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) } ;
2019-07-03 01:51:40 +01:00
memcpy ( dec_data . params . hiscall , ( hisCall + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . hiscall ) ;
memcpy ( dec_data . params . hisgrid , ( hisGrid + " " ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) , sizeof dec_data . params . hisgrid ) ;
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
//newdat=1 ==> this is new data, must do the big FFT
//nagain=1 ==> decode only at fQSO +/- Tol
2020-08-11 20:07:00 +01:00
if ( auto * to = reinterpret_cast < char * > ( mem_jt9 - > data ( ) ) )
{
char * from = ( char * ) dec_data . ipc ;
int size = sizeof ( struct dec_data ) ;
if ( dec_data . params . newdat = = 0 ) {
int noffset { offsetof ( struct dec_data , params . nutc ) } ;
to + = noffset ;
from + = noffset ;
size - = noffset ;
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_bFast9 ) {
2020-08-11 20:07:00 +01:00
float t0 = m_t0 ;
float t1 = m_t1 ;
qApp - > processEvents ( ) ; //Update the waterfall
if ( m_nPick > 0 ) {
t0 = m_t0Pick ;
t1 = m_t1Pick ;
}
static short int d2b [ 360000 ] ;
narg [ 0 ] = dec_data . params . nutc ;
if ( m_kdone > int ( 12000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) {
m_kdone = int ( 12000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ;
}
narg [ 1 ] = m_kdone ;
narg [ 2 ] = m_nSubMode ;
narg [ 3 ] = dec_data . params . newdat ;
narg [ 4 ] = dec_data . params . minSync ;
narg [ 5 ] = m_nPick ;
narg [ 6 ] = 1000.0 * t0 ;
narg [ 7 ] = 1000.0 * t1 ;
narg [ 8 ] = 2 ; //Max decode lines per decode attempt
if ( dec_data . params . minSync < 0 ) narg [ 8 ] = 50 ;
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) narg [ 9 ] = 102 ; //Fast JT9
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) narg [ 9 ] = 104 ; //MSK144
narg [ 10 ] = ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
narg [ 11 ] = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
narg [ 12 ] = 0 ;
narg [ 13 ] = - 1 ;
narg [ 14 ] = m_config . aggressive ( ) ;
memcpy ( d2b , dec_data . d2 , 2 * 360000 ) ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
watcher3 . setFuture ( QtConcurrent : : run ( std : : bind ( fast_decode_ , & d2b [ 0 ] ,
& narg [ 0 ] , & m_TRperiod , & m_msg [ 0 ] [ 0 ] , dec_data . params . mycall ,
dec_data . params . hiscall , ( FCL ) 8000 , ( FCL ) 12 , ( FCL ) 12 ) ) ) ;
2020-08-11 20:07:00 +01:00
} else {
mem_jt9 - > lock ( ) ;
memcpy ( to , from , qMin ( mem_jt9 - > size ( ) , size ) ) ;
mem_jt9 - > unlock ( ) ;
to_jt9 ( m_ihsym , 1 , - 1 ) ; //Send m_ihsym to jt9[.exe] and start decoding
decodeBusy ( true ) ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2022-12-14 21:32:09 -05:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and m_ihsym = = 41 ) or m_diskData or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) and
m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > erase ( ) ; //TEMP
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
void : : MainWindow : : fast_decode_done ( )
{
float t , tmax = - 99.0 ;
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
dec_data . params . nagain = false ;
dec_data . params . ndiskdat = false ;
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
// if(m_msg[0][0]==0) m_bDecoded=false;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; m_msg [ i ] [ 0 ] & & i < 100 ; i + + ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString message = QString : : fromLatin1 ( m_msg [ i ] ) ;
2016-10-01 18:13:39 +00:00
m_msg [ i ] [ 0 ] = 0 ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
if ( message . length ( ) > 80 ) message = message . left ( 80 ) ;
2016-02-04 16:10:55 +00:00
if ( narg [ 13 ] / 8 = = narg [ 12 ] ) message = message . trimmed ( ) . replace ( " <...> " , m_calls ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
//Left (Band activity) window
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext { message . replace ( QChar : : LineFeed , " " ) } ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
if ( ! m_bFastDone ) {
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > displayDecodedText ( decodedtext , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
2022-05-07 15:50:51 +02:00
m_logBook , m_currentBandPeriod , m_config . ppfx ( ) ) ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
t = message . mid ( 10 , 5 ) . toFloat ( ) ;
if ( t > tmax ) {
tmax = t ;
m_bDecoded = true ;
}
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
postDecode ( true , decodedtext . string ( ) ) ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
write_all ( " Rx " , message ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// find and extract any report for myCall
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext . report ( m_baseCall ,
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) , m_rptRcvd ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
2017-08-30 02:27:57 +00:00
if ( stdMsg ) pskPost ( decodedtext ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
if ( tmax > = 0.0 ) auto_sequence ( decodedtext , ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) , ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
m_startAnother = m_loopall ;
m_nPick = 0 ;
ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
m_bFastDone = false ;
}
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
void MainWindow : : to_jt9 ( qint32 n , qint32 istart , qint32 idone )
2020-03-10 16:26:42 -04:00
{
2020-08-11 20:07:00 +01:00
if ( auto * dd = reinterpret_cast < dec_data_t * > ( mem_jt9 - > data ( ) ) )
{
mem_jt9 - > lock ( ) ;
dd - > ipc [ 0 ] = n ;
if ( istart > = 0 ) dd - > ipc [ 1 ] = istart ;
if ( idone > = 0 ) dd - > ipc [ 2 ] = idone ;
mem_jt9 - > unlock ( ) ;
}
2020-03-10 16:26:42 -04:00
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
void MainWindow : : decodeDone ( )
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
{
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) m_wideGraph - > drawRed ( 0 , 0 ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode )
{
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
if ( m_uploadWSPRSpots
& & m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) ) { // need working rig control
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
uploadTimer . start ( QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > bounded ( 0 , 20000 ) ) ; // Upload delay
# else
uploadTimer . start ( 20000 * qrand ( ) / ( ( double ) RAND_MAX + 1.0 ) ) ; // Upload delay
# endif
}
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
}
2020-04-18 00:22:07 +01:00
auto tnow = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
double tdone = fmod ( double ( tnow . time ( ) . second ( ) ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
int mswait ;
if ( tdone < 0.5 * m_TRperiod ) {
2021-03-10 16:09:53 -05:00
mswait = 1000.0 * ( 0.6 * m_TRperiod - tdone ) ;
2020-04-18 00:22:07 +01:00
} else {
2021-03-10 16:09:53 -05:00
mswait = 1000.0 * ( 1.6 * m_TRperiod - tdone ) ;
2020-04-18 00:22:07 +01:00
}
2021-03-10 16:09:53 -05:00
m_bDecoded = m_nDecodes > 0 ;
2021-03-09 11:43:28 -05:00
if ( ! m_diskData and ! m_saveAll ) {
2021-03-10 16:09:53 -05:00
if ( m_saveDecoded and ( m_nDecodes = = 0 ) ) {
killFileTimer . start ( mswait ) ; //Kill at 3/4 period
}
2020-04-18 00:22:07 +01:00
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
dec_data . params . nagain = 0 ;
dec_data . params . ndiskdat = 0 ;
m_nclearave = 0 ;
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
// pause_jt9 ();
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
decodeBusy ( false ) ;
m_RxLog = 0 ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) houndCallers ( ) ;
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
to_jt9 ( m_ihsym , - 1 , 1 ) ; //Tell jt9 we know it has finished
2020-04-18 00:22:07 +01:00
m_startAnother = m_loopall ;
if ( m_bNoMoreFiles ) {
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " No more files to open. " ) ) ;
m_bNoMoreFiles = false ;
}
2022-03-16 11:26:11 -04:00
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " )
2022-04-02 13:41:59 -04:00
and m_latestDecodeTime > = 0 and m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
if ( ! m_diskData and ( m_nDecodes = = 0 ) ) {
m_latestDecodeTime = ( QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 ) % 86400 ;
m_latestDecodeTime = int ( m_latestDecodeTime / m_TRperiod ) ;
m_latestDecodeTime = int ( m_latestDecodeTime * m_TRperiod ) ;
}
ARRL_Digi_Display ( ) ; // Update the ARRL_DIGI display
}
if ( m_mode ! = " FT8 " or dec_data . params . nzhsym = = 50 ) m_nDecodes = 0 ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " and ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : NA_VHF or m_specOp = = SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
or m_specOp = = SpecOp : : WW_DIGI or m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP )
and m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
int nlist = 0 ;
char list [ 2000 ] ;
char line [ 36 ] ;
list [ 0 ] = 0 ;
// QString t="1200 W9XYZ EN37";
auto fname { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " tsil.3q " ) ) } ;
// morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
// const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, (FCL)m_config.my_callsign().length());
get_q3list_ ( const_cast < char * > ( fname . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , & nlist ,
& list [ 0 ] , ( FCL ) fname . length ( ) , ( FCL ) 2000 ) ;
QString t = " " ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
QString t0 = " " ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < nlist ; i + + ) {
memcpy ( line , & list [ 36 * i ] , 36 ) ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
t0 = QString : : fromLatin1 ( line ) + " \n " ;
m_callers [ i ] = t0 ;
t + = t0 ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
}
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( false ) ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > displayRecentStations ( " Q65-pileup " , t ) ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( true ) ;
2023-02-16 16:50:24 -05:00
}
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
}
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
void MainWindow : : read_log ( )
{
static QFile f { QDir { QStandardPaths : : writableLocation ( QStandardPaths : : DataLocation ) } . absoluteFilePath ( " wsjtx.log " ) } ;
f . open ( QIODevice : : ReadOnly ) ;
if ( f . isOpen ( ) ) {
QTextStream in ( & f ) ;
QString line , callsign ;
for ( int i = 0 ; i < 99999 ; i + + ) {
line = in . readLine ( ) ;
if ( line . length ( ) < = 0 ) break ;
callsign = line . mid ( 40 , 6 ) ;
int n = callsign . indexOf ( " , " ) ;
if ( n > 0 ) callsign = callsign . left ( n ) ;
m_EMEworked [ callsign ] = true ;
m_score + + ;
}
f . close ( ) ;
}
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setScore ( m_score ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setRate ( m_score ) ;
}
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
}
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
void MainWindow : : ARRL_Digi_Update ( DecodedText dt )
{
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
m_fetched = 0 ;
readWidebandDecodes ( ) ;
return ;
}
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
// Extract information relevant for the ARRL Digi contest
QString deCall ;
QString deGrid ;
dt . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ deCall , deGrid ) ;
ActiveCall ac ;
RecentCall rc ;
if ( deGrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
if ( ! m_activeCall . contains ( deCall ) or deGrid ! = m_activeCall . value ( deCall ) . grid4 ) {
// Transmitting station's call is not already in QMap "m_activeCall", or grid has changed.
// Insert the call, grid, and associated fixed data into the list.
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
double utch = 0.0 ;
int nAz , nEl , nDmiles , nDkm , nHotAz , nHotABetter ;
azdist_ ( const_cast < char * > ( m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
const_cast < char * > ( deGrid . left ( 4 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , & utch ,
& nAz , & nEl , & nDmiles , & nDkm , & nHotAz , & nHotABetter , ( FCL ) 6 , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
2022-03-27 09:14:34 -04:00
int points = nDkm / 500 ;
if ( nDkm > 500 * points ) points + = 1 ;
points + = 1 ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
ac . grid4 = deGrid ;
2022-03-23 16:12:12 -04:00
ac . bands = " ....... " ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
ac . az = nAz ;
2022-03-27 09:14:34 -04:00
ac . points = points ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
m_activeCall [ deCall ] = ac ;
}
}
2022-03-18 14:52:09 -04:00
2022-03-22 12:41:08 -04:00
m_points = - 1 ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
if ( m_activeCall . contains ( deCall ) ) {
2022-03-23 16:12:12 -04:00
// Don't display stations we already worked on this band.
2022-03-18 14:52:09 -04:00
QString band = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_freqNominal ) ;
if ( band = = " 160m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " a " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 80m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " b " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 40m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " c " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 20m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " d " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 15m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " e " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 10m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " f " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
if ( band = = " 6m " and m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands . indexOf ( " g " ) > = 0 ) { m_recentCall . remove ( deCall ) ; return ; }
2022-03-23 16:12:12 -04:00
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
// Update the variable data for this deCall
rc . dialFreq = m_freqNominal ;
rc . audioFreq = dt . frequencyOffset ( ) ;
rc . snr = dt . snr ( ) ;
m_latestDecodeTime = dt . timeInSeconds ( ) ;
2022-03-17 16:43:58 -04:00
rc . txEven = ( m_latestDecodeTime % int ( 2 * m_TRperiod ) ) > 0 ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
rc . ready2call = false ;
bool bCQ = dt . messageWords ( ) [ 0 ] . left ( 3 ) = = " CQ " ;
if ( bCQ or deGrid = = " RR73 " or deGrid = = " 73 " ) rc . ready2call = true ;
rc . decodeTime = m_latestDecodeTime ;
m_recentCall [ deCall ] = rc ;
2022-03-22 12:41:08 -04:00
m_points = m_activeCall . value ( deCall ) . points ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
}
2022-04-11 13:08:16 -04:00
updateRate ( ) ;
2022-03-16 11:50:37 -04:00
}
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
void MainWindow : : ARRL_Digi_Display ( )
{
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
m_fetched = 0 ;
readWidebandDecodes ( ) ;
return ;
}
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
QMutableMapIterator < QString , RecentCall > icall ( m_recentCall ) ;
2022-03-22 13:27:24 -04:00
QString deCall , deGrid ;
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
int age = 0 ;
int i = 0 ;
2022-03-16 14:37:25 -04:00
int maxAge = m_ActiveStationsWidget - > maxAge ( ) ;
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
int points = 0 ;
int maxPoints = 0 ;
2022-03-16 13:05:20 -04:00
int indx [ 1000 ] ;
float pts [ 1000 ] ;
QStringList list ;
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
while ( icall . hasNext ( ) ) {
icall . next ( ) ;
deCall = icall . key ( ) ;
age = int ( ( m_latestDecodeTime - icall . value ( ) . decodeTime ) / m_TRperiod + 0.5 ) ;
2022-04-06 12:21:22 -04:00
if ( age < 0 ) age = age + int ( 86400 / m_TRperiod ) ;
2022-03-17 16:43:58 -04:00
int itx = 1 ;
if ( icall . value ( ) . txEven ) itx = 0 ;
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
int snr = icall . value ( ) . snr ;
2022-03-18 11:55:44 -04:00
int freq = icall . value ( ) . audioFreq ;
2022-04-06 10:08:30 +02:00
if ( age > maxAge ) {
2022-03-16 11:35:40 -04:00
icall . remove ( ) ;
} else {
2022-03-20 14:16:20 -04:00
bool bReady = false ;
if ( age = = 0 and m_recentCall . value ( deCall ) . ready2call ) bReady = true ;
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
QString bands = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . bands ;
bool bWorkedOnBand = false ;
if ( m_currentBand = = " 160m " and bands . mid ( 0 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
2022-03-26 10:42:01 -04:00
if ( m_currentBand = = " 80m " and bands . mid ( 1 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
if ( m_currentBand = = " 40m " and bands . mid ( 2 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
if ( m_currentBand = = " 20m " and bands . mid ( 3 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
if ( m_currentBand = = " 15m " and bands . mid ( 4 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
if ( m_currentBand = = " 10m " and bands . mid ( 5 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
if ( m_currentBand = = " 6m " and bands . mid ( 6 , 1 ) ! = " . " ) bWorkedOnBand = true ;
if ( ( bReady or ! m_ActiveStationsWidget - > readyOnly ( ) ) and ! bWorkedOnBand ) {
2022-03-20 14:16:20 -04:00
i + + ;
int az = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . az ;
deGrid = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . grid4 ;
points = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . points ;
if ( points > maxPoints ) maxPoints = points ;
float x = float ( age ) / ( maxAge + 1 ) ;
if ( x > 1.0 ) x = 0 ;
pts [ i - 1 ] = points - x ;
QString t1 ;
if ( ! bReady ) t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %3d %+2.2d %4d %1d %2d %4d " , az , snr , freq , itx , age , points ) ;
if ( bReady ) t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %3d %+2.2d %4d %1d %2d*%4d " , az , snr , freq , itx , age , points ) ;
2022-03-22 13:27:24 -04:00
// t1 = (deCall + " ").left(6) + " " + m_activeCall[deCall].grid4 + t1 + " " + bands;
t1 = ( deCall + " " ) . left ( 6 ) + " " + m_activeCall [ deCall ] . grid4 + t1 ;
2022-03-20 14:16:20 -04:00
list . append ( t1 ) ;
}
2022-03-16 11:26:11 -04:00
}
}
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
if ( i = = 0 ) return ;
int jz = i ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( false ) ;
2022-03-16 14:37:25 -04:00
int maxRecent = qMin ( i , m_ActiveStationsWidget - > maxRecent ( ) ) ;
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
indexx_ ( pts , & jz , indx ) ;
2022-03-16 13:05:20 -04:00
QString t ;
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
i = 0 ;
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
for ( int j = jz - 1 ; j > = 0 ; j - - ) {
2022-03-16 13:05:20 -04:00
int k = indx [ j ] - 1 ;
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
m_ready2call [ i ] = list [ k ] ;
i + + ;
2022-03-17 16:43:58 -04:00
QString t1 = QString : : number ( i ) + " . " ;
if ( i < 10 ) t1 = " " + t1 ;
t + = ( t1 + list [ k ] + " \n " ) ;
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
if ( i > = maxRecent ) break ;
2022-03-16 13:05:20 -04:00
}
2022-12-07 11:45:05 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > displayRecentStations ( m_mode , t ) ;
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( true ) ;
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
void MainWindow : : callSandP2 ( int n )
{
2023-02-28 14:30:50 -05:00
bool bHoldFreq = ( n < 0 ) ;
n = qAbs ( n ) - 1 ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Q65 " and m_ready2call [ n ] = = " " ) return ;
2022-03-20 14:25:23 -04:00
QStringList w = m_ready2call [ n ] . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2023-02-28 10:43:54 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " and m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP and n < = m_callers - > size ( ) ) {
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
// This is the mode for 6m EME DXpeditions
w = m_callers [ n ] . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
m_deCall = w [ 2 ] ;
m_deGrid = w [ 3 ] ;
m_bDoubleClicked = true ; //### needed?
m_txFirst = true ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( m_deCall ) ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( m_deGrid ) ;
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( m_txFirst ) ;
genStdMsgs ( " -22 " ) ;
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
if ( ! ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) ) ui - > autoButton - > click ( ) ; // Enable Tx
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
return ;
}
2022-12-08 11:57:51 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2023-02-28 14:30:50 -05:00
if ( ! bHoldFreq ) {
double kHz = w [ 1 ] . toDouble ( ) ;
int nMHz = m_freqNominal / 1000000 ;
m_freqNominal = ( nMHz * 1000 + kHz ) * 1000 ;
}
2023-01-25 12:31:58 -05:00
m_deCall = w [ 3 ] ;
m_deGrid = w [ 4 ] ;
m_txFirst = ( w [ 5 ] = = " 0 " ) ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
2022-12-08 11:57:51 -05:00
} else {
m_deCall = w [ 0 ] ;
m_deGrid = w [ 1 ] ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( w [ 4 ] . toInt ( ) ) ;
m_txFirst = ( w [ 5 ] = = " 0 " ) ;
}
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true ; //### needed?
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( m_deCall ) ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( m_deGrid ) ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2023-01-25 12:37:10 -05:00
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( w [ 2 ] . toInt ( ) ) ;
2023-01-25 12:31:58 -05:00
genStdMsgs ( w [ 2 ] ) ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
} else {
genStdMsgs ( w [ 3 ] ) ;
}
2022-03-18 10:39:08 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 1 ) ;
2022-03-17 16:43:58 -04:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( m_txFirst ) ;
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
if ( ! ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) ) ui - > autoButton - > click ( ) ; // Enable Tx
2022-03-17 16:43:58 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2022-03-17 09:36:59 -04:00
}
2022-03-18 14:18:49 -04:00
void MainWindow : : activeWorked ( QString call , QString band )
{
QString bands = m_activeCall [ call ] . bands ;
QByteArray ba = bands . toLatin1 ( ) ;
if ( band = = " 160m " ) ba [ 0 ] = ' a ' ;
if ( band = = " 80m " ) ba [ 1 ] = ' b ' ;
if ( band = = " 40m " ) ba [ 2 ] = ' c ' ;
if ( band = = " 20m " ) ba [ 3 ] = ' d ' ;
if ( band = = " 15m " ) ba [ 4 ] = ' e ' ;
if ( band = = " 10m " ) ba [ 5 ] = ' f ' ;
if ( band = = " 6m " ) ba [ 6 ] = ' g ' ;
m_activeCall [ call ] . bands = QString : : fromLatin1 ( ba ) ;
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : readFromStdout ( ) //readFromStdout
{
2022-03-23 15:39:32 -04:00
bool bDisplayPoints = false ;
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
bDisplayPoints = ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " ) and
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI or m_ActiveStationsWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2022-03-23 15:39:32 -04:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
while ( proc_jt9 . canReadLine ( ) ) {
2018-12-06 14:04:14 +00:00
auto line_read = proc_jt9 . readLine ( ) ;
2020-04-07 18:26:30 -04:00
if ( auto p = std : : strpbrk ( line_read . constData ( ) , " \n \r " ) ) {
// truncate before line ending chars
line_read = line_read . left ( p - line_read . constData ( ) ) ;
}
2022-03-22 13:03:51 -04:00
if ( bDisplayPoints ) line_read = line_read . replace ( " a7 " , " " ) ;
2020-07-20 18:27:29 +01:00
bool haveFSpread { false } ;
float fSpread { 0. } ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) )
2020-07-20 18:27:29 +01:00
{
auto text = line_read . mid ( 64 , 6 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( text . size ( ) )
{
fSpread = text . toFloat ( & haveFSpread ) ;
line_read = line_read . left ( 64 ) ;
}
2020-10-10 13:18:04 +01:00
auto const & cs = m_config . my_callsign ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode & & ui - > cbNoOwnCall - > isChecked ( )
& & ( line_read . contains ( " " + cs + " " )
| | line_read . contains ( " < " + cs + " > " ) ) ) {
continue ;
}
2020-07-20 18:27:29 +01:00
}
2022-11-08 21:59:33 +01:00
// Don't allow a7 decodes during the first period because they can be leftovers from the previous band
if ( ! ( no_a7_decodes & & line_read . contains ( " a7 " ) ) ) {
2020-12-30 10:42:27 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FT8 " and m_mode ! = " FT4 " and ! m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) and m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) {
2018-12-06 14:04:14 +00:00
//Pad 22-char msg to at least 37 chars
2020-04-07 18:26:30 -04:00
line_read = line_read . left ( 44 ) + " " + line_read . mid ( 44 ) ;
2018-11-12 10:29:26 -05:00
}
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
bool bAvgMsg = false ;
int navg = 0 ;
2020-04-07 18:26:30 -04:00
2023-02-28 16:05:17 +01:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) % 86400000 ;
double fTR = float ( ( ms % int ( 1000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) ) / int ( 1000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ;
2018-12-06 14:04:14 +00:00
if ( line_read . indexOf ( " <DecodeFinished> " ) > = 0 ) {
2020-03-12 15:07:56 -04:00
m_bDecoded = line_read . mid ( 20 ) . trimmed ( ) . toInt ( ) > 0 ;
2021-01-16 12:21:13 -05:00
int n = line_read . trimmed ( ) . size ( ) ;
2021-01-19 16:06:10 -05:00
int n2 = line_read . trimmed ( ) . mid ( n - 7 ) . toInt ( ) ;
int n0 = n2 / 1000 ;
int n1 = n2 % 1000 ;
2021-01-16 12:21:13 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2021-01-22 22:59:38 +00:00
ndecodes_label . setText ( QString { " %1 %2 " } . arg ( n0 ) . arg ( n1 ) ) ;
2021-01-16 12:21:13 -05:00
} else {
if ( m_nDecodes = = 0 ) ndecodes_label . setText ( " 0 " ) ;
}
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
decodeDone ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
return ;
} else {
2020-03-12 15:11:20 -04:00
m_nDecodes + = 1 ;
2021-01-16 12:21:13 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) ndecodes_label . setText ( QString : : number ( m_nDecodes ) ) ;
2020-12-30 10:42:27 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " JT65 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
//### Do something about Q65 here ? ###
2020-04-09 13:56:35 -04:00
int nf = line_read . indexOf ( " f " ) ;
if ( nf > 0 ) {
navg = line_read . mid ( nf + 1 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( line_read . indexOf ( " f* " ) > 0 ) navg = 10 ;
}
int nd = - 1 ;
if ( nf < 0 ) nd = line_read . indexOf ( " d " ) ;
if ( nd > 0 ) {
navg = line_read . mid ( nd + 2 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( line_read . mid ( nd + 2 , 1 ) = = " * " ) navg = 10 ;
2016-10-24 17:01:47 +00:00
}
2020-12-30 10:42:27 -05:00
int na = - 1 ;
if ( nf < 0 and nd < 0 ) na = line_read . indexOf ( " a " ) ;
if ( na > 0 ) {
navg = line_read . mid ( na + 2 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( line_read . mid ( na + 2 , 1 ) = = " * " ) navg = 10 ;
}
int nq = - 1 ;
if ( nf < 0 and nd < 0 and na < 0 ) nq = line_read . indexOf ( " q " ) ;
if ( nq > 0 ) {
navg = line_read . mid ( nq + 2 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( line_read . mid ( nq + 2 , 1 ) = = " * " ) navg = 10 ;
2020-04-08 16:56:28 -04:00
}
2020-04-09 13:56:35 -04:00
if ( navg > = 2 ) bAvgMsg = true ;
2016-10-24 17:01:47 +00:00
}
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
write_all ( " Rx " , line_read . trimmed ( ) ) ;
2020-05-11 11:30:02 -04:00
int ntime = 6 ;
if ( m_TRperiod > = 60 ) ntime = 4 ;
2020-05-12 01:39:46 +01:00
if ( line_read . left ( ntime ) ! = m_tBlankLine ) {
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > new_period ( ) ;
if ( m_config . insert_blank ( )
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
& & SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp ) {
2020-05-12 01:39:46 +01:00
QString band ;
2022-05-08 10:13:29 +02:00
if ( ( ( QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 - m_secBandChanged ) > 4 * int ( m_TRperiod ) / 4 )
or m_displayBand ) {
2020-05-12 01:39:46 +01:00
band = ' ' + m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_freqNominal ) ;
}
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertLineSpacer ( band . rightJustified ( 40 , ' - ' ) ) ;
}
2020-05-11 11:30:02 -04:00
m_tBlankLine = line_read . left ( ntime ) ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
2023-02-28 16:05:17 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " & & fTR > 0.6 & & fTR < 0.75 ) decodeDone ( ) ; // Clear a hung decoder status
2022-11-08 21:59:33 +01:00
}
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode )
{
uploadWSPRSpots ( true , line_read ) ;
}
2018-12-06 15:34:46 +00:00
DecodedText decodedtext0 { QString : : fromUtf8 ( line_read . constData ( ) ) } ;
DecodedText decodedtext { QString : : fromUtf8 ( line_read . constData ( ) ) . remove ( " TU; " ) } ;
2018-10-08 12:52:28 -04:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " R+ " ) or decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " R- " ) ) ) {
2017-12-22 17:25:16 +00:00
auto for_us = decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ) or
decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " " + m_baseCall ) or
2018-10-08 17:00:09 -05:00
decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( m_baseCall + " " ) or
decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " < " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " > " ) ;
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
if ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " DE " ) ) for_us = true ; //Hound with compound callsign
2017-12-22 17:25:16 +00:00
if ( for_us ) {
QString houndCall , houndGrid ;
decodedtext . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ houndCall , houndGrid ) ;
foxRxSequencer ( decodedtext . string ( ) , houndCall , houndGrid ) ;
}
2017-11-16 18:43:59 +00:00
}
2018-10-08 12:52:28 -04:00
//Left (Band activity) window
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if ( ! bAvgMsg ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
if ( ! m_bDisplayedOnce ) {
// This hack sets the font. Surely there's a better way!
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
DecodedText dt { " . " } ;
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > displayDecodedText ( dt , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
m_logBook , m_currentBand , m_config . ppfx ( ) ) ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
m_bDisplayedOnce = true ;
}
} else {
2020-07-19 13:20:41 -04:00
DecodedText decodedtext1 = decodedtext0 ;
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " ) and bDisplayPoints and decodedtext1 . isStandardMessage ( ) ) {
2022-03-22 11:22:56 -04:00
ARRL_Digi_Update ( decodedtext1 ) ;
}
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > displayDecodedText ( decodedtext1 , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
2022-05-07 15:50:51 +02:00
m_logBook , m_currentBandPeriod , m_config . ppfx ( ) ,
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > cbCQonly - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbCQonly - > isChecked ( ) ,
2022-03-22 12:41:08 -04:00
haveFSpread , fSpread , bDisplayPoints , m_points ) ;
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " ) and bDisplayPoints and decodedtext1 . isStandardMessage ( ) ) {
QString deCall , deGrid ;
decodedtext . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ deCall , deGrid ) ;
2022-03-26 10:42:01 -04:00
bool bWorkedOnBand = ( ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > CQPriority ( ) ! = " New Call on Band " ) and ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > CQPriority ( ) ! = " " ;
2022-03-25 10:11:20 -04:00
if ( bWorkedOnBand ) activeWorked ( deCall , m_currentBand ) ;
}
2019-08-08 09:55:08 -04:00
2022-01-11 10:51:48 +01:00
if ( m_config . highlight_DXcall ( ) & & ( m_hisCall ! = " " ) & & ( ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ( \\ w+) " + m_hisCall } ) )
| | ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ( \\ w+) < " + m_hisCall + " > " } ) )
2022-09-24 19:03:03 +02:00
| | ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " <( \\ w+)> " + m_hisCall } ) )
| | ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " <...> " + m_hisCall } ) ) ) ) {
2022-01-11 10:51:48 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > highlight_callsign ( m_hisCall , QColor ( 255 , 0 , 0 ) , QColor ( 255 , 255 , 255 ) , true ) ; // highlight dxCallEntry
2022-05-02 15:54:42 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 500 , [ = ] { // repeated highlighting to override JTAlert
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > highlight_callsign ( m_hisCall , QColor ( 255 , 0 , 0 ) , QColor ( 255 , 255 , 255 ) , true ) ;
} ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 1000 , [ = ] { // repeated highlighting to override JTAlert
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > highlight_callsign ( m_hisCall , QColor ( 255 , 0 , 0 ) , QColor ( 255 , 255 , 255 ) , true ) ;
} ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 2500 , [ = ] { // repeated highlighting to override JTAlert
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > highlight_callsign ( m_hisCall , QColor ( 255 , 0 , 0 ) , QColor ( 255 , 255 , 255 ) , true ) ;
} ) ;
2022-01-11 10:51:48 +01:00
}
if ( m_config . highlight_DXgrid ( ) & & ( m_hisGrid ! = " " ) & & ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( m_hisGrid ) ) ) {
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > highlight_callsign ( m_hisGrid , QColor ( 0 , 0 , 255 ) , QColor ( 255 , 255 , 255 ) , true ) ; // highlight dxGridEntry
}
2020-11-27 12:36:24 +00:00
if ( m_bBestSPArmed & & m_mode = = " FT4 " & & CALLING = = m_QSOProgress ) {
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
QString messagePriority = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > CQPriority ( ) ;
if ( messagePriority ! = " " ) {
if ( messagePriority = = " New Call on Band "
and m_BestCQpriority ! = " New Call on Band "
and m_BestCQpriority ! = " New Multiplier " ) {
m_BestCQpriority = " New Call on Band " ;
2020-11-27 12:36:24 +00:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
processMessage ( decodedtext0 ) ;
}
2019-04-08 12:52:23 -04:00
if ( messagePriority = = " New DXCC "
and m_BestCQpriority ! = " New DXCC "
and m_BestCQpriority ! = " New Multiplier " ) {
m_BestCQpriority = " New DXCC " ;
2020-11-27 12:36:24 +00:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
2019-04-08 12:52:23 -04:00
processMessage ( decodedtext0 ) ;
}
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
}
}
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2013-08-15 12:24:12 +00:00
2018-10-08 12:52:28 -04:00
//Right (Rx Frequency) window
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
bool bDisplayRight = bAvgMsg ;
2017-07-10 15:17:03 +00:00
int audioFreq = decodedtext . frequencyOffset ( ) ;
2021-02-07 08:48:41 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2020-12-31 15:52:06 -05:00
int ftol = 10 ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) ftol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2018-07-31 10:45:32 -04:00
auto const & parts = decodedtext . string ( ) . remove ( " < " ) . remove ( " > " )
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
. split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2019-04-03 11:13:47 -04:00
if ( parts . size ( ) > 6 ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
auto for_us = parts [ 5 ] . contains ( m_baseCall )
2020-12-31 15:52:06 -05:00
| | ( " DE " = = parts [ 5 ] & & qAbs ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - audioFreq ) < = ftol ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
if ( m_baseCall = = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) {
if ( m_baseCall ! = parts [ 5 ] ) for_us = false ;
} else {
if ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ! = parts [ 5 ] ) {
// Same base call as ours but different prefix or suffix. Rare but can happen with
// multi-station special events.
for_us = false ;
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
}
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_bCallingCQ & & ! m_bAutoReply & & for_us & & m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX & & m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2022-04-11 13:08:16 -04:00
bool bProcessMsgNormally = ui - > respondComboBox - > currentText ( ) = = " CQ: First " or
( ui - > respondComboBox - > currentText ( ) = = " CQ: Max Dist " and m_ActiveStationsWidget = = NULL ) or
( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL and ! m_ActiveStationsWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) ;
2022-12-06 15:25:16 +01:00
if ( decodedtext . messageWords ( ) . length ( ) > = 3 ) {
QString t = decodedtext . messageWords ( ) [ 2 ] ;
if ( t . contains ( " R+ " ) or t . contains ( " R- " ) or t = = " R " or t = = " RRR " or t = = " RR73 " ) bProcessMsgNormally = true ;
} else {
bProcessMsgNormally = true ;
2022-11-20 10:24:55 +01:00
}
2022-04-11 13:08:16 -04:00
if ( bProcessMsgNormally ) {
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
m_bAutoReply = true ;
processMessage ( decodedtext ) ;
}
2022-03-14 14:18:53 -04:00
2022-04-11 13:08:16 -04:00
if ( ! bProcessMsgNormally and m_ActiveStationsWidget and ui - > respondComboBox - > currentText ( ) = = " CQ: Max Dist " ) {
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
QString deCall ;
QString deGrid ;
decodedtext . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ deCall , deGrid ) ;
2022-11-20 10:24:55 +01:00
// if they dont' send their grid we'll use ours and assume dx=0
if ( deGrid . length ( ) = = 0 ) deGrid = m_config . my_grid ( ) ;
2022-03-21 15:43:58 -04:00
if ( deGrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) or
2022-03-27 10:21:22 -04:00
( deGrid . contains ( " + " ) or deGrid . contains ( " - " ) ) ) {
int points = 0 ;
2022-03-28 10:35:36 -04:00
if ( m_activeCall . contains ( deCall ) ) {
points = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . points ;
2022-03-28 10:48:06 -04:00
deGrid = m_activeCall [ deCall ] . grid4 ;
2022-03-28 10:35:36 -04:00
} else if ( deGrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
2022-03-27 10:21:22 -04:00
double utch = 0.0 ;
int nAz , nEl , nDmiles , nDkm , nHotAz , nHotABetter ;
azdist_ ( const_cast < char * > ( ( m_config . my_grid ( ) + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
const_cast < char * > ( ( deGrid + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , & utch ,
& nAz , & nEl , & nDmiles , & nDkm , & nHotAz , & nHotABetter , ( FCL ) 6 , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
points = nDkm / 500 ;
if ( nDkm > 500 * points ) points + = 1 ;
points + = 1 ;
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
}
2022-03-27 09:14:34 -04:00
if ( points > m_maxPoints ) {
m_maxPoints = points ;
2022-03-03 14:21:03 -05:00
m_deCall = deCall ;
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( deCall ) ;
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
int m_ntx = 2 ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
bool bContest = m_specOp = = SpecOp : : NA_VHF or m_specOp = = SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI ;
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
if ( bContest ) m_ntx = 3 ;
2022-03-28 17:25:17 -04:00
if ( deGrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
m_deGrid = deGrid ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( deGrid ) ;
} else {
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
m_ntx = 3 ;
2022-03-28 17:25:17 -04:00
}
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
if ( m_ntx = = 2 ) m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
if ( m_ntx = = 3 ) m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
2022-03-28 17:25:17 -04:00
genStdMsgs ( QString : : number ( decodedtext . snr ( ) ) ) ;
2022-03-28 17:30:00 -04:00
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( decodedtext . frequencyOffset ( ) ) ;
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
setTxMsg ( m_ntx ) ;
m_currentMessageType = m_ntx ;
2022-03-03 14:21:03 -05:00
}
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
}
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
}
2022-03-14 14:18:53 -04:00
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " DE " ) ) for_us = true ; //Hound with compound callsign
2022-11-25 09:15:23 +01:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and for_us and decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " R \\ W \\ d " } ) ) bDisplayRight = true ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp and ( for_us or ( abs ( audioFreq - m_wideGraph - > rxFreq ( ) ) < = 10 ) ) ) bDisplayRight = true ;
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
}
2017-07-10 15:17:03 +00:00
} else {
2020-04-08 16:56:28 -04:00
if ( ( abs ( audioFreq - m_wideGraph - > rxFreq ( ) ) < = 10 ) and
! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) bDisplayRight = true ;
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
}
2017-12-08 19:53:27 +00:00
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if ( bDisplayRight ) {
2017-07-10 13:20:33 +00:00
// This msg is within 10 hertz of our tuned frequency, or a JT4 or JT65 avg,
// or contains MyCall
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
if ( ! m_bBestSPArmed or m_mode ! = " FT4 " ) {
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayDecodedText ( decodedtext0 , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
2022-03-22 12:41:08 -04:00
m_logBook , m_currentBand , m_config . ppfx ( ) , false , false , 0.0 , bDisplayPoints , m_points ) ;
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
}
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
m_QSOText = decodedtext . string ( ) . trimmed ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-12-08 19:53:27 +00:00
2018-11-12 19:10:12 +00:00
postDecode ( true , decodedtext . string ( ) ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
if ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " ; " ) ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
QStringList w = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 24 ) . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
QString foxCall = w . at ( 3 ) ;
foxCall = foxCall . remove ( " < " ) . remove ( " > " ) ;
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
if ( w . at ( 0 ) = = m_config . my_callsign ( ) or w . at ( 0 ) = = Radio : : base_callsign ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) ) {
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
//### Check for ui->dxCallEntry->text()==foxCall before logging! ###
2018-05-15 13:13:10 +00:00
ui - > stopTxButton - > click ( ) ;
2018-12-06 05:41:16 +00:00
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
}
2018-05-10 19:07:31 +00:00
if ( ( w . at ( 2 ) = = m_config . my_callsign ( ) or w . at ( 2 ) = = Radio : : base_callsign ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) )
and ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) . length ( ) > 0 ) {
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
m_rptRcvd = w . at ( 4 ) ;
m_rptSent = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 7 , 3 ) ;
2018-04-18 14:04:52 +00:00
m_nFoxFreq = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 16 , 4 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
hound_reply ( ) ;
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
}
} else {
2023-03-01 13:26:44 +01:00
QStringList w = decodedtext . string ( ) . replace ( " < " , " " ) . replace ( " > " , " " ) . mid ( 24 ) . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) ; // .replace("<","").replace(">","") is needed for MSHV multistream messages
2017-12-27 21:06:57 +00:00
if ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " / " ) ) w . append ( " +00 " ) ; //Add a dummy report
2017-12-29 18:26:10 +00:00
if ( w . size ( ) > = 3 ) {
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
QString foxCall = w . at ( 1 ) ;
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
if ( ( w . at ( 0 ) = = m_config . my_callsign ( ) or w . at ( 0 ) = = Radio : : base_callsign ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) ) and
ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) . length ( ) > 0 ) {
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
if ( w . at ( 2 ) = = " RR73 " ) {
2018-05-15 13:13:10 +00:00
ui - > stopTxButton - > click ( ) ;
2018-12-06 05:41:16 +00:00
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
} else {
2018-03-09 14:32:14 +00:00
if ( w . at ( 1 ) = = Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) and
( w . at ( 2 ) . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " + " or w . at ( 2 ) . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " - " ) ) {
m_rptRcvd = w . at ( 2 ) ;
m_rptSent = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 7 , 3 ) ;
2018-04-18 14:04:52 +00:00
m_nFoxFreq = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 16 , 4 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
hound_reply ( ) ;
2018-03-09 14:32:14 +00:00
}
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
}
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
}
}
2017-12-08 19:53:27 +00:00
}
}
2017-12-13 18:36:08 +00:00
2018-07-05 16:51:52 -04:00
//### I think this is where we are preventing Hounds from spotting Fox ###
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FT8 " or ( SpecOp : : HOUND ! = m_specOp ) ) {
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " Q65 "
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
or m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " JT65 " or m_mode = = " JT9 " or m_mode = = " FST4 " ) {
2018-10-08 12:52:28 -04:00
auto_sequence ( decodedtext , 25 , 50 ) ;
}
2018-03-09 13:56:37 +00:00
2018-03-28 15:46:48 +00:00
// find and extract any report for myCall, but save in m_rptRcvd only if it's from DXcall
QString rpt ;
2018-03-09 13:56:37 +00:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext . report ( m_baseCall ,
2018-03-28 15:46:48 +00:00
Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) , rpt ) ;
QString deCall ;
QString grid ;
decodedtext . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ deCall , grid ) ;
2018-03-30 19:28:30 +00:00
{
2018-12-23 23:51:48 +00:00
auto t = Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) ;
2020-12-30 21:45:57 +00:00
auto const & dx_call = decodedtext . call ( ) ;
if ( rpt . size ( ) // report in message
& & ( m_baseCall = = Radio : : base_callsign ( dx_call ) // for us
| | " DE " = = dx_call ) // probably for us
& & ( t = = deCall // DX station base call is QSO partner
| | ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) = = deCall // DX station full call is QSO partner
| | ! t . size ( ) ) ) // not in QSO
{
m_rptRcvd = rpt ;
}
2018-03-30 19:28:30 +00:00
}
2018-03-28 15:46:48 +00:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
2018-03-09 13:56:37 +00:00
int nsec = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 - m_secBandChanged ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
bool okToPost = ( nsec > int ( 4 * m_TRperiod ) / 5 ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " and okToPost ) {
2020-07-01 15:46:17 -04:00
line_read = line_read . left ( 22 ) + " CQ " + line_read . trimmed ( ) . mid ( 22 ) ;
2020-08-15 23:29:53 +01:00
auto p = line_read . lastIndexOf ( ' ' ) ;
DecodedText FST4W_post { QString : : fromUtf8 ( line_read . left ( p ) . constData ( ) ) } ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
pskPost ( FST4W_post ) ;
2020-07-01 15:46:17 -04:00
} else {
if ( stdMsg & & okToPost ) pskPost ( decodedtext ) ;
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " JT65 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) and
2020-12-17 17:02:28 -05:00
m_msgAvgWidget ! = NULL ) {
2018-03-09 13:56:37 +00:00
if ( m_msgAvgWidget - > isVisible ( ) ) {
QFile f ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " avemsg.txt " ) ) ;
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : ReadOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
QTextStream s ( & f ) ;
QString t = s . readAll ( ) ;
2022-11-01 16:40:08 +01:00
if ( t ! = NULL ) m_msgAvgWidget - > displayAvg ( t ) ;
else qDebug ( ) < < " tmp==NULL at s.readAll " ;
2018-03-09 13:56:37 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2013-04-16 20:15:25 +00:00
}
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
2017-07-28 23:25:32 +00:00
//
// start_tolerance - only respond to "DE ..." and free text 73
// messages within +/- this value
//
// stop_tolerance - kill Tx if running station is seen to reply to
// another caller and we are going to transmit within
// +/- this value of the reply to another caller
//
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
void MainWindow : : auto_sequence ( DecodedText const & message , unsigned start_tolerance , unsigned stop_tolerance )
{
auto const & message_words = message . messageWords ( ) ;
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
auto is_73 = message_words . filter ( QRegularExpression { " ^(73|RR73)$ " } ) . size ( ) ;
2021-12-28 10:11:57 +01:00
auto msg_no_hash = message . clean_string ( ) ;
msg_no_hash = msg_no_hash . mid ( 22 ) . remove ( " < " ) . remove ( " > " ) ;
2017-09-22 17:38:51 +00:00
bool is_OK = false ;
2021-12-28 10:08:48 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " & & msg_no_hash . indexOf ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) + " R " ) > 0 ) is_OK = true ;
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( message_words . size ( ) > 3 & & ( message . isStandardMessage ( ) | | ( is_73 or is_OK ) ) ) {
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
auto df = message . frequencyOffset ( ) ;
2018-07-11 13:25:01 -04:00
auto within_tolerance = ( qAbs ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - df ) < = int ( start_tolerance )
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
| | qAbs ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - df ) < = int ( start_tolerance ) ) ;
bool acceptable_73 = is_73
& & m_QSOProgress > = ROGER_REPORT
& & ( ( message . isStandardMessage ( )
& & ( message_words . contains ( m_baseCall )
| | message_words . contains ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) )
| | message_words . contains ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) )
| | message_words . contains ( Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) )
| | message_words . contains ( " DE " ) ) )
2023-01-27 19:08:26 +01:00
| | ( ! message . isStandardMessage ( ) & & m_mode ! = " MSK144 " ) ) ; // free text 73/RR73 except for MSK
2020-04-21 15:50:27 -04:00
2021-12-28 10:08:48 +01:00
auto const & w = msg_no_hash . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2020-04-22 18:32:00 +01:00
QString w2 ;
2018-07-27 16:50:58 -04:00
int nrpt = 0 ;
2020-04-22 18:32:00 +01:00
if ( w . size ( ) > 2 )
{
w2 = w . at ( 2 ) ;
if ( w . size ( ) > 3 ) {
nrpt = w2 . toInt ( ) ;
if ( w2 = = " R " ) nrpt = w . at ( 3 ) . toInt ( ) ;
}
}
2020-04-21 15:50:27 -04:00
bool bEU_VHF = ( nrpt > = 520001 and nrpt < = 594000 ) ;
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
if ( bEU_VHF and message . clean_string ( ) . contains ( " < " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " > " ) ) {
m_xRcvd = message . clean_string ( ) . trimmed ( ) . right ( 13 ) ;
2019-11-18 14:00:42 -05:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:30 +00:00
if ( m_auto
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
& & ( m_QSOProgress = = REPLYING or ( ! ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) and m_QSOProgress = = REPORT ) )
2017-07-28 23:25:32 +00:00
& & qAbs ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - df ) < = int ( stop_tolerance )
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
& & message_words . at ( 2 ) ! = " DE "
& & ! message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " (^(CQ|QRZ))| " + m_baseCall } )
& & message_words . at ( 3 ) . contains ( Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) ) ) {
2017-07-26 01:39:30 +00:00
// auto stop to avoid accidental QRM
2017-09-02 23:46:38 +00:00
ui - > stopTxButton - > click ( ) ; // halt any transmission
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
} else if ( m_auto // transmit allowed
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
& & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) // auto-sequencing allowed
& & ( ( ! m_bCallingCQ // not calling CQ/QRZ
& & ! m_sentFirst73 // not finished QSO
& & ( ( message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall )
// being called and not already in a QSO
& & ( message_words . at ( 3 ) . contains ( Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) )
or bEU_VHF ) )
| | message_words . at ( 1 ) = = m_baseCall // <de-call> RR73; ...
// type 2 compound replies
| | ( within_tolerance & &
( acceptable_73 | |
( " DE " = = message_words . at ( 2 ) & &
w2 . contains ( Radio : : base_callsign ( m_hisCall ) ) ) ) ) ) )
| | ( m_bCallingCQ & & m_bAutoReply
// look for type 2 compound call replies on our Tx and Rx offsets
& & ( ( within_tolerance & & " DE " = = message_words . at ( 2 ) )
| | message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall ) ) ) ) ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp ) processMessage ( message ) ;
2017-09-22 17:38:51 +00:00
}
2017-06-26 15:24:56 +00:00
}
}
2017-08-30 02:27:57 +00:00
void MainWindow : : pskPost ( DecodedText const & decodedtext )
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
{
2022-01-24 17:50:43 +01:00
if ( m_diskData | | ! m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) | | decodedtext . isLowConfidence ( )
| | ( decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( m_baseCall ) & & decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) ) ) ) return ; // prevent self-spotting when running multiple instances
2017-07-26 21:18:59 +00:00
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
QString msgmode = m_mode ;
QString deCall ;
QString grid ;
2016-10-03 17:08:02 +00:00
decodedtext . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ deCall , grid ) ;
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
int audioFrequency = decodedtext . frequencyOffset ( ) ;
2019-04-30 16:02:26 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " ) {
2017-07-08 16:10:23 +00:00
audioFrequency = decodedtext . string ( ) . mid ( 16 , 4 ) . toInt ( ) ;
}
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
int snr = decodedtext . snr ( ) ;
2022-05-07 14:40:14 +02:00
Frequency frequency = m_freqNominalPeriod + audioFrequency ; // prevent spotting wrong band
2022-11-15 17:09:05 +01:00
if ( grid . contains ( grid_regexp ) | | decodedtext . string ( ) . contains ( " CQ " ) ) {
2017-07-01 13:37:29 +00:00
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter:" << deCall << grid << frequency << msgmode << snr;
2020-06-21 01:36:30 +01:00
if ( ! m_psk_Reporter . addRemoteStation ( deCall , grid , frequency , msgmode , snr ) )
{
showStatusMessage ( tr ( " Spotting to PSK Reporter unavailable " ) ) ;
}
2016-10-02 23:16:47 +00:00
}
}
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
void MainWindow : : killFile ( )
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
{
2020-03-19 15:41:18 -04:00
if ( m_fnameWE . size ( ) & & ! ( m_saveAll | | ( m_saveDecoded & & m_bDecoded ) ) ) {
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QFile f1 { m_fnameWE + " .wav " } ;
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
if ( f1 . exists ( ) ) f1 . remove ( ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QFile f2 { m_fnameWE + " .c2 " } ;
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
if ( f2 . exists ( ) ) f2 . remove ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
}
}
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_EraseButton_clicked ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) ;
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > erase ( ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " Echo " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > erase ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
if ( ( ms - m_msErase ) < 500 ) {
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > erase ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2013-04-22 15:43:02 +00:00
}
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
m_msErase = ms ;
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
}
2017-09-16 22:20:51 +00:00
void MainWindow : : band_activity_cleared ( )
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
{
2019-02-03 00:49:35 +00:00
m_messageClient - > decodes_cleared ( ) ;
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
QFile f ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " decoded.txt " ) ) ;
if ( f . exists ( ) ) f . remove ( ) ;
2017-09-16 22:20:51 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : rx_frequency_activity_cleared ( )
{
m_QSOText . clear ( ) ;
2017-09-16 20:27:33 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ; // G4WJS: why do we do this?
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : decodeBusy ( bool b ) //decodeBusy()
{
2019-01-08 18:03:43 +00:00
if ( ! b ) {
m_optimizingProgress . reset ( ) ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_decoderBusy = b ;
ui - > DecodeButton - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
ui - > actionOpen - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
ui - > actionOpen_next_in_directory - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
ui - > actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
2015-11-13 15:44:11 +00:00
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//------------------------------------------------------------- //guiUpdate()
void MainWindow : : guiUpdate ( )
{
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
static char message [ 38 ] ;
static char msgsent [ 38 ] ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
double txDuration ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 0 ) m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2021-06-10 14:40:56 -04:00
txDuration = tx_duration ( m_mode , m_TRperiod , m_nsps , m_bFast9 ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
double tx1 = 0.0 ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
double tx2 = txDuration ;
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " ) icw [ 0 ] = 0 ; //No CW ID in FT4 or FT8 mode
2016-10-13 21:32:30 +00:00
if ( ( icw [ 0 ] > 0 ) and ( ! m_bFast9 ) ) tx2 + = icw [ 0 ] * 2560.0 / 48000.0 ; //Full length including CW ID
2016-11-19 18:28:14 +00:00
if ( tx2 > m_TRperiod ) tx2 = m_TRperiod ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( ! m_txFirst and m_mode ! = " WSPR " and m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
tx1 + = m_TRperiod ;
tx2 + = m_TRperiod ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) % 86400000 ;
int nsec = ms / 1000 ;
double tsec = 0.001 * ms ;
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
double t2p = fmod ( tsec , 2 * m_TRperiod ) ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
m_s6 = fmod ( tsec , 6.0 ) ;
2021-06-10 16:30:03 -04:00
int nseq = fmod ( double ( nsec ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_tRemaining = m_TRperiod - fmod ( tsec , m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
tx1 = 0.0 ;
tx2 = txDuration ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
if ( m_auto and m_s6 > 4.0 ) m_bEchoTxOK = true ;
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_bEchoTxed = true ;
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2021-06-10 16:30:03 -04:00
if ( nseq = = 0 and m_ntr = = 0 ) { //Decide whether to Tx or Rx
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
m_tuneup = false ; //This is not an ATU tuneup
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
bool btx = m_auto & & m_WSPR_tx_next ; // To Tx, we need m_auto and
// scheduled transmit
2020-08-15 15:57:29 +01:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = false ;
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
if ( btx ) {
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
m_ntr = - 1 ; //This says we will have transmitted
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
ui - > pbTxNext - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_bTxTime = true ; //Start a WSPR or FST4W Tx sequence
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2020-08-15 15:57:29 +01:00
// This will be a WSPR or FST4W Rx sequence.
2017-05-17 14:43:16 +00:00
m_ntr = 1 ; //This says we will have received
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_bTxTime = false ; //Start a WSPR or FST4W Rx sequence
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
} else {
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
// For all modes other than WSPR and FST4W
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_bTxTime = ( t2p > = tx1 ) and ( t2p < tx2 ) ;
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) m_bTxTime = m_bTxTime and m_bEchoTxOK ;
2020-04-07 09:39:48 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and ui - > tx5 - > currentText ( ) . contains ( " /B " ) ) {
//FT8 beacon transmissiion from Tx5 only at top of a UTC minute
double t4p = fmod ( tsec , 4 * m_TRperiod ) ;
if ( t4p > = 30.0 ) m_bTxTime = false ;
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
if ( m_tune ) m_bTxTime = true ; //"Tune" takes precedence
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting or m_auto or m_tune ) {
2018-12-01 13:16:57 -05:00
m_dateTimeLastTX = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2017-12-03 21:59:59 +00:00
2019-05-23 13:24:35 -04:00
// Check for "txboth" (FT4 testing purposes only)
2015-06-02 14:06:26 +00:00
QFile f ( m_appDir + " /txboth " ) ;
2019-05-23 13:24:35 -04:00
if ( f . exists ( ) and fmod ( tsec , m_TRperiod ) < ( 0.5 + 105.0 * 576.0 / 12000.0 ) ) m_bTxTime = true ;
2012-10-26 16:01:57 +00:00
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
// Don't transmit another mode in the 30 m WSPR sub-band
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency onAirFreq = m_freqNominal + ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
2022-08-02 11:57:24 -05:00
if ( ( onAirFreq > 10139900 and onAirFreq < 10140320 ) and m_mode ! = " WSPR " and m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_bTxTime = false ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_auto ) auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if ( onAirFreq ! = m_onAirFreq0 ) {
m_onAirFreq0 = onAirFreq ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
auto const & message = tr ( " Please choose another Tx frequency. "
" WSJT-X will not knowingly transmit another "
" mode in the WSPR sub-band on 30m. " ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , [ = ] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " WSPR Guard Band " ) , message ) ;
} ) ;
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2018-05-01 18:27:59 +00:00
// Don't allow Fox mode in any of the default FT8 sub-bands.
2022-12-15 13:21:44 +01:00
qint32 ft8Freq [ ] = { 1840000 , 3573000 , 7074000 , 10136000 , 14074000 , 18100000 , 21074000 , 24915000 , 28074000 , 50313000 , 70154000 } ;
2018-05-01 18:27:59 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < 11 ; i + + ) {
2022-12-15 13:21:44 +01:00
int kHzdiff = m_freqNominal - ft8Freq [ i ] ;
if ( qAbs ( kHzdiff ) < 3000 ) {
2018-05-01 18:27:59 +00:00
m_bTxTime = false ;
if ( m_auto ) auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
2022-12-15 13:21:44 +01:00
if ( m_tune ) stop_tuning ( ) ;
auto const & message = tr ( " Please choose another dial frequency. \n "
" Must be 3Khz away from %1. \n "
" WSJT-X will not operate in Fox mode \n "
" overlapping the standard FT8 sub-bands. " ) . arg ( ft8Freq [ i ] ) ;
2018-05-01 18:27:59 +00:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , [ = ] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Fox Mode warning " ) , message ) ;
} ) ;
break ;
}
}
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_config . watchdog ( ) & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W "
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
& & m_idleMinutes > = m_config . watchdog ( ) ) {
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
tx_watchdog ( true ) ; // disable transmit
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
double fTR = float ( ( ms % int ( 1000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) ) / int ( 1000.0 * m_TRperiod ) ;
2018-03-12 18:01:25 +00:00
QString txMsg ;
if ( m_ntx = = 1 ) txMsg = ui - > tx1 - > text ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 2 ) txMsg = ui - > tx2 - > text ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 3 ) txMsg = ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 4 ) txMsg = ui - > tx4 - > text ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 5 ) txMsg = ui - > tx5 - > currentText ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 6 ) txMsg = ui - > tx6 - > text ( ) ;
int msgLength = txMsg . trimmed ( ) . length ( ) ;
2018-03-28 14:53:07 +00:00
if ( msgLength = = 0 and ! m_tune ) on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
2018-03-12 18:01:25 +00:00
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
if ( g_iptt = = 0 and ( ( m_bTxTime and ( fTR < 0.75 ) and ( msgLength > 0 ) ) or m_tune ) ) {
2018-03-28 14:53:07 +00:00
//### Allow late starts
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
icw [ 0 ] = m_ncw ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
g_iptt = 1 ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
setRig ( ) ;
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
if ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) > 900 ) {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 300 ) ;
}
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
else if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
if ( m_auto & & ! m_tune ) {
if ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) < 999 & & m_ntx ! = 3 ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
// Hound randomized range: 1000-3000 Hz
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > bounded ( 1000 , 2999 ) ) ;
# else
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ( qrand ( ) % 2000 ) + 1000 ) ;
# endif
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
}
}
2018-04-24 14:42:36 +00:00
if ( m_nSentFoxRrpt = = 2 and m_ntx = = 3 ) {
// move off the original Fox frequency on subsequent tries of Tx3
int nfreq = m_nFoxFreq + 300 ;
if ( m_nFoxFreq > 600 ) nfreq = m_nFoxFreq - 300 ; //keep nfreq below 900 Hz
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( nfreq ) ;
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
}
if ( m_nSentFoxRrpt = = 1 ) {
+ + m_nSentFoxRrpt ;
}
}
2017-12-14 16:24:06 +00:00
}
2018-04-21 19:10:30 +00:00
2018-02-02 16:02:00 +00:00
// If HoldTxFreq is not checked, randomize Fox's Tx Freq
// NB: Maybe this should be done no more than once every 5 minutes or so ?
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and ! ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > bounded ( 300 , 599 ) ) ;
# else
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 300.0 + 300.0 * double ( qrand ( ) ) / RAND_MAX ) ;
# endif
2018-02-02 16:02:00 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2018-02-21 16:34:02 +00:00
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_ptt ( true ) ; //Assert the PTT
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
m_tx_when_ready = true ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
// if(!m_bTxTime and !m_tune and m_mode!="FT4") m_btxok=false; //Time to stop transmitting
if ( ! m_bTxTime and ! m_tune ) m_btxok = false ; //Time to stop transmitting
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) and
2021-06-10 16:30:03 -04:00
( ( m_ntr = = 1 and m_rxDone ) or ( m_ntr = = - 1 and nseq > tx2 ) ) ) {
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_monitoring ) {
m_rxDone = false ;
}
if ( m_transmitting ) {
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_history ( m_freqNominal , - 1 ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_bTxTime = false ; //Time to stop a WSPR or FST4W transmission
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_btxok = false ;
}
2015-07-11 22:50:05 +00:00
else if ( m_ntr ! = - 1 ) {
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
WSPR_scheduling ( ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_ntr = 0 ; //This WSPR or FST4W Rx sequence is complete
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
2017-11-30 18:45:51 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Calculate Tx tones when needed
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if ( ( g_iptt = = 1 & & m_iptt0 = = 0 ) | | m_restart ) {
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QByteArray ba ;
2017-09-25 17:02:52 +00:00
QByteArray ba0 ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2020-07-01 12:01:47 -04:00
ba = WSPR_message ( ) . toLatin1 ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp and m_ntx ! = 3 ) { //Hound transmits only Tx1 or Tx3
2017-12-27 21:06:57 +00:00
m_ntx = 1 ;
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " and m_bBestSPArmed ) {
m_BestCQpriority = " " ;
m_bBestSPArmed = false ;
ui - > pbBestSP - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_ntx = = 1 ) ba = ui - > tx1 - > text ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 2 ) ba = ui - > tx2 - > text ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 3 ) ba = ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 4 ) ba = ui - > tx4 - > text ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 5 ) ba = ui - > tx5 - > currentText ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 6 ) ba = ui - > tx6 - > text ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
ba2msg ( ba , message ) ;
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
int ichk = 0 ;
if ( m_lastMessageSent ! = m_currentMessage
| | m_lastMessageType ! = m_currentMessageType )
{
m_lastMessageSent = m_currentMessage ;
m_lastMessageType = m_currentMessageType ;
}
m_currentMessageType = 0 ;
2015-06-10 14:58:55 +00:00
if ( m_tune or m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
itone [ 0 ] = 0 ;
} else {
2021-03-14 14:19:43 +00:00
if ( m_QSOProgress = = REPORT | | m_QSOProgress = = ROGER_REPORT ) m_bSentReport = true ;
if ( m_bSentReport and ( m_QSOProgress < REPORT or m_QSOProgress > ROGER_REPORT ) ) m_bSentReport = false ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) gen4_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& m_currentMessageType , ( FCL ) 22 , ( FCL ) 22 ) ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) gen9_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& m_currentMessageType , ( FCL ) 22 , ( FCL ) 22 ) ;
2022-01-31 19:18:46 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) gen65 ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) ,
& m_currentMessageType ) ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) genwspr_ ( message , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
( FCL ) 22 , ( FCL ) 22 ) ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 "
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
or m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " FST4W " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) {
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
genmsk_128_90_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& m_currentMessageType , ( FCL ) 37 , ( FCL ) 37 ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_restart ) {
int nsym = 144 ;
if ( itone [ 40 ] = = - 40 ) nsym = 40 ;
m_modulator - > set_nsym ( nsym ) ;
2017-07-28 15:50:13 +00:00
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
}
2020-07-25 16:02:42 -04:00
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) = = 1 ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
foxTxSequencer ( ) ;
} else {
int i3 = 0 ;
int n3 = 0 ;
char ft8msgbits [ 77 ] ;
genft8_ ( message , & i3 , & n3 , msgsent , const_cast < char * > ( ft8msgbits ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , ( FCL ) 37 , ( FCL ) 37 ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int nsym = 79 ;
int nsps = 4 * 1920 ;
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
float fsample = 48000.0 ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
float bt = 2.0 ;
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
float f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ;
2019-04-18 14:15:24 -05:00
int icmplx = 0 ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int nwave = nsym * nsps ;
gen_ft8wave_ ( const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & nsym , & nsps , & bt , & fsample , & f0 , foxcom_ . wave ,
foxcom_ . wave , & icmplx , & nwave ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
//Fox must generate the full Tx waveform, not just an itone[] array.
QString fm = QString : : fromStdString ( message ) . trimmed ( ) ;
foxGenWaveform ( 0 , fm ) ;
foxcom_ . nslots = 1 ;
foxcom_ . nfreq = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
if ( m_config . split_mode ( ) ) foxcom_ . nfreq = foxcom_ . nfreq - m_XIT ; //Fox Tx freq
QString foxCall = m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ;
: : memcpy ( foxcom_ . mycall , foxCall . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof foxcom_ . mycall ) ; //Copy Fox callsign into foxcom_
foxgen_ ( ) ;
2020-07-01 12:01:47 -04:00
}
2020-06-16 16:59:40 -04:00
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int ichk = 0 ;
char ft4msgbits [ 77 ] ;
genft4_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < char * > ( ft4msgbits ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , ( FCL ) 37 , ( FCL ) 37 ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int nsym = 103 ;
int nsps = 4 * 576 ;
float fsample = 48000.0 ;
float f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ;
int nwave = ( nsym + 2 ) * nsps ;
int icmplx = 0 ;
gen_ft4wave_ ( const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & nsym , & nsps , & fsample , & f0 , foxcom_ . wave ,
foxcom_ . wave , & icmplx , & nwave ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int ichk = 0 ;
int iwspr = 0 ;
char fst4msgbits [ 101 ] ;
QString wmsg ;
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
iwspr = 1 ;
wmsg = WSPR_message ( ) ;
ba = wmsg . toLatin1 ( ) ;
ba2msg ( ba , message ) ;
2018-07-31 15:42:51 -04:00
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
genfst4_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < char * > ( fst4msgbits ) ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & iwspr , ( FCL ) 37 , ( FCL ) 37 ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
int hmod = 1 ;
if ( m_config . x2ToneSpacing ( ) ) hmod = 2 ;
if ( m_config . x4ToneSpacing ( ) ) hmod = 4 ;
int nsps = 720 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) nsps = 1680 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) nsps = 3888 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) nsps = 8200 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) nsps = 21504 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 900 ) nsps = 66560 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 1800 ) nsps = 134400 ;
nsps = 4 * nsps ; //48000 Hz sampling
int nsym = 160 ;
float fsample = 48000.0 ;
float dfreq = hmod * fsample / nsps ;
float f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT + 1.5 * dfreq ;
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) f0 = ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT + 1.5 * dfreq ;
int nwave = ( nsym + 2 ) * nsps ;
int icmplx = 0 ;
gen_fst4wave_ ( const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & nsym , & nsps , & nwave ,
& fsample , & hmod , & f0 , & icmplx , foxcom_ . wave , foxcom_ . wave ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
QString t = QString : : fromStdString ( message ) . trimmed ( ) ;
}
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
int i3 = - 1 ;
int n3 = - 1 ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
genq65_ ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & i3 , & n3 , ( FCL ) 37 , ( FCL ) 37 ) ;
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
int nsps = 1800 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) nsps = 3600 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) nsps = 7200 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) nsps = 16000 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) nsps = 41472 ;
int nsps4 = 4 * nsps ; //48000 Hz sampling
int nsym = 85 ;
float fsample = 48000.0 ;
int nwave = ( nsym + 2 ) * nsps4 ;
int icmplx = 0 ;
int hmod = 1 ;
float f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ;
genwave_ ( const_cast < int * > ( itone ) , & nsym , & nsps4 , & nwave ,
& fsample , & hmod , & f0 , & icmplx , foxcom_ . wave , foxcom_ . wave ) ;
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_ntx = = 2 ) m_xSent = ui - > tx2 - > text ( ) . right ( 13 ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 3 ) m_xSent = ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) . right ( 13 ) ;
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) {
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_ntx = = 2 or m_ntx = = 3 ) {
QStringList t = ui - > tx2 - > text ( ) . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
int n = t . size ( ) ;
2022-12-07 00:23:10 +01:00
if ( n > 3 ) m_xSent = t . at ( n - 2 ) + " " + t . at ( n - 1 ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
}
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
msgsent [ 37 ] = 0 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
2020-12-21 01:31:57 +00:00
{
auto temp = m_currentMessage ;
m_currentMessage = QString : : fromLatin1 ( msgsent ) ;
if ( m_currentMessage ! = temp ) // check if tx message changed
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
{
2020-12-21 01:31:57 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
}
2021-03-02 19:23:17 +00:00
m_bCallingCQ = 6 = = m_ntx
2017-07-25 16:51:42 +00:00
| | m_currentMessage . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ^(CQ|QRZ) " } ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_maxPoints = - 1 ;
2017-07-20 15:15:00 +00:00
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
if ( m_tune ) {
m_currentMessage = " TUNE " ;
m_currentMessageType = - 1 ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if ( m_restart ) {
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
write_all ( " Tx " , m_currentMessage ) ;
2022-08-16 12:15:08 -04:00
if ( m_config . TX_messages ( ) and m_mode ! = " Echo " ) {
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayTransmittedText ( m_currentMessage . trimmed ( ) , m_mode ,
2020-06-20 13:47:32 -04:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) , m_bFastMode , m_TRperiod ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
auto t2 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . toString ( " hhmm " ) ;
icw [ 0 ] = 0 ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
auto msg_parts = m_currentMessage . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2017-07-09 20:45:45 +00:00
if ( msg_parts . size ( ) > 2 ) {
// clean up short code forms
msg_parts [ 0 ] . remove ( QChar { ' < ' } ) ;
2018-09-18 14:52:21 -04:00
msg_parts [ 0 ] . remove ( QChar { ' > ' } ) ;
msg_parts [ 1 ] . remove ( QChar { ' < ' } ) ;
2017-07-09 20:45:45 +00:00
msg_parts [ 1 ] . remove ( QChar { ' > ' } ) ;
}
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
auto is_73 = message_is_73 ( m_currentMessageType , msg_parts ) ;
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
m_sentFirst73 = is_73
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
& & ! message_is_73 ( m_lastMessageType , m_lastMessageSent . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ) ;
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( m_sentFirst73 | | ( is_73 & & CALLING = = m_QSOProgress ) ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_qsoStop = t2 ;
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
if ( m_config . id_after_73 ( ) ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
icw [ 0 ] = m_ncw ;
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
}
2021-03-25 11:11:53 +00:00
if ( ( m_config . prompt_to_log ( ) or m_config . autoLog ( ) ) & & ! m_tune & & CALLING ! = m_QSOProgress )
{
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
}
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
else
{
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2018-02-20 21:30:31 +00:00
2022-04-01 10:01:45 -04:00
bool b = ( " FT8 " = = m_mode or " FT4 " = = m_mode or " Q65 " = = m_mode ) and ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( )
& & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) ;
2017-07-10 13:20:33 +00:00
if ( is_73 and ( m_config . disable_TX_on_73 ( ) or b ) ) {
2018-11-05 14:33:26 -05:00
m_nextCall = " " ; //### Temporary: disable use of "TU;" messages;
2018-10-04 14:50:02 -04:00
if ( m_nextCall ! = " " ) {
2018-10-08 09:08:52 -04:00
useNextCall ( ) ;
2018-10-04 14:50:02 -04:00
} else {
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
if ( b ) {
m_ntx = 6 ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
m_QSOProgress = CALLING ;
}
2017-07-10 13:20:33 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
2016-10-13 16:19:24 +00:00
if ( m_config . id_interval ( ) > 0 ) {
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
int nmin = ( m_sec0 - m_secID ) / 60 ;
2016-11-02 12:38:18 +00:00
if ( m_sec0 < m_secID ) nmin = m_config . id_interval ( ) ;
if ( nmin > = m_config . id_interval ( ) ) {
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
icw [ 0 ] = m_ncw ;
m_secID = m_sec0 ;
}
}
2017-07-09 20:45:45 +00:00
if ( ( m_currentMessageType < 6 | | 7 = = m_currentMessageType )
& & msg_parts . length ( ) > = 3
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
& & ( msg_parts [ 1 ] = = m_config . my_callsign ( ) | |
msg_parts [ 1 ] = = m_baseCall ) )
{
int i1 ;
bool ok ;
i1 = msg_parts [ 2 ] . toInt ( & ok ) ;
if ( ok and i1 > = - 50 and i1 < 50 )
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
{
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts [ 2 ] ;
m_qsoStart = t2 ;
} else {
if ( msg_parts [ 2 ] . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " R " )
{
i1 = msg_parts [ 2 ] . mid ( 1 ) . toInt ( & ok ) ;
if ( ok and i1 > = - 50 and i1 < 50 )
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
{
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts [ 2 ] . mid ( 1 ) ;
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
m_qsoStart = t2 ;
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_restart = false ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2020-09-05 15:11:32 -04:00
if ( ! m_auto & & m_sentFirst73 ) {
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_sentFirst73 = false ;
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
2019-01-18 16:22:25 -05:00
if ( g_iptt = = 1 & & m_iptt0 = = 0 ) {
auto const & current_message = QString : : fromLatin1 ( msgsent ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_config . watchdog ( ) & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W "
2019-01-18 16:22:25 -05:00
& & current_message ! = m_msgSent0 ) {
tx_watchdog ( false ) ; // in case we are auto sequencing
m_msgSent0 = current_message ;
}
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
2022-08-16 12:15:08 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FST4W " & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " Echo " )
2020-07-27 19:49:39 +01:00
{
if ( ! m_tune ) write_all ( " Tx " , m_currentMessage ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_config . TX_messages ( ) & & ! m_tune & & SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp )
2020-07-27 19:49:39 +01:00
{
2021-01-07 11:46:36 -05:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayTransmittedText ( current_message . trimmed ( ) ,
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
m_mode , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) , m_bFastMode , m_TRperiod ) ;
2020-07-27 19:49:39 +01:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
2019-03-07 11:21:17 -05:00
switch ( m_ntx )
{
case 1 : m_QSOProgress = REPLYING ; break ;
case 2 : m_QSOProgress = REPORT ; break ;
case 3 : m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ; break ;
case 4 : m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ; break ;
case 5 : m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ; break ;
case 6 : m_QSOProgress = CALLING ; break ;
default : break ; // determined elsewhere
2013-04-27 13:11:29 +00:00
}
2019-03-07 11:21:17 -05:00
m_transmitting = true ;
transmitDisplay ( true ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
if ( ! m_btxok & & m_btxok0 & & g_iptt = = 1 ) {
stopTx ( ) ;
if ( " 1 " = = m_env . value ( " WSJT_TX_BOTH " , " 0 " ) ) {
m_txFirst = ! m_txFirst ;
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( m_txFirst ) ;
2020-11-06 18:28:59 +00:00
}
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
}
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if ( m_startAnother ) {
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
m_wait + + ;
}
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " or m_wait > = 4 ) {
m_wait = 0 ;
m_startAnother = false ;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered ( ) ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) {
2021-06-10 19:12:49 -04:00
if ( ui - > txrb1 - > isEnabled ( ) and
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp or
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp ) ) {
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
//We're in a contest-like mode other than EU_VHF: start QSO with Tx2.
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2019-03-28 10:41:56 -04:00
ui - > txb1 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ! ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) and SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
//We're in EU_VHF mode: start QSO with Tx1.
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2019-03-28 10:41:56 -04:00
ui - > txb1 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2018-08-01 13:08:16 -04:00
}
2018-07-31 11:10:57 -04:00
}
2022-09-01 14:32:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " and ! m_monitoring and ! m_auto and ! m_diskData ) m_echoRunning = false ;
2018-07-31 11:10:57 -04:00
2022-12-15 15:26:48 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
mem_qmap . lock ( ) ;
2022-12-15 15:26:48 -05:00
int n = 0 ;
if ( m_decoderBusy ) n = 1 ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
ipc_qmap [ 3 ] = n ;
2022-12-15 15:26:48 -05:00
n = 0 ;
if ( m_transmitting ) n = 1 ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
ipc_qmap [ 4 ] = n ;
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( ipc_qmap [ 0 ] > 0 ) { //ndecodes
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
memcpy ( & qmapcom , ( char * ) ipc_qmap , sizeof ( qmapcom ) ) ; //Fetch the new decode(s)
2022-12-15 15:26:48 -05:00
readWidebandDecodes ( ) ;
}
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
mem_qmap . unlock ( ) ;
2022-12-14 14:28:55 -05:00
}
2020-09-10 13:33:33 -04:00
//Once per second (onesec)
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
if ( nsec ! = m_sec0 ) {
2023-02-07 15:17:09 -05:00
// qDebug() << "AAA" << nsec%60 << int(m_specOp);
2021-06-10 14:39:23 -04:00
2020-09-18 13:33:30 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
2018-08-03 16:31:19 -04:00
m_currentBand = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_freqNominal ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2018-02-05 19:58:03 +00:00
qint32 tHound = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 - m_tAutoOn ;
2018-02-05 20:13:16 +00:00
//To keep calling Fox, Hound must reactivate Enable Tx at least once every 2 minutes
2023-01-22 14:14:41 +01:00
if ( tHound > = 120 and m_ntx = = 1 ) {
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2018-02-05 19:58:03 +00:00
}
2019-01-24 17:29:03 -05:00
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
progressBar . setVisible ( true ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
progressBar . setFormat ( " %v/%m " ) ;
2022-07-21 12:53:27 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
progressBar . setMaximum ( 3 ) ;
2022-07-21 12:53:27 -04:00
int n = 0 ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting or m_monitoring ) n = int ( m_s6 ) % 3 ;
2022-07-21 12:53:27 -04:00
progressBar . setValue ( n ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Echo " ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( m_monitoring or m_transmitting ) {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar . setMaximum ( m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int isec = int ( fmod ( tsec , m_TRperiod ) ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod - int ( m_TRperiod ) > 0.0 ) {
QString progBarLabel ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
progBarLabel = progBarLabel . asprintf ( " %d/%3.1f " , isec , m_TRperiod ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
progressBar . setFormat ( progBarLabel ) ;
}
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar . setValue ( isec ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar . setValue ( 0 ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
astroUpdate ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting ) {
2018-07-10 00:13:56 +00:00
char s [ 42 ] ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) = = 1 ) {
2023-01-07 07:44:10 -06:00
snprintf ( s , sizeof ( s ) , " Tx: %d Slots " , foxcom_ . nslots ) ;
2017-12-19 19:26:39 +00:00
} else {
2023-01-07 07:44:10 -06:00
snprintf ( s , sizeof ( s ) , " Tx: %s " , msgsent ) ;
2017-12-19 19:26:39 +00:00
}
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_nsendingsh = 0 ;
if ( s [ 4 ] = = 64 ) m_nsendingsh = 1 ;
if ( m_nsendingsh = = 1 or m_currentMessageType = = 7 ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #66ffff} " ) ;
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
} else if ( m_nsendingsh = = - 1 or m_currentMessageType = = 6 ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ffccff} " ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ffff33} " ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
if ( m_tune ) {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setText ( " Tx: TUNE " ) ;
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
} else {
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setText ( " Tx: ECHO " ) ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
} else {
2018-02-20 20:09:44 +00:00
s [ 40 ] = 0 ;
2017-09-25 17:02:52 +00:00
QString t { QString : : fromLatin1 ( s ) } ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and ui - > tabWidget - > currentIndex ( ) = = 1 and foxcom_ . nslots = = 1 ) {
2018-02-21 15:48:56 +00:00
t = m_fm1 . trimmed ( ) ;
}
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) t = " Tx: " + m_currentMessage ;
2018-02-20 21:30:31 +00:00
tx_status_label . setText ( t . trimmed ( ) ) ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else if ( m_monitoring ) {
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if ( ! m_tx_watchdog ) {
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #00ff00} " ) ;
2020-05-19 12:15:58 +01:00
auto t = tr ( " Receiving " ) ;
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
int npct = int ( 100.0 * m_fCPUmskrtd / 0.298667 ) ;
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
if ( npct > 90 ) tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff0000} " ) ;
2020-05-19 12:15:58 +01:00
t + = QString { " %1% " } . arg ( npct , 2 ) ;
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
}
tx_status_label . setText ( t ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
transmitDisplay ( false ) ;
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
} else if ( ! m_diskData & & ! m_tx_watchdog ) {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
tx_status_label . setText ( " " ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
QDateTime t = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2012-11-12 16:33:45 +00:00
QString utc = t . date ( ) . toString ( " yyyy MMM dd " ) + " \n " +
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
t . time ( ) . toString ( ) + " " ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
ui - > labUTC - > setText ( utc ) ;
2019-04-16 13:21:45 -04:00
if ( m_bBestSPArmed and ( m_dateTimeBestSP . secsTo ( t ) > = 120 ) ) on_pbBestSP_clicked ( ) ; //BestSP timeout
if ( ! m_monitoring and ! m_diskData ) ui - > signal_meter_widget - > setValue ( 0 , 0 ) ;
2013-04-30 18:54:11 +00:00
m_sec0 = nsec ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
displayDialFrequency ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_iptt0 = g_iptt ;
m_btxok0 = m_btxok ;
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
} //End of guiUpdate
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
2018-10-08 09:08:52 -04:00
void MainWindow : : useNextCall ( )
{
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( m_nextCall ) ;
m_nextCall = " " ;
if ( m_nextGrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( m_nextGrid ) ;
m_ntx = 2 ;
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
} else {
m_ntx = 3 ;
ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
genStdMsgs ( m_nextRpt ) ;
}
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
void MainWindow : : startTx2 ( )
{
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
if ( ! m_modulator - > isActive ( ) ) { // TODO - not thread safe
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
double fSpread = 0.0 ;
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
double snr = 99.0 ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QString t = ui - > tx5 - > currentText ( ) ;
if ( t . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " # " ) fSpread = t . mid ( 1 , 5 ) . toDouble ( ) ;
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator - > setSpread ( fSpread ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
t = ui - > tx6 - > text ( ) ;
if ( t . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " # " ) snr = t . mid ( 1 , 5 ) . toDouble ( ) ;
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
if ( snr > 0.0 or snr < - 50.0 ) snr = 99.0 ;
2022-03-21 15:43:58 -04:00
if ( ( m_ntx = = 6 or m_ntx = = 7 ) and m_config . force_call_1st ( ) and
ui - > respondComboBox - > currentIndex ( ) = = 0 ) {
2019-05-24 08:31:56 -04:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( 1 ) ;
2019-05-24 08:31:56 -04:00
}
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
transmit ( snr ) ;
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
ui - > signal_meter_widget - > setValue ( 0 , 0 ) ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " and ! m_tune ) m_bTransmittedEcho = true ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) and ! m_tune ) {
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
if ( m_config . TX_messages ( ) ) {
t = " Transmitting " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_freqNominal ) ;
2020-07-27 19:51:56 +01:00
t = beacon_start_time ( m_TRperiod / 2 ) + ' ' + t . rightJustified ( 66 , ' - ' ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertText ( t ) ;
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
}
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
write_all ( " Tx " , m_currentMessage ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow : : stopTx ( )
{
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Q_EMIT endTransmitMessage ( ) ;
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
m_btxok = false ;
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
m_transmitting = false ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
g_iptt = 0 ;
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if ( ! m_tx_watchdog ) {
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
tx_status_label . setText ( " " ) ;
}
2016-09-06 23:18:48 +00:00
ptt0Timer . start ( 200 ) ; //end-of-transmission sequencer delay
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor ( true ) ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : stopTx2 ( )
{
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_ptt ( false ) ; //Lower PTT
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " & & m_bFast9
2021-03-25 11:11:53 +00:00
& & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( )
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
& & m_ntx = = 5 & & m_nTx73 > = 5 ) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
m_nTx73 = 0 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( ( ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) and m_ntr = = - 1 ) and ! m_tuneup ) {
2015-06-02 00:23:17 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setWSPRtransmitted ( ) ;
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
WSPR_scheduling ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_ntr = 0 ;
}
2020-05-19 11:26:24 +01:00
last_tx_label . setText ( tr ( " Last Tx: %1 " ) . arg ( m_currentMessage . trimmed ( ) ) ) ;
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : ba2msg ( QByteArray ba , char message [ ] ) //ba2msg()
{
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
int iz = ba . length ( ) ;
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < 37 ; i + + ) {
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
if ( i < iz ) {
2018-12-27 14:44:50 -05:00
if ( int ( ba [ i ] ) > = 97 and int ( ba [ i ] ) < = 122 ) ba [ i ] = int ( ba [ i ] ) - 32 ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
message [ i ] = ba [ i ] ;
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
} else {
message [ i ] = 32 ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
message [ 37 ] = 0 ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged ( int nstate ) //TxFirst
{
m_txFirst = ( nstate = = 2 ) ;
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
void MainWindow : : set_dateTimeQSO ( int m_ntx )
{
// m_ntx = -1 resets to default time
// Our QSO start time can be fairly well determined from Tx 2 and Tx 3 -- the grid reports
// If we CQ'd and sending sigrpt then 2 minutes ago n=2
// If we're on msg 3 then 3 minutes ago n=3 -- might have sat on msg1 for a while
// If we've already set our time on just return.
// This should mean that Tx2 or Tx3 has been repeated so don't update the start time
// We reset it in several places
if ( m_ntx = = - 1 ) { // we use a default date to detect change
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime { } ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
}
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
else if ( m_dateTimeQSOOn . isValid ( ) ) {
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
return ;
}
else { // we also take of m_TRperiod/2 to allow for late clicks
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
auto now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn = now . addSecs ( - ( m_ntx - 2 ) * int ( m_TRperiod ) -
int ( fmod ( double ( now . time ( ) . second ( ) ) , m_TRperiod ) ) ) ;
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
}
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : set_ntx ( int n ) //set_ntx()
{
m_ntx = n ;
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb1_toggled ( bool status )
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
if ( ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
m_ntx = 1 ;
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ; // we reset here as tx2/tx3 is used for start times
}
else {
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , ui - > txrb2 , SLOT ( click ( ) ) ) ;
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
}
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
bool MainWindow : : elide_tx1_not_allowed ( ) const
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
{
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
auto const & my_callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
return
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
( m_mode = = " FT8 " & & SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp )
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
| | ( ( m_mode . startsWith ( " FT " ) | | " MSK144 " = = m_mode | | " Q65 " = = m_mode | | " FST4 " = = m_mode )
& & Radio : : is_77bit_nonstandard_callsign ( my_callsign ) )
| | ( my_callsign ! = m_baseCall & & ! shortList ( my_callsign ) ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_txrb1_doubleClicked ( )
{
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( elide_tx1_not_allowed ( ) | | ! ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) ;
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
if ( ! ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
// leave time for clicks to complete before setting txrb2
QTimer : : singleShot ( 500 , ui - > txrb2 , SLOT ( click ( ) ) ) ;
}
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb2_toggled ( bool status )
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
{
// Tx 2 means we already have CQ'd so good reference
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
m_ntx = 2 ;
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( m_ntx ) ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_txrb3_toggled ( bool status )
{
2018-07-27 16:08:05 -04:00
// Tx 3 means we should have already have done Tx 1 so good reference
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
m_ntx = 3 ;
set_dateTimeQSO ( m_ntx ) ;
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb4_toggled ( bool status )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
m_ntx = 4 ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb4_doubleClicked ( )
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
{
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
auto const & my_callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
auto is_compound = my_callsign ! = m_baseCall ;
m_send_RR73 = ! ( ( is_compound & & ! shortList ( my_callsign ) ) | | m_send_RR73 ) ;
2020-03-19 16:20:42 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) m_send_RR73 = true ;
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb5_toggled ( bool status )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
m_ntx = 5 ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb5_doubleClicked ( )
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
{
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt , true ) ;
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txrb6_toggled ( bool status )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
if ( status ) {
m_ntx = 6 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( ui - > txrb6 - > text ( ) . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ^(CQ|QRZ) " } ) ) set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb1_clicked ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
if ( ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
m_ntx = 1 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
}
else {
on_txb2_clicked ( ) ;
}
}
void MainWindow : : on_txb1_doubleClicked ( )
{
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
ui - > tx1 - > setEnabled ( elide_tx1_not_allowed ( ) | | ! ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb2_clicked ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
m_ntx = 2 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb3_clicked ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
m_ntx = 3 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_txb4_clicked ( )
{
m_ntx = 4 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb4_doubleClicked ( )
{
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
// RR73 only allowed if not a type 2 compound callsign
auto const & my_callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
auto is_compound = my_callsign ! = m_baseCall ;
m_send_RR73 = ! ( ( is_compound & & ! shortList ( my_callsign ) ) | | m_send_RR73 ) ;
2019-03-13 13:59:41 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) m_send_RR73 = true ;
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb5_clicked ( )
{
m_ntx = 5 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb5_doubleClicked ( )
{
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt , true ) ;
}
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_txb6_clicked ( )
{
m_ntx = 6 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING ;
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ;
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-04-02 13:16:06 -04:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2017-10-13 22:34:36 +00:00
void MainWindow : : doubleClickOnCall2 ( Qt : : KeyboardModifiers modifiers )
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
{
2019-03-28 09:30:26 -04:00
//Confusing: come here after double-click on left text window, not right window.
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ; // reset our QSO start time
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
m_decodedText2 = true ;
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
doubleClickOnCall ( modifiers ) ;
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
m_decodedText2 = false ;
}
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
void MainWindow : : doubleClickOnCall ( Qt : : KeyboardModifiers modifiers )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
QTextCursor cursor ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this ,
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
" Double-click not available for FST4W mode " ) ;
2020-05-22 11:56:00 -04:00
return ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_decodedText2 ) {
2018-02-06 20:27:00 +00:00
cursor = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > textCursor ( ) ;
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
} else {
cursor = ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > textCursor ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
if ( modifiers = = ( Qt : : ShiftModifier + Qt : : ControlModifier + Qt : : AltModifier ) ) {
2018-11-05 14:33:26 -05:00
//### What was the purpose of this ??? ###
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
cursor . setPosition ( 0 ) ;
} else {
cursor . setPosition ( cursor . selectionStart ( ) ) ;
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and m_decodedText2 ) {
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
if ( m_houndQueue . count ( ) < 10 and m_nSortedHounds > 0 ) {
QString t = cursor . block ( ) . text ( ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
selectHound ( t , modifiers = = ( Qt : : AltModifier ) ) ; // alt double-click gets put at top of queue
2017-11-16 16:33:15 +00:00
}
2017-11-02 20:35:22 +00:00
return ;
}
2020-07-24 12:46:43 +01:00
DecodedText message { cursor . block ( ) . text ( ) . trimmed ( ) . left ( 61 ) . remove ( " TU; " ) } ;
2018-02-06 21:49:57 +00:00
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
2017-10-13 22:34:36 +00:00
processMessage ( message , modifiers ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
2017-10-13 22:34:36 +00:00
void MainWindow : : processMessage ( DecodedText const & message , Qt : : KeyboardModifiers modifiers )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2017-10-13 22:34:36 +00:00
// decode keyboard modifiers we are interested in
auto shift = modifiers . testFlag ( Qt : : ShiftModifier ) ;
auto ctrl = modifiers . testFlag ( Qt : : ControlModifier ) ;
// auto alt = modifiers.testFlag (Qt::AltModifier);
2021-03-25 11:11:53 +00:00
auto auto_seq = ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) ;
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
// basic mode sanity checks
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
auto const & parts = message . clean_string ( ) . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
if ( parts . size ( ) < 5 ) return ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
auto const & mode = parts . at ( 4 ) . left ( 1 ) ;
2020-12-15 14:48:27 -05:00
if ( ( " JT65 " = = m_mode & & mode ! = " # " )
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
| | ( " JT9 " = = m_mode & & mode ! = " @ " )
| | ( " MSK144 " = = m_mode & & ! ( " & " = = mode | | " ^ " = = mode ) )
2020-12-04 15:55:03 -05:00
| | ( " Q65 " = = m_mode & & mode . left ( 1 ) ! = " : " ) ) {
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
return ; //Currently we do auto-sequencing only in FT4, FT8, MSK144, FST4, and Q65
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
}
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
//Skip the rest if no decoded text extracted
int frequency = message . frequencyOffset ( ) ;
if ( message . isTX ( ) ) {
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
if ( ! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) {
2017-09-30 13:56:33 +00:00
if ( ! shift ) ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( frequency ) ; //Set Rx freq
2018-02-11 02:29:27 +00:00
if ( ( ctrl or shift ) and ! ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( frequency ) ; //Set Tx freq
}
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
}
2016-11-14 15:00:15 +00:00
return ;
}
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
2018-03-18 20:30:55 +00:00
// check for CQ with listening frequency
if ( parts . size ( ) > = 7
& & ( m_bFastMode | | m_mode = = " FT8 " )
& & " CQ " = = parts [ 5 ]
& & m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) ) {
bool ok ;
auto kHz = parts [ 6 ] . toUInt ( & ok ) ;
2018-03-18 20:38:42 +00:00
if ( ok & & kHz > = 10 & & 3 = = parts [ 6 ] . size ( ) ) {
2018-03-18 20:30:55 +00:00
// QSY Freq for answering CQ nnn
setRig ( m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * kHz ) ;
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayQSY ( QString { " QSY %1 " } . arg ( m_freqNominal / 1e6 , 7 , ' f ' , 3 ) ) ;
}
}
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
int nmod = fmod ( double ( message . timeInSeconds ( ) ) , 2.0 * m_TRperiod ) ;
2016-05-05 01:32:16 +00:00
m_txFirst = ( nmod ! = 0 ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) m_txFirst = false ; //Hound must not transmit first
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) m_txFirst = true ; //Fox must always transmit first
2016-05-05 01:32:16 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( m_txFirst ) ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
auto const & message_words = message . messageWords ( ) ;
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( message_words . size ( ) < 3 ) return ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
QString hiscall ;
QString hisgrid ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
message . deCallAndGrid ( /*out*/ hiscall , hisgrid ) ;
2020-07-19 13:20:41 -04:00
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
if ( message . clean_string ( ) . contains ( hiscall + " /R " ) ) {
2018-10-13 20:39:24 -04:00
hiscall + = " /R " ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( hiscall ) ;
}
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
if ( message . clean_string ( ) . contains ( hiscall + " /P " ) ) {
2018-10-13 20:39:24 -04:00
hiscall + = " /P " ;
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( hiscall ) ;
}
2019-03-12 11:09:49 -04:00
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
QStringList w = message . clean_string ( ) . mid ( 22 ) . remove ( " < " ) . remove ( " > " ) . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2020-04-24 10:33:23 -04:00
int nw = w . size ( ) ;
if ( nw > = 4 ) {
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( message_words . size ( ) < 4 ) return ;
2020-04-24 10:33:23 -04:00
int n = w . at ( nw - 2 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( n > = 520001 and n < = 592047 ) {
hiscall = w . at ( 1 ) ;
hisgrid = w . at ( nw - 1 ) ;
}
}
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
bool is_73 = message_words . filter ( QRegularExpression { " ^(73|RR73)$ " } ) . size ( ) ;
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
if ( ! is_73 and ! message . isStandardMessage ( ) and ! message . clean_string ( ) . contains ( " < " ) ) {
2018-11-09 11:39:02 -05:00
qDebug ( ) < < " Not processing message - hiscall: " < < hiscall < < " hisgrid: " < < hisgrid
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
< < message . clean_string ( ) < < message . isStandardMessage ( ) ;
2017-09-22 17:38:51 +00:00
return ;
}
2018-07-30 15:46:25 -04:00
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( ( message . isJT9 ( ) and m_mode ! = " JT9 " and m_mode ! = " JT4 " ) or
( message . isJT65 ( ) and m_mode ! = " JT65 " and m_mode ! = " JT4 " ) ) {
2020-12-15 14:48:27 -05:00
// We are not allowing mode change, so don't process decode
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
return ;
}
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
2020-07-18 14:47:20 +01:00
// ignore calls by other hounds
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
& & message . messageWords ( ) . indexOf ( QRegularExpression { R " (R \ +-[0-9]+) " } ) > = 1 )
2020-07-18 14:47:20 +01:00
{
return ;
}
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
QString firstcall = message . call ( ) ;
2022-04-23 12:02:50 +02:00
if ( firstcall . length ( ) > = 4 and firstcall . mid ( 0 , 3 ) = = " CQ " ) firstcall = " CQ " ;
2017-06-27 13:36:10 +00:00
if ( ! m_bFastMode and ( ! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) or m_mode = = " FT8 " ) ) {
2017-09-30 13:56:33 +00:00
// Don't change Tx freq if in a fast mode, or VHF features enabled; also not if a
// station is calling me, unless CTRL or SHIFT is held down.
if ( ( Radio : : is_callsign ( firstcall )
& & firstcall ! = m_config . my_callsign ( ) & & firstcall ! = m_baseCall
& & firstcall ! = " DE " )
| | " CQ " = = firstcall | | " QRZ " = = firstcall | | ctrl | | shift ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ( ( SpecOp : : HOUND ! = m_specOp ) | | m_mode ! = " FT8 " )
2018-02-11 02:29:27 +00:00
& & ( ! ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) | | shift | | ctrl ) ) {
2017-12-18 19:07:10 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( frequency ) ;
}
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
if ( m_mode ! = " JT4 " & & m_mode ! = " JT65 " & & ! m_mode . startsWith ( " JT9 " ) & &
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
m_mode ! = " Q65 " & & m_mode ! = " FT8 " & & m_mode ! = " FT4 " & & m_mode ! = " FST4 " ) {
2017-09-30 13:56:33 +00:00
return ;
}
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
// prior DX call (possible QSO partner)
2018-10-13 20:39:24 -04:00
auto qso_partner_base_call = Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) ;
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
auto base_call = Radio : : base_callsign ( hiscall ) ;
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
// Determine appropriate response to received message
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
auto dtext = " " + message . clean_string ( ) + " " ;
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
dtext = dtext . remove ( " < " ) . remove ( " > " ) ;
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
if ( dtext . contains ( " " + m_baseCall + " " )
2018-07-30 15:46:25 -04:00
| | dtext . contains ( " < " + m_baseCall + " > " )
2018-08-29 09:31:12 -04:00
//###??? || dtext.contains ("<" + m_baseCall + " " + hiscall + "> ")
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
| | dtext . contains ( " / " + m_baseCall + " " )
| | dtext . contains ( " " + m_baseCall + " / " )
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
| | ( firstcall = = " DE " ) ) {
2020-04-21 15:50:27 -04:00
2020-04-22 18:32:00 +01:00
QString w2 ;
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
int nw = w . size ( ) ;
if ( nw > = 3 ) w2 = w . at ( 2 ) ;
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
int nrpt = w2 . toInt ( ) ;
2020-05-01 13:33:27 -04:00
QString w34 ;
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
if ( nw > = 4 ) {
// w34=w.at(nw-2);
nrpt = w . at ( nw - 2 ) . toInt ( ) ;
w34 = w . at ( nw - 1 ) ;
2020-05-01 13:33:27 -04:00
}
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
bool bRTTY = ( nrpt > = 529 and nrpt < = 599 ) ;
bool bEU_VHF_w2 = ( nrpt > = 520001 and nrpt < = 594000 ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( bEU_VHF_w2 and SpecOp : : EU_VHF ! = m_specOp ) {
2020-05-01 13:33:27 -04:00
auto const & msg = tr ( " Should you switch to EU VHF Contest mode? \n \n "
2020-04-30 14:44:51 -04:00
" To do so, check 'Special operating activity' and \n "
" 'EU VHF Contest' on the Settings | Advanced tab. " ) ;
2020-05-01 13:33:27 -04:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , msg ) ;
2018-07-27 16:08:05 -04:00
}
2020-04-23 16:15:19 -04:00
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
QStringList t = message . clean_string ( ) . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
int n = t . size ( ) ;
QString t0 = t . at ( n - 2 ) ;
QString t1 = t0 . right ( 1 ) ;
2018-09-01 20:58:21 -04:00
bool bFieldDay_msg = ( t1 > = " A " and t1 < = " F " and t0 . size ( ) < = 3 and n > = 9 ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
int m = t0 . remove ( t1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( m < 1 ) bFieldDay_msg = false ;
if ( bFieldDay_msg ) {
m_xRcvd = t . at ( n - 2 ) + " " + t . at ( n - 1 ) ;
t0 = t . at ( n - 3 ) ;
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( bFieldDay_msg and SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY ! = m_specOp ) {
2018-07-30 13:23:23 -04:00
// ### Should be in ARRL Field Day mode ??? ###
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Should you switch to ARRL Field Day mode? " ) ) ;
}
2018-07-30 13:41:25 -04:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( bRTTY and SpecOp : : RTTY ! = m_specOp ) {
2018-09-05 11:07:27 -04:00
// ### Should be in RTTY contest mode ??? ###
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Should you switch to RTTY contest mode? " ) ) ;
2018-07-30 13:41:25 -04:00
}
2020-04-25 12:11:20 -04:00
2022-12-07 11:34:12 +01:00
// This is necessary to prevent crashes caused by double-clicking messages with <...> in certain QSO situations.
if ( ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp )
and message . string ( ) . contains ( " <...> " ) ) return ;
2022-12-07 11:10:07 +01:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp and message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall ) and
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
( ! message_words . at ( 3 ) . contains ( qso_partner_base_call ) ) and ( ! m_bDoubleClicked ) ) {
2020-04-25 12:11:20 -04:00
return ;
}
2021-07-30 19:35:16 -04:00
bool bContestOK = ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) ;
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( message_words . size ( ) > 4 // enough fields for a normal message
& & ( message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall ) | | " DE " = = message_words . at ( 2 ) )
& & ( message_words . at ( 3 ) . contains ( qso_partner_base_call ) or m_bDoubleClicked
2019-04-22 09:42:28 -04:00
or bEU_VHF_w2 or ( m_QSOProgress = = CALLING ) ) ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( message_words . at ( 4 ) . contains ( grid_regexp ) and SpecOp : : EU_VHF ! = m_specOp ) {
if ( ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp or
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp )
2022-03-14 15:59:49 -04:00
and bContestOK ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
2018-07-27 11:52:38 -04:00
} else {
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " and message_words . size ( ) > 5 and message_words . at ( 5 ) = = " OOO " ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
2018-11-09 12:46:02 -05:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
} else {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 2 ) ;
2018-11-09 12:46:02 -05:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
}
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
} else if ( w34 . contains ( grid_regexp ) and SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
if ( nrpt = = 0 ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 2 ) ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
} else {
if ( w2 = = " R " ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 4 ) ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
} else {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
} else if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp and bRTTY ) {
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
if ( w2 = = " R " ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 4 ) ;
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
} else {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
2020-05-01 16:39:40 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
}
m_xRcvd = t [ n - 2 ] + " " + t [ n - 1 ] ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
} else if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp and bFieldDay_msg ) {
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
if ( t0 = = " R " ) {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 4 ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
} else {
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else { // no grid on end of msg
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
auto const & word_3 = message_words . at ( 4 ) ;
2021-03-03 14:34:42 +00:00
auto word_3_as_number = word_3 . toInt ( ) ;
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( ( " RRR " = = word_3
2021-03-12 23:28:33 +00:00
| | ( word_3_as_number = = 73 & & ROGERS = = m_QSOProgress )
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
| | " RR73 " = = word_3
| | ( " R " = = word_3 & & m_QSOProgress ! = REPORT ) ) ) {
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " and " RR73 " = = word_3 ) m_dateTimeRcvdRR73 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
m_bTUmsg = false ;
m_nextCall = " " ; //### Temporary: disable use of "TU;" message
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp and m_nextCall ! = " " ) {
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
// We're in RTTY contest and have "nextCall" queued up: send a "TU; ..." message
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
if ( m_config . prompt_to_log ( ) | | m_config . autoLog ( ) ) {
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
}
else {
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
}
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
ui - > tx3 - > setText ( ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) . remove ( " TU; " ) ) ;
useNextCall ( ) ;
QString t = " TU; " + ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) ;
ui - > tx3 - > setText ( t ) ;
m_bTUmsg = true ;
} else {
2022-06-03 11:52:25 -04:00
if ( false ) // Always Send 73 after receiving RRR or RR73, even in contest mode.
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
{
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
if ( m_config . prompt_to_log ( ) | | m_config . autoLog ( ) ) {
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
}
else {
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
}
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
m_ntx = 6 ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2021-03-02 19:23:17 +00:00
else if ( word_3 . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ^R(?!R73|RR) " } )
& & m_QSOProgress ! = ROGER_REPORT )
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
{
m_ntx = 4 ;
ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2021-03-12 23:28:33 +00:00
else if ( ( m_QSOProgress > CALLING & & m_QSOProgress < ROGERS )
| | word_3 . contains ( QRegularExpression { " ^RR(?:R|73)$ " } ) )
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
{
m_ntx = 5 ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2021-03-12 23:28:33 +00:00
else if ( ROGERS = = m_QSOProgress )
{
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
if ( m_config . prompt_to_log ( ) | | m_config . autoLog ( ) ) {
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
}
else {
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
}
2021-03-12 23:28:33 +00:00
m_ntx = 6 ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
else
{
// just work them (again)
if ( ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
m_ntx = 1 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING ;
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
} else {
m_ntx = 2 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
}
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
}
2021-03-01 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( m_QSOProgress > = ROGER_REPORT )
{
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ;
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else if ( ( m_QSOProgress > = REPORT
2019-01-23 16:53:03 -05:00
| | ( m_QSOProgress > = REPLYING & &
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
( m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) ) )
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
& & word_3 . startsWith ( ' R ' ) ) {
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_ntx = 4 ;
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) {
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
int n = t . size ( ) ;
2018-11-02 16:25:47 -04:00
int nRpt = t [ n - 2 ] . toInt ( ) ;
if ( nRpt > = 529 and nRpt < = 599 ) m_xRcvd = t [ n - 2 ] + " " + t [ n - 1 ] ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
} else if ( m_QSOProgress > = CALLING )
{
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
if ( ( word_3_as_number > = - 50 & & word_3_as_number < = 49 )
| | ( word_3_as_number > = 529 & & word_3_as_number < = 599 ) )
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp or
SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp )
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
{
setTxMsg ( 2 ) ;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
}
else
{
if ( word_3 . startsWith ( " R- " ) | | word_3 . startsWith ( " R+ " ) )
{
setTxMsg ( 4 ) ;
m_QSOProgress = ROGERS ;
}
else
{
setTxMsg ( 3 ) ;
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
}
}
2020-11-12 13:32:56 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2021-02-24 02:19:11 +00:00
else
{ // nothing for us
return ;
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
}
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
else if ( 5 = = message_words . size ( )
& & m_baseCall = = message_words . at ( 1 ) ) {
// dual Fox style message, possibly from MSHV
if ( m_config . prompt_to_log ( ) | | m_config . autoLog ( ) ) {
logQSOTimer . start ( 0 ) ;
}
else {
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
}
m_ntx = 6 ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
else if ( m_QSOProgress > = ROGERS
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
& & message_words . size ( ) > 3 & & message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall )
& & message_words . at ( 3 ) = = " 73 " ) {
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
// 73 back to compound call holder
2020-09-05 15:11:32 -04:00
m_ntx = 5 ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ;
}
2019-04-22 09:42:28 -04:00
else if ( ! ( m_bAutoReply & & ( m_QSOProgress > CALLING ) ) ) {
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
if ( ( message_words . size ( ) > 5 & & message_words . at ( 2 ) . contains ( m_baseCall )
& & message_words . at ( 5 ) = = " OOO " ) ) {
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
// EME short code report or MSK144/FT8 contest mode reply, send back Tx3
m_ntx = 3 ;
m_QSOProgress = ROGER_REPORT ;
ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
} else if ( ! is_73 ) { // don't respond to sign off messages
m_ntx = 2 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn and m_transmitting ) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
TxAgainTimer . start ( 1500 ) ;
2017-11-26 22:27:55 +00:00
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn = false ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
else {
return ; // nothing we need to respond to
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2018-12-08 12:00:58 -06:00
else { // nothing for us
return ;
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
2021-10-29 22:27:32 +01:00
else if ( firstcall = = " DE " & & message_words . size ( ) > 4 & & message_words . at ( 4 ) = = " 73 " ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( m_QSOProgress > = ROGERS & & base_call = = qso_partner_base_call & & m_currentMessageType ) {
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
// 73 back to compound call holder
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
m_ntx = 5 ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
// treat like a CQ/QRZ
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
if ( ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
m_ntx = 1 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING ;
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
} else {
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
m_ntx = 2 ;
2017-07-26 01:38:57 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
}
}
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
else if ( is_73 & & ! message . isStandardMessage ( ) ) {
2020-09-05 15:11:32 -04:00
m_ntx = 5 ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = SIGNOFF ;
2018-10-04 14:50:02 -04:00
} else {
// just work them
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
if ( ui - > tx1 - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
m_ntx = 1 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPLYING ;
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
} else {
m_ntx = 2 ;
m_QSOProgress = REPORT ;
ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
// if we get here then we are reacting to the message
2017-07-31 01:28:33 +00:00
if ( m_bAutoReply ) m_bCallingCQ = CALLING = = m_QSOProgress ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_maxPoints = - 1 ;
2017-09-29 13:27:55 +00:00
if ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > isEnabled ( ) and m_mode ! = " MSK144 " and ! shift ) {
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( frequency ) ; //Set Rx freq
}
2017-08-30 02:27:57 +00:00
QString s1 = m_QSOText . trimmed ( ) ;
2021-03-03 11:51:22 +00:00
QString s2 = message . clean_string ( ) . trimmed ( ) ;
2017-09-01 05:11:57 +00:00
if ( s1 ! = s2 and ! message . isTX ( ) ) {
2018-05-09 18:46:23 +00:00
if ( ! s2 . contains ( m_baseCall ) or m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) { // Taken care of elsewhere if for_us and slow mode
2021-03-31 00:48:08 +01:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayDecodedText ( message , m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_mode , m_config . DXCC ( ) ,
m_logBook , m_currentBand , m_config . ppfx ( ) ) ;
2018-02-02 16:43:49 +00:00
}
2017-09-01 20:10:35 +00:00
m_QSOText = s2 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2017-09-25 23:38:27 +00:00
if ( Radio : : is_callsign ( hiscall )
& & ( base_call ! = qso_partner_base_call | | base_call ! = hiscall ) ) {
if ( qso_partner_base_call ! = base_call ) {
// clear the DX grid if the base call of his call is different
// from the current DX call
ui - > dxGridEntry - > clear ( ) ;
}
// his base call different or his call more qualified
// i.e. compound version of same base call
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( hiscall ) ;
}
if ( hisgrid . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
if ( ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) . mid ( 0 , 4 ) ! = hisgrid ) ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( hisgrid ) ;
2018-07-28 15:29:07 -04:00
}
2020-06-07 13:32:18 -04:00
lookup ( ) ;
2017-09-25 23:38:27 +00:00
m_hisGrid = ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) ;
2021-10-23 23:54:36 +01:00
if ( m_bDoubleClicked )
{
// extract our report if present
message . report ( m_baseCall , Radio : : base_callsign ( ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ) , m_rptRcvd ) ;
}
2021-03-14 14:19:43 +00:00
if ( ! m_bSentReport | | base_call ! = qso_partner_base_call ) // Don't change report within a QSO
{
auto n = message . report ( ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and m_bShMsgs ) {
if ( n < = - 2 ) n = - 3 ;
if ( n > = - 1 and n < = 1 ) n = 0 ;
if ( n > = 2 and n < = 4 ) n = 3 ;
if ( n > = 5 and n < = 7 ) n = 6 ;
if ( n > = 8 and n < = 11 ) n = 10 ;
if ( n > = 12 and n < = 14 ) n = 13 ;
if ( n > = 15 ) n = 16 ;
}
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( n ) ;
}
2018-10-08 12:52:28 -04:00
// Don't genStdMsgs if we're already sending 73, or a "TU; " msg is queued.
2018-11-05 14:33:26 -05:00
m_bTUmsg = false ; //### Temporary: disable use of "TU;" messages
2021-03-14 14:19:43 +00:00
if ( ! m_nTx73 and ! m_bTUmsg ) {
genStdMsgs ( QString : : number ( ui - > rptSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2021-03-25 11:15:21 +00:00
if ( auto_seq & & ! m_bDoubleClicked & & m_mode ! = " FT4 " ) {
2019-01-23 16:53:03 -05:00
return ;
}
2020-08-29 14:04:29 +01:00
if ( m_config . quick_call ( ) & & m_bDoubleClicked ) auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
2016-11-22 15:47:59 +00:00
m_bDoubleClicked = false ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2020-09-05 15:22:18 -04:00
void MainWindow : : setTxMsg ( int n )
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
{
m_ntx = n ;
if ( n = = 1 ) ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( n = = 2 ) ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( n = = 3 ) ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( n = = 4 ) ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( n = = 5 ) ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-01-28 14:20:32 -05:00
if ( n = = 6 ) ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2018-07-27 15:21:40 -04:00
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : genCQMsg ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
auto const & my_callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
auto is_compound = my_callsign ! = m_baseCall ;
auto is_type_two = ! is77BitMode ( ) & & is_compound & & stdCall ( m_baseCall ) & & ! shortList ( my_callsign ) ;
if ( my_callsign . size ( ) & & m_config . my_grid ( ) . size ( ) ) {
auto const & grid = m_config . my_grid ( ) ;
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
if ( ui - > cbCQTx - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( stdCall ( my_callsign )
| | is_type_two ) {
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
msgtype ( QString { " CQ %1 %2 %3 " }
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
. arg ( m_freqNominal / 1000 - m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000 , 3 , 10 , QChar { ' 0 ' } )
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
. arg ( my_callsign )
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
. arg ( grid . left ( 4 ) ) ,
ui - > tx6 ) ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
} else {
msgtype ( QString { " CQ %1 %2 " }
. arg ( m_freqNominal / 1000 - m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000 , 3 , 10 , QChar { ' 0 ' } )
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
. arg ( my_callsign ) ,
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
ui - > tx6 ) ;
}
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
} else {
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( stdCall ( my_callsign )
| | is_type_two ) {
msgtype ( QString { " %1 %2 %3 " } . arg ( m_CQtype ) . arg ( my_callsign )
2018-09-27 14:28:17 -04:00
. arg ( grid . left ( 4 ) ) , ui - > tx6 ) ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
} else {
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
msgtype ( QString { " %1 %2 " } . arg ( m_CQtype ) . arg ( my_callsign ) , ui - > tx6 ) ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
}
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) and ui - > cbShMsgs - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
if ( ui - > cbTx6 - > isChecked ( ) ) {
msgtype ( " @1250 (SEND MSGS) " , ui - > tx6 ) ;
} else {
msgtype ( " @1000 (TUNE) " , ui - > tx6 ) ;
}
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
}
2018-07-31 11:39:25 -04:00
2018-09-27 14:28:17 -04:00
QString t = ui - > tx6 - > text ( ) ;
2020-01-08 08:41:47 -06:00
QStringList tlist = t . split ( " " ) ;
2021-08-17 22:40:40 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " MSK144 " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) and
2023-02-20 18:10:07 +01:00
SpecOp : : NONE ! = m_specOp and SpecOp : : HOUND ! = m_specOp and SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ! = m_specOp and
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
( tlist . at ( 1 ) = = my_callsign or
tlist . at ( 2 ) = = my_callsign ) and
stdCall ( my_callsign ) ) {
2023-02-16 20:06:03 +01:00
if ( m_config . Individual_Contest_Name ( ) ) {
2022-12-29 16:56:56 +01:00
m_cqStr = m_config . Contest_Name ( ) ;
} else {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " TEST " ;
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " TEST " ;
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " FD " ;
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " RU " ;
if ( SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " WW " ;
if ( SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) m_cqStr = " TEST " ;
2022-12-29 16:56:56 +01:00
}
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( tlist . at ( 1 ) = = my_callsign ) {
2020-01-08 08:41:47 -06:00
t = " CQ " + m_cqStr + " " + tlist . at ( 1 ) + " " + tlist . at ( 2 ) ;
} else {
t = " CQ " + m_cqStr + " " + tlist . at ( 2 ) + " " + tlist . at ( 3 ) ;
2019-02-28 11:42:28 -05:00
}
2018-08-01 11:25:24 -04:00
ui - > tx6 - > setText ( t ) ;
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
}
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
} else {
ui - > tx6 - > clear ( ) ;
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
}
2018-10-18 15:45:16 -04:00
void MainWindow : : abortQSO ( )
{
bool b = m_auto ;
clearDX ( ) ;
2018-10-28 14:25:34 -05:00
if ( b ) auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
2018-10-18 15:45:16 -04:00
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2018-12-05 13:47:36 -06:00
bool MainWindow : : stdCall ( QString const & w )
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
{
2018-12-05 13:47:36 -06:00
static QRegularExpression standard_call_re {
R " (
2020-08-13 10:30:49 +01:00
^ \ s * # optional leading spaces
2018-12-05 13:47:36 -06:00
( [ A - Z ] { 0 , 2 } | [ A - Z ] [ 0 - 9 ] | [ 0 - 9 ] [ A - Z ] ) # part 1
( [ 0 - 9 ] [ A - Z ] { 0 , 3 } ) # part 2
2020-08-13 10:30:49 +01:00
( / R | / P ) ? # optional suffix
\ s * $ # optional trailing spaces
2018-12-05 13:47:36 -06:00
) " , QRegularExpression::CaseInsensitiveOption | QRegularExpression::ExtendedPatternSyntaxOption};
return standard_call_re . match ( w ) . hasMatch ( ) ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
}
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
bool MainWindow : : is77BitMode ( ) const
{
return " FT8 " = = m_mode | | " FT4 " = = m_mode | | " MSK144 " = = m_mode
| | " FST4 " = = m_mode | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ;
}
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
void MainWindow : : genStdMsgs ( QString rpt , bool unconditional )
2018-10-08 09:08:52 -04:00
{
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
genCQMsg ( ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
auto const & hisCall = ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( ! hisCall . size ( ) ) {
ui - > labAz - > clear ( ) ;
ui - > tx1 - > clear ( ) ;
ui - > tx2 - > clear ( ) ;
ui - > tx3 - > clear ( ) ;
ui - > tx4 - > clear ( ) ;
2018-08-27 11:26:09 -04:00
if ( unconditional ) ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) - > clear ( ) ; //Test if it needs sending again
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
m_gen_message_is_cq = false ;
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
return ;
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
auto const & my_callsign = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
auto is_compound = my_callsign ! = m_baseCall ;
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
auto is_type_one = ! is77BitMode ( ) & & is_compound & & shortList ( my_callsign ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
auto const & my_grid = m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) ;
auto const & hisBase = Radio : : base_callsign ( hisCall ) ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
save_dxbase_ ( const_cast < char * > ( ( hisBase + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
2018-07-09 13:46:32 -04:00
auto eme_short_codes = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) & & ui - > cbShMsgs - > isChecked ( )
& & m_mode = = " JT65 " ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
bool bMyCall = stdCall ( my_callsign ) ;
bool bHisCall = stdCall ( hisCall ) ;
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
QString t0 = hisBase + " " + m_baseCall + " " ;
2018-10-05 20:56:22 -05:00
QString t0s = hisCall + " " + my_callsign + " " ;
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
QString t0a , t0b ;
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) & & bHisCall & & bMyCall ) t0 = hisCall + " " + my_callsign + " " ;
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
t0a = " < " + hisCall + " > " + my_callsign + " " ;
t0b = hisCall + " < " + my_callsign + " > " ;
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
2016-10-05 14:20:25 +00:00
QString t00 = t0 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
QString t { t0 + my_grid } ;
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
if ( ! bMyCall ) t = t0a ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( eme_short_codes ) {
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
t = t + " OOO " ;
2021-10-18 11:44:03 -04:00
if ( ! bHisCall ) t = hisCall + " " + m_baseCall + " OOO " ;
if ( ! bMyCall ) t = hisBase + " " + my_callsign + " OOO " ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx2 ) ;
msgtype ( " RO " , ui - > tx3 ) ;
2018-11-12 12:56:20 -05:00
msgtype ( " RRR " , ui - > tx4 ) ;
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype ( " 73 " , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int n = rpt . toInt ( ) ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
rpt = rpt . asprintf ( " %+2.2d " , n ) ;
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) ) {
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
QString t2 , t3 ;
QString sent = rpt ;
QString rs , rst ;
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
int nn = ( n + 36 ) / 6 ;
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
if ( nn < 2 ) nn = 2 ;
if ( nn > 9 ) nn = 9 ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
rst = rst . asprintf ( " 5%1d9 " , nn ) ;
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
rs = rst . mid ( 0 , 2 ) ;
t = t0 ;
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
if ( ! bMyCall ) {
2018-10-19 21:50:09 -04:00
t = t0b ;
msgtype ( t0a , ui - > tx1 ) ;
}
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
if ( ! bHisCall ) {
2018-10-19 21:50:09 -04:00
t = t0a ;
2018-12-31 10:37:36 -05:00
msgtype ( t0a + my_grid , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2018-10-19 21:50:09 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) sent = my_grid ;
if ( SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp ) sent = my_grid ;
if ( SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) sent = my_grid ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
if ( SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp ) sent = my_grid ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp ) sent = m_config . Field_Day_Exchange ( ) ;
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) {
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
sent = rst + m_config . RTTY_Exchange ( ) ;
QString t1 = m_config . RTTY_Exchange ( ) ;
2018-08-03 11:46:28 -04:00
if ( t1 = = " DX " or t1 = = " # " ) {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %4.4d " , ui - > sbSerialNumber - > value ( ) ) ;
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
sent = rst + t1 ;
2018-08-03 11:46:28 -04:00
}
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2020-04-21 15:50:27 -04:00
QString a ;
2020-05-13 11:54:25 -04:00
t = " < " + t0s . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) + " > < " + t0s . split ( " " ) . at ( 1 ) + " > " ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
a = a . asprintf ( " %4.4d " , ui - > sbSerialNumber - > value ( ) ) ;
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
sent = rs + a + m_config . my_grid ( ) ;
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
}
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
msgtype ( t + sent , ui - > tx2 ) ;
if ( sent = = rpt ) msgtype ( t + " R " + sent , ui - > tx3 ) ;
if ( sent ! = rpt ) msgtype ( t + " R " + sent , ui - > tx3 ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " and SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) {
2019-03-12 11:09:49 -04:00
QDateTime now = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
int sinceTx3 = m_dateTimeSentTx3 . secsTo ( now ) ;
int sinceRR73 = m_dateTimeRcvdRR73 . secsTo ( now ) ;
2019-04-03 13:15:23 -04:00
if ( m_bDoubleClicked and ( sinceTx3 < 15 ) and ( sinceRR73 < 3 ) ) {
2019-03-12 11:09:49 -04:00
t = " TU; " + ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) ;
ui - > tx3 - > setText ( t ) ;
}
}
2017-08-01 18:16:01 +00:00
}
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
2017-08-01 18:16:01 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and m_bShMsgs ) {
2018-10-05 20:56:22 -05:00
int i = t0s . length ( ) - 1 ;
t0 = " < " + t0s . mid ( 0 , i ) + " > " ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF ! = m_specOp ) {
2017-08-01 18:16:01 +00:00
if ( n < = - 2 ) n = - 3 ;
if ( n > = - 1 and n < = 1 ) n = 0 ;
if ( n > = 2 and n < = 4 ) n = 3 ;
if ( n > = 5 and n < = 7 ) n = 6 ;
if ( n > = 8 and n < = 11 ) n = 10 ;
if ( n > = 12 and n < = 14 ) n = 13 ;
if ( n > = 15 ) n = 16 ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
rpt = rpt . asprintf ( " %+2.2d " , n ) ;
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
}
2016-01-22 18:10:39 +00:00
}
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( ! is77BitMode ( ) ) {
t = ( is_type_one ? t0 : t00 ) + rpt ;
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx2 ) ;
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
t = t0 + " R " + rpt ;
2016-12-18 18:31:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx3 ) ;
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
}
2018-11-27 15:06:56 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and m_bShMsgs ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : NONE ) {
2018-11-27 15:06:56 -05:00
t = t0 + " R " + rpt ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx3 ) ;
}
2018-09-13 11:02:00 -04:00
m_send_RR73 = false ;
}
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
2017-07-26 01:39:04 +00:00
t = t0 + ( m_send_RR73 ? " RR73 " : " RRR " ) ;
2021-10-18 14:32:44 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and ! m_bShMsgs ) or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " | | m_mode = = " FST4 " | | m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if ( ! bHisCall and bMyCall ) t = hisCall + " < " + my_callsign + " > " + ( m_send_RR73 ? " RR73 " : " RRR " ) ;
if ( bHisCall and ! bMyCall ) t = " < " + hisCall + " > " + my_callsign + " " + ( m_send_RR73 ? " RR73 " : " RRR " ) ;
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " JT4 " | | m_mode = = " Q65 " ) & & m_bShMsgs ) t = " @1500 (RRR) " ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx4 ) ;
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
t = t0 + " 73 " ;
2021-10-18 14:32:44 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and ! m_bShMsgs ) or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " | | m_mode = = " FST4 " | | m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2018-08-29 11:47:51 -04:00
if ( ! bHisCall and bMyCall ) t = hisCall + " < " + my_callsign + " > 73 " ;
if ( bHisCall and ! bMyCall ) t = " < " + hisCall + " > " + my_callsign + " 73 " ;
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " | | m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( m_bShMsgs ) t = " @1750 (73) " ;
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2018-07-06 15:05:55 -04:00
} else if ( " MSK144 " = = m_mode & & m_bShMsgs ) {
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
} else if ( unconditional | | hisBase ! = m_lastCallsign | | ! m_lastCallsign . size ( ) ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
// only update tx5 when forced or callsign changes
2018-07-29 09:26:03 -04:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2017-07-14 17:05:14 +00:00
m_lastCallsign = hisBase ;
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2012-11-16 16:08:33 +00:00
2021-06-27 16:45:33 +01:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) ) return ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( is_compound ) {
if ( is_type_one ) {
t = hisBase + " " + my_callsign ;
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
} else {
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
t = " DE " + my_callsign + " " ;
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
switch ( m_config . type_2_msg_gen ( ) )
{
case Configuration : : type_2_msg_1_full :
2017-09-01 21:29:02 +00:00
msgtype ( t + my_grid , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( ! eme_short_codes ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) & & SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2020-07-19 12:31:10 +01:00
msgtype ( t + " R " + my_grid , ui - > tx3 ) ; // #### Unreachable code
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
2017-09-01 21:29:02 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " R " + rpt , ui - > tx3 ) ;
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( ( m_mode ! = " JT4 " & & m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) | | ! m_bShMsgs ) {
2017-09-01 21:29:02 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " 73 " , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
}
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
break ;
case Configuration : : type_2_msg_3_full :
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) & & SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " R " + my_grid , ui - > tx3 ) ;
msgtype ( t + " RRR " , ui - > tx4 ) ;
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t00 + my_grid , ui - > tx1 ) ;
msgtype ( t + " R " + rpt , ui - > tx3 ) ;
}
2020-12-21 15:07:53 -05:00
if ( ! eme_short_codes & & ( ( m_mode ! = " JT4 " & & m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) | | ! m_bShMsgs ) ) {
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " 73 " , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
break ;
case Configuration : : type_2_msg_5_only :
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t00 + my_grid , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( ! eme_short_codes ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( is77BitMode ( ) & & SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2020-07-19 12:31:10 +01:00
msgtype ( t + " R " + my_grid , ui - > tx3 ) ; // #### Unreachable code
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " RRR " , ui - > tx4 ) ;
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
} else {
2017-09-09 20:54:56 +00:00
msgtype ( t0 + " R " + rpt , ui - > tx3 ) ;
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
2017-09-09 22:59:06 +00:00
// don't use short codes here as in a sked with a type 2
// prefix we would never send out prefix/suffix
2017-09-01 22:22:20 +00:00
msgtype ( t + " 73 " , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
break ;
}
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
2017-09-25 17:02:52 +00:00
if ( hisCall ! = hisBase
& & m_config . type_2_msg_gen ( ) ! = Configuration : : type_2_msg_5_only
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
& & ! eme_short_codes ) {
2017-09-25 17:02:52 +00:00
// cfm we have his full call copied as we could not do this earlier
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
t = hisCall + " 73 " ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
}
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
} else {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( hisCall ! = hisBase and SpecOp : : HOUND ! = m_specOp ) {
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( shortList ( hisCall ) ) {
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
// cfm we know his full call with a type 1 tx1 message
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
t = hisCall + " " + my_callsign ;
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx1 ) ;
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
else if ( ! eme_short_codes
& & ( " MSK144 " ! = m_mode | | ! m_bShMsgs ) ) {
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
t = hisCall + " 73 " ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
}
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
}
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
m_rpt = rpt ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp and is_compound ) ui - > tx1 - > setText ( " DE " + my_callsign ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : TxAgain ( )
{
auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
}
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
void MainWindow : : clearDX ( )
{
2019-02-13 18:47:31 +00:00
set_dateTimeQSO ( - 1 ) ;
2019-04-15 16:26:41 -04:00
if ( m_QSOProgress ! = CALLING ) {
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
}
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui - > dxCallEntry - > clear ( ) ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > clear ( ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_lastCallsign . clear ( ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
m_rptSent . clear ( ) ;
m_rptRcvd . clear ( ) ;
m_qsoStart . clear ( ) ;
m_qsoStop . clear ( ) ;
2019-03-28 09:30:26 -04:00
m_inQSOwith . clear ( ) ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( QString { } ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " and SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2020-09-05 15:11:32 -04:00
m_ntx = 1 ;
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-15 21:36:58 +00:00
} else {
2020-09-05 15:11:32 -04:00
m_ntx = 6 ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-15 21:36:58 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING ;
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
}
2020-06-07 13:32:18 -04:00
void MainWindow : : lookup ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall { ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) } ;
2020-06-04 11:32:19 -04:00
QString hisgrid0 { ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) } ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( ! hisCall . size ( ) ) return ;
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " CALL3.TXT " ) } ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : ReadOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) )
{
char c [ 132 ] ;
qint64 n = 0 ;
for ( int i = 0 ; i < 999999 ; i + + ) {
n = f . readLine ( c , sizeof ( c ) ) ;
if ( n < = 0 ) {
2020-06-04 11:32:19 -04:00
if ( ! hisgrid0 . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) {
ui - > dxGridEntry - > clear ( ) ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
break ;
}
QString t = QString ( c ) ;
2021-07-10 12:16:35 -04:00
int i1 = t . indexOf ( " , " ) ;
if ( t . left ( i1 ) = = hisCall ) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QString hisgrid = t . mid ( i1 + 1 , 6 ) ;
i1 = hisgrid . indexOf ( " , " ) ;
if ( i1 > 0 ) {
hisgrid = hisgrid . mid ( 0 , 4 ) ;
} else {
2020-06-04 11:32:19 -04:00
hisgrid = hisgrid . mid ( 0 , 6 ) . toUpper ( ) ;
}
if ( hisgrid . left ( 4 ) = = hisgrid0 . left ( 4 ) or ( hisgrid0 . size ( ) = = 0 ) ) {
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( hisgrid ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
break ;
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow : : on_lookupButton_clicked ( ) //Lookup button
{
2020-06-07 13:32:18 -04:00
lookup ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_addButton_clicked ( ) //Add button
{
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( ! ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) . size ( ) ) {
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Add to CALL3.TXT " )
, tr ( " Please enter a valid grid locator " ) ) ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return ;
}
m_call3Modified = false ;
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall = ui - > dxCallEntry - > text ( ) ;
QString hisgrid = ui - > dxGridEntry - > text ( ) ;
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
QString newEntry = hisCall + " , " + hisgrid ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
// int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"),
// tr ("Is %1 known to be active on EME?").arg (newEntry));
// if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// newEntry += ",EME,,";
// } else {
newEntry + = " ,,, " ;
// }
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f1 { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " CALL3.TXT " ) } ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( ! f1 . open ( QIODevice : : ReadWrite | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Add to CALL3.TXT " )
, tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for read/write: %2 " )
. arg ( f1 . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f1 . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return ;
}
2013-03-19 13:18:23 +00:00
if ( f1 . size ( ) = = 0 ) {
QTextStream out ( & f1 ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
out < < " ZZZZZZ "
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
f1 . seek ( 0 ) ;
2013-03-19 13:18:23 +00:00
}
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f2 { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " CALL3.TMP " ) } ;
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
if ( ! f2 . open ( QIODevice : : ReadWrite | QIODevice : : Truncate | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Add to CALL3.TXT " )
, tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for writing: %2 " )
. arg ( f2 . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f2 . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return ;
}
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
{
QTextStream in ( & f1 ) ; //Read from CALL3.TXT
QTextStream out ( & f2 ) ; //Copy into CALL3.TMP
QString hc = hisCall ;
QString hc1 = " " ;
QString hc2 = " 000000 " ;
QString s ;
do {
s = in . readLine ( ) ;
hc1 = hc2 ;
if ( s . mid ( 0 , 2 ) = = " // " ) {
out < < s + QChar : : LineFeed ; //Copy all comment lines
} else {
int i1 = s . indexOf ( " , " ) ;
hc2 = s . mid ( 0 , i1 ) ;
if ( hc > hc1 & & hc < hc2 ) {
2017-02-28 19:13:49 +00:00
out < < newEntry + QChar : : LineFeed ;
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
out < < s + QChar : : LineFeed ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
m_call3Modified = true ;
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
} else if ( hc = = hc2 ) {
QString t { tr ( " %1 \n is already in CALL3.TXT "
" , do you wish to replace it? " ) . arg ( s ) } ;
int ret = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Add to CALL3.TXT " ) , t ) ;
if ( ret = = MessageBox : : Yes ) {
out < < newEntry + QChar : : LineFeed ;
m_call3Modified = true ;
}
} else {
if ( s ! = " " ) out < < s + QChar : : LineFeed ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
}
}
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
} while ( ! s . isNull ( ) ) ;
if ( hc > hc1 & & ! m_call3Modified ) out < < newEntry + QChar : : LineFeed ;
}
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
if ( m_call3Modified ) {
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
auto const & old_path = m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " CALL3.OLD " ) ;
QFile f0 { old_path } ;
if ( f0 . exists ( ) ) f0 . remove ( ) ;
f1 . copy ( old_path ) ; // copying as we want to
// preserve symlinks
f1 . open ( QFile : : WriteOnly | QFile : : Text ) ; // truncates
f2 . seek ( 0 ) ;
2022-11-01 16:40:08 +01:00
QByteArray tmp = f2 . readAll ( ) ;
if ( tmp ! = ( const char * ) NULL ) f1 . write ( tmp ) ; // copy contents
else qDebug ( ) < < " tmp==NULL at f1.write " ;
2021-09-20 17:38:09 +01:00
f2 . remove ( ) ;
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
void MainWindow : : msgtype ( QString t , QLineEdit * tx ) //msgtype()
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2018-07-06 12:52:39 -04:00
// Set background colors of the Tx message boxes, depending on message type
char message [ 38 ] ;
char msgsent [ 38 ] ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QByteArray s = t . toUpper ( ) . toLocal8Bit ( ) ;
ba2msg ( s , message ) ;
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
int ichk = 1 , itype = 0 ;
2022-01-31 19:18:46 -05:00
gen65 ( message , & ichk , msgsent , const_cast < int * > ( itone0 ) , & itype ) ;
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
msgsent [ 22 ] = 0 ;
bool text = false ;
2017-01-02 14:22:29 +00:00
bool shortMsg = false ;
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
if ( itype = = 6 ) text = true ;
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
//### Check this stuff ###
if ( itype = = 7 and m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) and m_mode = = " JT65 " ) shortMsg = true ;
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " and t . mid ( 0 , 1 ) = = " < " ) text = false ;
2021-08-17 22:40:40 +01:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) and
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) {
2016-12-17 21:18:47 +00:00
int i0 = t . trimmed ( ) . length ( ) - 7 ;
if ( t . mid ( i0 , 3 ) = = " R " ) text = false ;
}
2018-10-21 14:18:46 -04:00
text = false ;
2018-07-11 14:27:53 -04:00
//### ... to here ...
2018-07-06 15:45:00 -04:00
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QPalette p ( tx - > palette ( ) ) ;
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
if ( text ) {
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p . setColor ( QPalette : : Base , " #ffccff " ) ; //pink
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
2017-01-02 14:22:29 +00:00
if ( shortMsg ) {
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p . setColor ( QPalette : : Base , " #66ffff " ) ; //light blue
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
} else {
2018-01-23 14:54:49 +00:00
p . setColor ( QPalette : : Base , Qt : : transparent ) ;
2021-02-24 02:21:31 +00:00
if ( " MSK144 " = = m_mode & & t . count ( ' < ' ) = = 1 ) {
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
p . setColor ( QPalette : : Base , " #00ffff " ) ; //another light blue
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
tx - > setPalette ( p ) ;
2018-07-30 11:17:09 -04:00
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
auto pos = tx - > cursorPosition ( ) ;
2016-11-05 19:41:03 +00:00
tx - > setText ( t . toUpper ( ) ) ;
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
tx - > setCursorPosition ( pos ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_tx1_editingFinished ( ) //tx1 edited
{
QString t = ui - > tx1 - > text ( ) ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx1 ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_tx2_editingFinished ( ) //tx2 edited
{
QString t = ui - > tx2 - > text ( ) ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx2 ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_tx3_editingFinished ( ) //tx3 edited
{
QString t = ui - > tx3 - > text ( ) ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx3 ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_tx4_editingFinished ( ) //tx4 edited
{
QString t = ui - > tx4 - > text ( ) ;
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx4 ) ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_tx5_currentTextChanged ( QString const & text ) //tx5 edited
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
msgtype ( text , ui - > tx5 - > lineEdit ( ) ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_tx6_editingFinished ( ) //tx6 edited
{
2017-08-25 16:59:58 +00:00
QString t = ui - > tx6 - > text ( ) . toUpper ( ) ;
2017-11-21 20:08:10 +00:00
if ( t . indexOf ( " " ) > 0 ) {
QString t1 = t . split ( " " ) . at ( 1 ) ;
2018-12-27 13:14:01 -05:00
QRegExp AZ4 ( " ^[A-Z]{1,4}$ " ) ;
QRegExp NN3 ( " ^[0-9]{1,3}$ " ) ;
2017-11-21 20:08:10 +00:00
m_CQtype = " CQ " ;
2018-12-27 13:14:01 -05:00
if ( t1 . size ( ) < = 4 and t1 . contains ( AZ4 ) ) m_CQtype = " CQ " + t1 ;
if ( t1 . size ( ) < = 3 and t1 . contains ( NN3 ) ) m_CQtype = " CQ " + t1 ;
2017-11-21 20:08:10 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype ( t , ui - > tx6 ) ;
}
2020-07-03 14:17:13 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_RoundRobin_currentTextChanged ( QString text )
{
2020-08-08 21:25:32 +01:00
ui - > sbTxPercent - > setEnabled ( text = = tr ( " Random " ) ) ;
2020-07-03 14:17:13 -04:00
}
2023-02-20 23:23:45 +01:00
void MainWindow : : mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * event )
{
if ( ui - > q65Button - > hasFocus ( ) & & ( event - > button ( ) & Qt : : RightButton ) ) {
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
} else {
m_config . setSpecial_Q65_Pileup ( ) ;
2023-02-21 10:14:21 +01:00
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2023-02-20 23:23:45 +01:00
}
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
on_actionQ65_triggered ( ) ;
}
}
2020-07-03 14:17:13 -04:00
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_dxCallEntry_textChanged ( QString const & call )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
m_hisCall = call ;
2020-06-07 13:02:27 -04:00
ui - > dxGridEntry - > clear ( ) ;
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2021-12-06 11:12:10 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_dxCallEntry_editingFinished ( )
{
auto const & dxBase = Radio : : base_callsign ( m_hisCall ) ;
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
save_dxbase_ ( const_cast < char * > ( ( dxBase + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
2021-12-06 11:12:10 -05:00
}
2016-11-07 13:47:09 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_dxCallEntry_returnPressed ( )
{
on_lookupButton_clicked ( ) ;
}
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_dxGridEntry_textChanged ( QString const & grid )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if ( ui - > dxGridEntry - > hasAcceptableInput ( ) ) {
if ( grid ! = m_hisGrid ) {
m_hisGrid = grid ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
qint64 nsec = ( QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 ) % 86400 ;
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
double utch = nsec / 3600.0 ;
int nAz , nEl , nDmiles , nDkm , nHotAz , nHotABetter ;
2016-06-11 23:53:18 +00:00
azdist_ ( const_cast < char * > ( ( m_config . my_grid ( ) + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
const_cast < char * > ( ( m_hisGrid + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , & utch ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& nAz , & nEl , & nDmiles , & nDkm , & nHotAz , & nHotABetter , ( FCL ) 6 , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
QString t ;
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
int nd = nDkm ;
if ( m_config . miles ( ) ) nd = nDmiles ;
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
if ( nHotABetter = = 0 ) t = t . asprintf ( " Az: %d B: %d El: %d %d " , nAz , nHotAz , nEl , nd ) ;
if ( nHotABetter ! = 0 ) t = t . asprintf ( " Az: %d A: %d El: %d %d " , nAz , nHotAz , nEl , nd ) ;
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
} else {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " Az: %d %d " , nAz , nd ) ;
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
}
if ( m_config . miles ( ) ) t + = " mi " ;
if ( ! m_config . miles ( ) ) t + = " km " ;
2016-07-11 23:35:24 +00:00
ui - > labAz - > setText ( t ) ;
2016-10-13 18:02:44 +00:00
} else {
if ( m_hisGrid . size ( ) ) {
m_hisGrid . clear ( ) ;
ui - > labAz - > clear ( ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
}
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked ( ) //genStdMsgs button
{
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
void MainWindow : : cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( )
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp
2020-10-14 20:59:32 +01:00
& & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) )
2019-08-13 00:20:40 +01:00
{
2021-03-25 11:11:53 +00:00
// ensure that auto Tx is disabled even if disable Tx
2019-08-13 00:20:40 +01:00
// on 73 is not checked, unless in Fox mode where it is allowed
// to be a robot.
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
}
2021-08-18 13:38:49 +01:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_logQSOButton_clicked ( ) //Log QSO button
{
cease_auto_Tx_after_QSO ( ) ;
2019-08-13 00:20:40 +01:00
2018-01-22 19:45:51 +00:00
if ( ! m_hisCall . size ( ) ) {
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Warning: DX Call field is empty. " ) ) ;
}
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
// m_dateTimeQSOOn should really already be set but we'll ensure it gets set to something just in case
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
if ( ! m_dateTimeQSOOn . isValid ( ) ) {
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
}
auto dateTimeQSOOff = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
if ( dateTimeQSOOff < m_dateTimeQSOOn ) dateTimeQSOOff = m_dateTimeQSOOn ;
2018-05-11 12:24:15 +00:00
QString grid = m_hisGrid ;
if ( grid = = " .... " ) grid = " " ;
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
switch ( m_specOp )
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
{
case SpecOp : : NA_VHF :
m_xSent = m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) ;
m_xRcvd = m_hisGrid ;
break ;
case SpecOp : : EU_VHF :
m_rptSent = m_xSent . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) . left ( 2 ) ;
m_rptRcvd = m_xRcvd . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) . left ( 2 ) ;
2020-04-22 11:51:30 -04:00
if ( m_xRcvd . split ( " " ) . size ( ) > = 2 ) m_hisGrid = m_xRcvd . split ( " " ) . at ( 1 ) ;
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
grid = m_hisGrid ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( grid ) ;
break ;
case SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY :
m_rptSent = m_xSent . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) ;
m_rptRcvd = m_xRcvd . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) ;
break ;
case SpecOp : : RTTY :
m_rptSent = m_xSent . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) ;
m_rptRcvd = m_xRcvd . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) ;
break ;
2020-01-24 11:26:36 -06:00
case SpecOp : : WW_DIGI :
m_xSent = m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) ;
m_xRcvd = m_hisGrid ;
break ;
2022-03-14 15:59:49 -04:00
case SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI :
m_xSent = m_config . my_grid ( ) . left ( 4 ) ;
m_xRcvd = m_hisGrid ;
break ;
2018-10-31 15:53:10 -05:00
default : break ;
2018-10-30 16:06:01 -05:00
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
m_logDlg - > initLogQSO ( m_hisCall , grid , m_mode , m_rptSent , m_rptRcvd ,
2018-11-02 16:25:47 -04:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn , dateTimeQSOOff , m_freqNominal +
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) , m_noSuffix , m_xSent , m_xRcvd ) ;
2019-03-07 14:36:58 -05:00
m_inQSOwith = " " ;
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
}
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
void MainWindow : : acceptQSO ( QDateTime const & QSO_date_off , QString const & call , QString const & grid
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
, Frequency dial_freq , QString const & mode
, QString const & rpt_sent , QString const & rpt_received
, QString const & tx_power , QString const & comments
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
, QString const & name , QDateTime const & QSO_date_on , QString const & operator_call
2018-12-02 10:09:37 -05:00
, QString const & my_call , QString const & my_grid
, QString const & exchange_sent , QString const & exchange_rcvd
2020-06-25 19:58:47 +02:00
, QString const & propmode , QByteArray const & ADIF )
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
{
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
QString date = QSO_date_on . toString ( " yyyyMMdd " ) ;
2019-09-17 21:04:34 +01:00
if ( ! m_logBook . add ( call , grid , m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( dial_freq ) , mode , ADIF ) )
2018-10-25 00:00:19 +01:00
{
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Log file error " ) ,
tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" " ) . arg ( m_logBook . path ( ) ) ) ;
}
2013-09-06 05:00:28 +00:00
2018-10-25 00:00:19 +01:00
m_messageClient - > qso_logged ( QSO_date_off , call , grid , dial_freq , mode , rpt_sent , rpt_received
2018-12-02 10:09:37 -05:00
, tx_power , comments , name , QSO_date_on , operator_call , my_call , my_grid
2020-06-25 19:58:47 +02:00
, exchange_sent , exchange_rcvd , propmode ) ;
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
m_messageClient - > logged_ADIF ( ADIF ) ;
2018-10-25 00:00:19 +01:00
// Log to N1MM Logger
if ( m_config . broadcast_to_n1mm ( ) & & m_config . valid_n1mm_info ( ) )
{
QUdpSocket sock ;
if ( - 1 = = sock . writeDatagram ( ADIF + " <eor> "
, QHostAddress { m_config . n1mm_server_name ( ) }
, m_config . n1mm_server_port ( ) ) )
{
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Error sending log to N1MM " ) ,
tr ( " Write returned \" %1 \" " ) . arg ( sock . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
}
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_config . clear_DX ( ) and SpecOp : : HOUND ! = m_specOp ) clearDX ( ) ;
2017-07-09 20:45:53 +00:00
m_dateTimeQSOOn = QDateTime { } ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : NONE and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2019-02-28 11:21:06 -05:00
ui - > sbSerialNumber - > setValue ( ui - > sbSerialNumber - > value ( ) + 1 ) ;
}
2018-11-23 01:18:39 +00:00
2022-03-26 17:27:26 -04:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
m_score + + ;
m_EMEworked [ call ] = true ;
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setRate ( m_score ) ;
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
} else {
QString band = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( dial_freq ) ;
activeWorked ( call , band ) ;
int points = m_activeCall [ call ] . points ;
m_score + = points ;
ARRL_logged al ;
al . time = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
al . band = band ;
al . points = points ;
m_arrl_log . append ( al ) ;
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
updateRate ( ) ;
2023-01-25 20:41:15 -05:00
}
2022-03-26 17:27:26 -04:00
}
2022-04-11 11:03:43 -04:00
2018-11-23 01:18:39 +00:00
m_xSent . clear ( ) ;
m_xRcvd . clear ( ) ;
2022-07-15 11:24:57 -07:00
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
2022-04-11 13:08:16 -04:00
void MainWindow : : updateRate ( )
{
int iz = m_arrl_log . size ( ) ;
int rate = 0 ;
int nbc = 0 ;
double hrDiff ;
for ( int i = iz - 1 ; i > = 0 ; i - - ) {
hrDiff = m_arrl_log [ i ] . time . msecsTo ( QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ) / 3600000.0 ;
if ( hrDiff > 1.0 ) break ;
rate + = m_arrl_log [ i ] . points ;
if ( i < iz - 1 and m_arrl_log [ i ] . band ! = m_arrl_log [ i + 1 ] . band ) nbc + = 1 ;
}
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setRate ( rate ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setScore ( m_score ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setBandChanges ( nbc ) ;
}
2017-12-18 21:50:00 +00:00
qint64 MainWindow : : nWidgets ( QString t )
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
{
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
Q_ASSERT ( t . length ( ) = = N_WIDGETS ) ;
2017-12-18 21:50:00 +00:00
qint64 n = 0 ;
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < N_WIDGETS ; i + + ) {
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
n = n + n + t . mid ( i , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
}
return n ;
}
2017-12-18 21:50:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : displayWidgets ( qint64 n )
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
{
2018-02-28 13:50:58 +00:00
/* See text file "displayWidgets.txt" for widget numbers */
2017-12-18 21:50:00 +00:00
qint64 j = qint64 ( 1 ) < < ( N_WIDGETS - 1 ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
bool b ;
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < N_WIDGETS ; i + + ) {
2017-12-18 21:50:00 +00:00
b = ( n & j ) ! = 0 ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
if ( i = = 0 ) ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 1 ) ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
if ( i = = 2 ) ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 3 ) ui - > sbFtol - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 4 ) ui - > rptSpinBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 5 ) ui - > sbTR - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2016-10-30 23:52:25 +00:00
if ( i = = 6 ) {
2018-03-18 20:42:11 +00:00
ui - > sbCQTxFreq - > setVisible ( b ) ;
ui - > cbCQTx - > setVisible ( b ) ;
auto is_compound = m_config . my_callsign ( ) ! = m_baseCall ;
ui - > cbCQTx - > setEnabled ( b & & ( ! is_compound | | shortList ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) ) ) ;
2016-10-30 23:52:25 +00:00
}
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
if ( i = = 7 ) ui - > cbShMsgs - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 8 ) ui - > cbFast9 - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 9 ) ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 10 ) ui - > cbTx6 - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2020-12-07 00:18:52 +00:00
// if(i==11) ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(b);
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
if ( i = = 12 ) ui - > pbR2T - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 13 ) ui - > pbT2R - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
if ( i = = 14 ) ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
if ( i = = 15 ) ui - > sbSubmode - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 16 ) ui - > syncSpinBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 17 ) ui - > WSPR_controls_widget - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 18 ) ui - > ClrAvgButton - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 19 ) ui - > actionQuickDecode - > setEnabled ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 19 ) ui - > actionMediumDecode - > setEnabled ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 19 ) ui - > actionDeepestDecode - > setEnabled ( b ) ;
2017-07-26 10:56:12 +00:00
if ( i = = 20 ) ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 21 ) ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
if ( i = = 22 ) {
2017-09-28 15:09:46 +00:00
if ( ! b & & m_echoGraph - > isVisible ( ) ) m_echoGraph - > hide ( ) ;
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
}
2017-12-18 20:38:40 +00:00
if ( i = = 23 ) ui - > cbSWL - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2017-12-02 16:04:52 +00:00
if ( i = = 24 ) ui - > actionEnable_AP_FT8 - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 25 ) ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 26 ) ui - > actionEnable_AP_DXcall - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
if ( i = = 27 ) ui - > respondComboBox - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2017-12-19 15:18:56 +00:00
if ( i = = 29 ) ui - > measure_check_box - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 30 ) ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( b ) ;
if ( i = = 31 ) ui - > cbRxAll - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2018-02-28 13:50:58 +00:00
if ( i = = 32 ) ui - > cbCQonly - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( i = = 33 ) ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2020-11-17 00:55:24 +00:00
if ( 34 = = i ) // adjust the stacked widget
{
ui - > opt_controls_stack - > setCurrentIndex ( b ? 1 : 0 ) ;
ui - > sbF_Low - > setVisible ( b ) ;
}
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
if ( i = = 35 ) ui - > sbF_High - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
if ( i = = 36 ) ui - > actionAuto_Clear_Avg - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
if ( i = = 37 ) ui - > sbMaxDrift - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
j = j > > 1 ;
}
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
ui - > pbBestSP - > setVisible ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) ;
2019-04-23 20:20:45 -04:00
b = false ;
2021-08-15 23:22:45 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " | | " Q65 " = = m_mode ) {
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
b = SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp or
( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp and
2020-01-24 11:26:36 -06:00
( m_config . RTTY_Exchange ( ) = = " DX " or m_config . RTTY_Exchange ( ) = = " # " ) ) ;
2019-04-23 20:20:45 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) b = SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ;
2022-09-25 16:53:26 -04:00
ui - > sbEchoAvg - > setVisible ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) ;
2018-07-06 14:29:36 -04:00
ui - > sbSerialNumber - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_lastCallsign . clear ( ) ; // ensures Tx5 is updated for new modes
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
b = m_mode . startsWith ( " FST4 " ) ;
2020-07-23 10:58:10 -04:00
ui - > sbNB - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt , true ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFST4_triggered ( )
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
m_mode = " FST4 " ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
ui - > actionFST4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-09-12 09:35:32 -04:00
m_bFast9 = false ;
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_fastGraph - > hide ( ) ;
m_wideGraph - > show ( ) ;
2020-09-05 11:53:23 -04:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Rx Frequency " ) ) ;
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
if ( m_config . single_decode ( ) ) {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11111100010011100001000000010000000000 " ) ) ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setSingleDecode ( true ) ;
} else {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101100010011100001000000010000001100 " ) ) ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setSingleDecode ( false ) ;
2020-09-17 12:58:59 -04:00
ui - > sbFtol - > setValue ( 20 ) ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
}
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
setup_status_bar ( false ) ;
2020-06-20 13:47:32 -04:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-06-21 10:34:24 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-07-02 13:43:50 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , 6912 ) ;
2020-09-14 10:56:54 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-14 13:55:30 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-07-17 12:00:15 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setTxFreq ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setFST4_FreqRange ( ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) , ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-18 11:30:23 -04:00
chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : FST4 ) ;
2020-06-30 17:14:58 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-09-18 11:30:23 -04:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 15 , 30 , 60 , 120 , 300 , 900 , 1800 } ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_FST4 " , 60 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; // remember sbTR settings by mode
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] { on_sbTR_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2020-09-18 11:30:23 -04:00
m_bOK_to_chk = true ;
2020-09-18 13:33:30 -04:00
chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFST4W_triggered ( )
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
{
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_mode = " FST4W " ;
ui - > actionFST4W - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-09-12 09:35:32 -04:00
m_bFast9 = false ;
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_fastGraph - > hide ( ) ;
m_wideGraph - > show ( ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
WSPR_config ( true ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 00000000000000000101000000000000010000 " ) ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
setup_status_bar ( false ) ;
2020-07-03 10:06:52 -04:00
ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2020-06-16 15:56:15 -04:00
ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
on_sbTR_FST4W_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-13 09:38:39 -04:00
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setMinimum ( 100 ) ;
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 5000 ) ;
2020-06-21 10:34:24 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-07-02 13:48:35 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , 6912 ) ;
2020-07-17 12:00:15 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setTxFreq ( ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > value ( ) ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-07-02 14:03:00 -04:00
ui - > sbFtol - > setValue ( 100 ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : FST4W ) ;
2020-06-16 14:58:08 -04:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
}
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFT4_triggered ( )
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
m_mode = " FT4 " ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 7.5 ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
bool bVHF = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
m_bFastMode = false ;
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2019-01-28 10:19:46 -05:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : FT4 ) ;
2019-03-13 13:59:41 -04:00
m_nsps = 6912 ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2019-05-23 09:23:58 -04:00
m_hsymStop = 21 ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
setup_status_bar ( bVHF ) ;
2019-05-22 17:02:15 -05:00
m_toneSpacing = 12000.0 / 576.0 ;
2019-03-13 13:59:41 -04:00
ui - > actionFT4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2019-03-13 13:59:41 -04:00
m_send_RR73 = true ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
VHF_features_enabled ( bVHF ) ;
2022-09-23 10:17:22 +02:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
m_fastGraph - > hide ( ) ;
m_wideGraph - > show ( ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Rx Frequency " ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000010011100001000000011000100000 " ) ) ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
ui - > txrb2 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb4 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb2 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb4 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb5 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb6 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
chkFT4 ( ) ;
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
}
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFT8_triggered ( )
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
m_mode = " FT8 " ;
2017-12-30 23:10:39 +00:00
bool bVHF = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
m_bFast9 = false ;
m_bFastMode = false ;
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
m_nsps = 6912 ;
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2017-07-06 16:12:32 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 50 ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( bVHF ) ;
m_toneSpacing = 0.0 ; //???
ui - > actionFT8 - > setChecked ( true ) ; //???
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
VHF_features_enabled ( bVHF ) ;
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 15.0 ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > hide ( ) ;
m_wideGraph - > show ( ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Rx Frequency " ) ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Stations calling DXpedition %1 " ) . arg ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " Call Grid dB Freq Dist Age Continent " ) ;
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
} else {
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
}
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000010011100001000010011000100000 " ) ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > txrb2 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb4 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb2 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb4 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb5 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > txb6 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2017-12-23 22:01:05 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-19 21:50:53 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2018-02-22 14:45:28 +00:00
ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-19 21:50:53 +00:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2020-09-08 21:19:48 +01:00
ui - > tabWidget - > setCurrentIndex ( 1 ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 300 ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000010011100001000000000010000000 " ) ) ;
2020-05-19 11:26:24 +01:00
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( tr ( " Fox " ) ) ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
on_fox_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) {
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( true ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " background-color: #ff0000; " ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2017-12-19 21:50:53 +00:00
ui - > txFirstCheckBox - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > tabWidget - > setCurrentIndex ( 0 ) ;
ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000010011000001000000000011000000 " ) ) ;
2020-05-19 11:26:24 +01:00
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( tr ( " Hound " ) ) ;
2018-02-22 14:45:28 +00:00
ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
ui - > txrb2 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txrb4 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txrb5 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txrb6 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txb2 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txb4 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txb5 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
ui - > txb6 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
} else {
2022-11-10 11:40:01 +01:00
if ( ! ( keep_frequency ) ) switch_mode ( Modes : : FT8 ) ;
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2022-04-04 10:44:06 +02:00
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
}
2022-08-20 13:21:06 +02:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : NONE and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2018-07-09 14:33:56 -04:00
QString t0 = " " ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " NA VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " EU VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Field Day " ;
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " FT RU " ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
if ( SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " WW Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " ARRL Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Q65 Pileup " ;
2018-07-09 14:33:56 -04:00
if ( t0 = = " " ) {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( false ) ;
} else {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( true ) ;
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( t0 ) ;
}
2023-02-20 08:19:53 -05:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) on_contest_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2018-07-07 14:47:33 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp ) and ! m_config . split_mode ( ) and ! m_bWarnedSplit ) {
2017-12-18 21:10:44 +00:00
QString errorMsg ;
MessageBox : : critical_message ( this ,
2018-02-05 15:20:54 +00:00
" Operation in FT8 DXpedition mode normally requires \n "
" *Split* rig control (either *Rig* or *Fake It* on \n "
" the *Settings | Radio* tab.) " , errorMsg ) ;
2018-02-05 15:16:29 +00:00
m_bWarnedSplit = true ;
2017-10-30 15:18:54 +00:00
}
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
}
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionJT4_triggered ( )
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
m_mode = " JT4 " ;
bool bVHF = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ;
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
switch_mode ( Modes : : JT4 ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
m_hsymStop = 176 ;
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 184 ;
m_toneSpacing = 0.0 ;
ui - > actionJT4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
VHF_features_enabled ( true ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
setup_status_bar ( bVHF ) ;
ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 6 ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Single-Period Decodes " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Average Decodes " ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
if ( bVHF ) {
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
2022-07-07 18:11:29 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] { m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT4 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 75 , [ = ] { ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT4 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 100 , [ = ] { on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( m_nSubMode ) ; } ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
} else {
ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( 0 ) ;
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( bVHF ) {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11111001001011011011110000000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
} else {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000000011000011000000000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
fast_config ( false ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionJT9_triggered ( )
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
{
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_mode = " JT9 " ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
bool bVHF = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFast9 = ui - > cbFast9 - > isChecked ( ) ;
m_bFastMode = m_bFast9 ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : JT9 ) ;
2012-09-28 23:59:50 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 173 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 179 ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( bVHF ) ;
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
m_toneSpacing = 0.0 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > actionJT9 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled ( bVHF ) ;
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
if ( m_nSubMode > = 4 and bVHF ) {
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
} else {
2016-10-21 15:32:05 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setChecked ( false ) ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 7 ) ;
if ( m_bFast9 ) {
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 5 , 10 , 15 , 30 } ) ;
on_sbTR_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > hide ( ) ;
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_fastGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 700 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 700 ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB T Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB T Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
2016-11-28 19:34:52 +00:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FST4 " )
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
{
m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Rx Frequency " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( bVHF ) {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11111010100011111001000000000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
} else {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000000011100001000000000000100000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
fast_config ( m_bFastMode ) ;
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setVisible ( m_bFast9 ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionJT65_triggered ( )
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2016-04-14 13:22:05 +00:00
on_actionJT9_triggered ( ) ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_mode = " JT65 " ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
bool bVHF = m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : JT65 ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 174 ;
if ( m_config . decode_at_52s ( ) ) m_hsymStop = 183 ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_toneSpacing = 0.0 ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
ui - > actionJT65 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-12-02 16:04:52 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled ( bVHF ) ;
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-09-20 10:17:27 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setTxFreq ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( bVHF ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 2 ) ;
if ( bVHF ) {
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
// ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
2022-07-07 18:11:29 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] { m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 75 , [ = ] { ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_JT65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 100 , [ = ] { on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( m_nSubMode ) ; } ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Single-Period Decodes " ) ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Average Decodes " ) ) ;
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
} else {
2016-10-24 20:48:24 +00:00
ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( 0 ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Rx Frequency " ) ) ;
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
if ( bVHF ) {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11111001000011011010110001000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
} else {
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11101000000011100001000000000000100000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
}
fast_config ( false ) ;
2018-11-09 12:46:02 -05:00
if ( ui - > cbShMsgs - > isChecked ( ) ) {
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setVisible ( false ) ;
}
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
}
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionQ65_triggered ( )
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
{
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " RxFreq_old " , 1500 ) . toInt ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
m_mode = " Q65 " ;
ui - > actionQ65 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
switch_mode ( Modes : : Q65 ) ;
2022-09-23 10:17:22 +02:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-12-06 21:42:30 -05:00
fast_config ( false ) ;
2020-12-09 13:55:47 -05:00
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2020-09-25 15:38:20 -04:00
setup_status_bar ( true ) ;
2022-12-13 11:39:41 -05:00
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
2020-09-26 16:49:06 -04:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
m_hsymStop = 49 ;
2020-08-08 14:37:01 -04:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 15 , 30 , 60 , 120 , 300 } ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_Q65 " , 30 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; // remember sbTR settings by mode
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] { on_sbTR_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
// ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
2022-07-07 18:11:29 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] { m_nSubMode = m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_Q65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 75 , [ = ] { ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " SubMode_Q65 " , 0 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; } ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 100 , [ = ] { on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( m_nSubMode ) ; } ) ;
2020-12-18 13:31:14 -05:00
QString fname { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " red.dat " ) ) } ;
m_wideGraph - > setRedFile ( fname ) ;
2020-09-26 16:49:06 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-08-01 13:37:31 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , 6912 ) ;
2020-09-25 15:38:20 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-09-26 16:49:06 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setTxFreq ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : Q65 ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 11111101011011010011100000010000000011 " ) ) ;
2020-12-30 10:42:27 -05:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Single-Period Decodes " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Average Decodes " ) ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-09-26 16:49:06 -04:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2021-07-30 15:25:42 -04:00
2022-08-20 13:21:06 +02:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : NONE and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2021-07-30 15:25:42 -04:00
QString t0 = " " ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " NA VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " EU VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Field Day " ;
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " FT RU " ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
if ( SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " WW Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " ARRL Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Q65 Pileup " ;
2021-07-30 15:25:42 -04:00
if ( t0 = = " " ) {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( false ) ;
} else {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( true ) ;
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( t0 ) ;
}
2023-02-20 08:19:53 -05:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) on_contest_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2021-03-11 15:48:19 -05:00
}
2020-09-26 16:49:06 -04:00
}
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionMSK144_triggered ( )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF < m_specOp ) {
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
// We are rejecting the requested mode change, so re-check the old mode
if ( " FT8 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionFT8 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( " JT4 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionJT4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( " JT9 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionJT9 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( " JT65 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionJT65 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
if ( " Q65 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionQ65 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
if ( " WSPR " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionWSPR - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
if ( " Echo " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionEcho - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( " FreqCal " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionFreqCal - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( " FST4 " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionFST4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode ) ui - > actionFST4W - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2018-10-27 17:21:29 -05:00
// Make sure that MSK144 is not checked.
ui - > actionMSK144 - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2018-10-18 13:24:07 -04:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Improper mode " ) ,
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
" MSK144 not available if Fox, Hound, Field Day, FT Roundup, WW Digi. or ARRL Digi contest is selected. " ) ;
2018-10-18 13:24:07 -04:00
return ;
}
2017-07-16 21:42:09 +00:00
m_mode = " MSK144 " ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
ui - > actionMSK144 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
switch_mode ( Modes : : MSK144 ) ;
m_nsps = 6 ;
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512 ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( true ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_toneSpacing = 0.0 ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
WSPR_config ( false ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled ( true ) ;
2022-09-23 10:17:22 +02:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
m_bFastMode = true ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFast9 = false ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 5 , 10 , 15 , 30 } ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( m_settings - > value ( " TRPeriod_MSK144 " , 15 ) . toInt ( ) ) ; // remember sbTR settings by mode
2022-07-07 18:11:29 +02:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 50 , [ = ] {
on_sbTR_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ;
on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ;
} ) ;
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > hide ( ) ;
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_fastGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 1500 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 1500 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMinimum ( 1400 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 1600 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setSingleStep ( 10 ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB T Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB T Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_fastGraph - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Band Activity " ) ) ;
ui - > rh_decodes_title_label - > setText ( tr ( " Tx Messages " ) ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
ui - > actionMSK144 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setMinimum ( - 8 ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 24 ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( 0 ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setSingleStep ( 1 ) ;
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
ui - > sbFtol - > values ( { 20 , 50 , 100 , 200 } ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 10111111010000000001000100001000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
fast_config ( m_bFastMode ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
QString t0 = " " ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " NA VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " EU VHF " ;
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
if ( t0 = = " " ) {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( false ) ;
} else {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( true ) ;
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( t0 ) ;
2021-03-03 14:33:55 +00:00
on_contest_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2018-07-31 13:18:57 -04:00
}
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
}
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionWSPR_triggered ( )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
2016-10-14 14:15:34 +00:00
m_mode = " WSPR " ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config ( true ) ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : WSPR ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 120.0 ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 396 ;
m_toneSpacing = 12000.0 / 8192.0 ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( false ) ;
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
ui - > actionWSPR - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled ( false ) ;
2020-09-13 09:38:39 -04:00
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setMinimum ( 1400 ) ;
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 1600 ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
2015-08-10 14:18:57 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 00000000000000000101000000000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
fast_config ( false ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionEcho_triggered ( )
{
2022-11-03 11:49:14 -04:00
int nd = int ( m_ndepth & 3 ) ;
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
on_actionJT4_triggered ( ) ;
2022-11-03 11:49:14 -04:00
// Don't allow decoding depth to be changed just because Echo mode was entered:
if ( nd = = 1 ) ui - > actionQuickDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( nd = = 2 ) ui - > actionMediumDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( nd = = 3 ) ui - > actionDeepestDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
m_mode = " Echo " ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
ui - > actionEcho - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 3.0 ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2017-12-23 01:04:12 +00:00
m_hsymStop = 9 ;
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_toneSpacing = 1.0 ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : Echo ) ;
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( true ) ;
2015-06-09 14:42:53 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 1500 ) ;
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
if ( ! m_echoGraph - > isVisible ( ) ) m_echoGraph - > show ( ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( ! ui - > actionAstronomical_data - > isChecked ( ) ) {
ui - > actionAstronomical_data - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode = false ;
m_bFast9 = false ;
2016-10-12 16:33:18 +00:00
WSPR_config ( true ) ;
2022-09-26 10:45:33 -04:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC Hour Level Doppler Width N Q DF SNR dBerr " ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
2022-04-25 15:54:13 -04:00
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 00000000000000000010001000000000000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
fast_config ( false ) ;
2022-09-25 16:53:26 -04:00
ui - > sbEchoAvg - > values ( { 1 , 2 , 5 , 10 , 20 , 50 , 100 } ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2022-08-18 10:42:12 -04:00
monitor ( false ) ;
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
}
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionFreqCal_triggered ( )
{
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
on_actionJT9_triggered ( ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
m_mode = " FreqCal " ;
ui - > actionFreqCal - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
switch_mode ( Modes : : FreqCal ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
ui - > sbTR - > values ( { 5 , 10 , 15 , 30 } ) ;
on_sbTR_valueChanged ( ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ;
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( m_TRperiod ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
m_nsps = 6912 ; //For symspec only
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
m_hsymStop = ( ( int ( m_TRperiod / 0.288 ) ) / 8 ) * 8 ;
2017-01-09 13:50:02 +00:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > begin ( ) ;
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 1500 ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar ( true ) ;
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
// 18:15:47 0 1 1500 1550.349 0.100 3.5 10.2
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC Freq CAL Offset fMeas DF Level S/N " ) ;
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
ui - > measure_check_box - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2021-05-30 12:07:48 -04:00
// 01234567890123456789012345678901234567
displayWidgets ( nWidgets ( " 00110100000000000000000000000100000000 " ) ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
void MainWindow : : switch_mode ( Mode mode )
{
2023-02-20 19:46:12 +01:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Q65 " & & m_specOp = = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2016-10-21 18:07:12 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > setMode ( m_mode ) ;
2022-09-29 08:44:31 -07:00
m_config . frequencies ( ) - > filter ( m_config . region ( ) , mode , true ) ; // filter on current time
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const & row = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > best_working_frequency ( m_freqNominal ) ;
2020-09-02 21:08:25 +01:00
ui - > bandComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( row ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( row > = 0 ) {
on_bandComboBox_activated ( row ) ;
}
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setSingleStep ( 1 ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setMinimum ( - 50 ) ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 49 ) ;
2020-09-11 09:13:11 -04:00
ui - > sbFtol - > values ( { 1 , 2 , 5 , 10 , 20 , 50 , 100 , 200 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 1000 } ) ;
2020-09-10 13:33:33 -04:00
ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > values ( { 1 , 2 , 5 , 10 , 20 , 50 , 100 } ) ;
2016-10-02 00:23:09 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMinimum ( 1400 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 1600 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setSingleStep ( 25 ) ;
} else {
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMinimum ( 200 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setMaximum ( 5000 ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setSingleStep ( 1 ) ;
}
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
bool b = m_mode = = " FreqCal " ;
ui - > tabWidget - > setVisible ( ! b ) ;
if ( b ) {
ui - > DX_controls_widget - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_widget - > setVisible ( false ) ;
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2017-01-04 19:07:35 +00:00
}
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow : : WSPR_config ( bool b )
{
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_widget - > setVisible ( ! b ) ;
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui - > controls_stack_widget - > setCurrentIndex ( b & & m_mode ! = " Echo " ? 1 : 0 ) ;
ui - > QSO_controls_widget - > setVisible ( ! b ) ;
2022-06-23 09:20:52 -04:00
ui - > DX_controls_widget - > setVisible ( ! b or ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) ) ;
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui - > WSPR_controls_widget - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_title_label - > setVisible ( ! b and ui - > cbMenus - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui - > logQSOButton - > setVisible ( ! b ) ;
ui - > DecodeButton - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
bool bFST4W = ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) ;
ui - > sbTxPercent - > setEnabled ( ! bFST4W or ( tr ( " Random " ) = = ui - > RoundRobin - > currentText ( ) ) ) ;
2020-06-16 15:56:15 -04:00
ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > setVisible ( true ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
ui - > RoundRobin - > setVisible ( bFST4W ) ;
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > setVisible ( bFST4W ) ;
ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > setVisible ( bFST4W ) ;
2020-07-03 14:17:13 -04:00
ui - > RoundRobin - > lineEdit ( ) - > setAlignment ( Qt : : AlignCenter ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( b and m_mode ! = " Echo " and m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2016-11-02 12:38:18 +00:00
QString t = " UTC dB DT Freq Drift Call Grid dBm " ;
if ( m_config . miles ( ) ) t + = " mi " ;
if ( ! m_config . miles ( ) ) t + = " km " ;
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( t ) ;
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if ( m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) ) {
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_tx_frequency ( 0 ) ; // turn off split
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
m_bSimplex = true ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
} else
{
m_bSimplex = false ;
}
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
enable_DXCC_entity ( m_config . DXCC ( ) ) ; // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : fast_config ( bool b )
{
m_bFastMode = b ;
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setEnabled ( ! b ) ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
ui - > sbTR - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( b and ( m_bFast9 or m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > hide ( ) ;
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_fastGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
2020-05-25 09:35:31 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > hide ( ) ;
}
}
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged ( int n )
{
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setTxFreq ( n ) ;
2018-02-11 02:29:27 +00:00
// if (ui->cbHoldTxFreq->isChecked ()) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " ) {
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency ( n - m_XIT ) ;
}
2021-03-10 15:08:52 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
if ( ( ( m_nSubMode = = 4 & & m_TRperiod = = 60.0 ) | | ( m_nSubMode = = 3 & & m_TRperiod = = 30.0 ) | |
( m_nSubMode = = 2 & & m_TRperiod = = 15.0 ) ) & & ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ! = 700 ) {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setStyleSheet ( " QSpinBox{background-color:red} " ) ;
} else {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
}
}
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W " & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " Echo " & & m_mode ! = " FreqCal " ) {
QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " TxFreq_old " , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
}
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
}
2012-10-20 20:52:29 +00:00
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged ( int n )
{
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( n ) ;
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FreqCal " ) {
setRig ( ) ;
2017-09-27 12:39:50 +00:00
}
2022-07-08 11:56:02 +02:00
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W " & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " Echo " & & m_mode ! = " FreqCal " ) {
QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " RxFreq_old " , ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
}
2017-09-27 12:39:50 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbF_Low_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_wideGraph - > setFST4_FreqRange ( n , ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) ) ;
chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_sbF_High_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_wideGraph - > setFST4_FreqRange ( ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) , n ) ;
chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : chk_FST4_freq_range ( )
{
2020-09-18 13:33:30 -04:00
if ( ! m_bOK_to_chk ) return ;
2020-09-16 20:16:32 -04:00
if ( ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) < m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) ) ui - > sbF_Low - > setValue ( m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) ) ;
if ( ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) > m_wideGraph - > Fmax ( ) ) {
int n = m_wideGraph - > Fmax ( ) / 100 ;
ui - > sbF_High - > setValue ( 100 * n ) ;
}
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
int maxDiff = 2000 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) maxDiff = 1000 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) maxDiff = 400 ;
if ( m_TRperiod > = 900 ) maxDiff = 200 ;
int diff = ui - > sbF_High - > value ( ) - ui - > sbF_Low - > value ( ) ;
if ( diff < 100 or diff > maxDiff ) {
2020-10-01 12:58:09 +01:00
ui - > sbF_Low - > setStyleSheet ( " QSpinBox { color: white; background-color: red; } " ) ;
ui - > sbF_High - > setStyleSheet ( " QSpinBox { color: white; background-color: red; } " ) ;
2020-09-16 17:02:40 -04:00
} else {
ui - > sbF_Low - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
ui - > sbF_High - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
}
}
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionQuickDecode_toggled ( bool checked )
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000001 ;
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
}
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionMediumDecode_toggled ( bool checked )
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000002 ;
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
}
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionDeepestDecode_toggled ( bool checked )
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000003 ;
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
}
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionInclude_averaging_toggled ( bool checked )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000010 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionInclude_correlation_toggled ( bool checked )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000020 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionEnable_AP_DXcall_toggled ( bool checked )
2016-11-27 15:50:47 +00:00
{
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000040 ;
2016-11-27 15:50:47 +00:00
}
2021-01-15 14:12:52 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionAuto_Clear_Avg_toggled ( bool checked )
{
m_ndepth ^ = ( - checked ^ m_ndepth ) & 0x00000080 ;
}
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered ( ) //Erase ALL.TXT
{
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
int ret = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Erase " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to erase file ALL.TXT? " ) ) ;
if ( ret = = MessageBox : : Yes ) {
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " ALL.TXT " ) } ;
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
f . remove ( ) ;
2013-03-18 20:22:51 +00:00
m_RxLog = 1 ;
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_reset_cabrillo_log_action_triggered ( )
2018-08-01 15:52:35 -04:00
{
2018-11-23 01:18:39 +00:00
if ( MessageBox : : Yes = = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Reset " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to erase your contest log? " ) ,
tr ( " Doing this will remove all QSO records for the current contest. "
" They will be kept in the ADIF log file but will not be available "
" for export in your Cabrillo log. " ) ) )
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
{
2019-02-28 11:21:06 -05:00
if ( m_config . RTTY_Exchange ( ) ! = " SCC " ) ui - > sbSerialNumber - > setValue ( 1 ) ;
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
m_logBook . contest_log ( ) - > reset ( ) ;
2022-03-18 11:55:44 -04:00
m_activeCall . clear ( ) ; //Erase the QMap of active calls
2023-01-25 16:29:57 -05:00
m_EMECall . clear ( ) ; //ditto for EME calls
2022-03-26 17:27:26 -04:00
m_score = 0 ;
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setScore ( 0 ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setRate ( 0 ) ;
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
}
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
}
2018-10-03 16:25:36 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionExport_Cabrillo_log_triggered ( )
{
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
if ( QDialog : : Accepted = = ExportCabrillo { m_settings , & m_config , m_logBook . contest_log ( ) } . exec ( ) )
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
{
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Cabrillo Log saved " ) ) ;
}
2018-10-03 16:25:36 -04:00
}
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered ( )
{
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
int ret = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Erase " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to erase file wsjtx_log.adi? " ) ) ;
if ( ret = = MessageBox : : Yes ) {
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wsjtx_log.adi " ) } ;
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
f . remove ( ) ;
}
}
2013-03-18 22:47:24 +00:00
2019-01-08 15:41:59 -05:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionErase_WSPR_hashtable_triggered ( )
{
int ret = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Erase " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to erase the WSPR hashtable? " ) ) ;
if ( ret = = MessageBox : : Yes ) {
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " hashtable.txt " ) } ;
f . remove ( ) ;
}
}
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ( )
{
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QDesktopServices : : openUrl ( QUrl : : fromLocalFile ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absolutePath ( ) ) ) ;
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
}
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged ( int index )
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
{
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const & frequencies = m_config . frequencies ( ) ;
2022-10-11 18:30:01 -07:00
auto const & source_index = frequencies - > mapToSource ( frequencies - > index ( index , FrequencyList_v2_101 : : frequency_column ) ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency { m_freqNominal } ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if ( source_index . isValid ( ) )
{
frequency = frequencies - > frequency_list ( ) [ source_index . row ( ) ] . frequency_ ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Lookup band
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const & band = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( frequency ) ;
2020-09-08 15:24:55 +01:00
ui - > bandComboBox - > setCurrentText ( band . size ( ) ? band : m_config . bands ( ) - > oob ( ) ) ;
displayDialFrequency ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_bandComboBox_editTextChanged ( QString const & text )
{
if ( text . size ( ) & & m_config . bands ( ) - > oob ( ) ! = text )
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
{
ui - > bandComboBox - > lineEdit ( ) - > setStyleSheet ( { } ) ;
}
else
{
ui - > bandComboBox - > lineEdit ( ) - > setStyleSheet ( " QLineEdit {color: yellow; background-color : red;} " ) ;
}
}
void MainWindow : : on_bandComboBox_activated ( int index )
{
auto const & frequencies = m_config . frequencies ( ) ;
2022-10-11 18:30:01 -07:00
auto const & source_index = frequencies - > mapToSource ( frequencies - > index ( index , FrequencyList_v2_101 : : frequency_column ) ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency { m_freqNominal } ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if ( source_index . isValid ( ) )
{
frequency = frequencies - > frequency_list ( ) [ source_index . row ( ) ] . frequency_ ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_bandEdited = true ;
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
band_changed ( frequency ) ;
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setRxBand ( m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( frequency ) ) ;
2023-02-13 14:05:18 +01:00
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
2013-03-26 16:23:40 +00:00
}
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : band_changed ( Frequency f )
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
{
2022-11-08 21:59:33 +01:00
// Don't allow a7 decodes during the first period because they can be leftovers from the previous band
no_a7_decodes = true ;
2022-11-16 22:05:01 +01:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( ( int ( 1500.0 * m_TRperiod ) ) , [ = ] { no_a7_decodes = false ; } ) ;
2022-11-08 21:59:33 +01:00
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
// Set the attenuation value if options are checked
if ( m_config . pwrBandTxMemory ( ) & & ! m_tune ) {
2021-04-22 23:05:07 +01:00
auto const & curBand = ui - > bandComboBox - > currentText ( ) ;
if ( m_pwrBandTxMemory . contains ( curBand ) ) {
ui - > outAttenuation - > setValue ( m_pwrBandTxMemory [ curBand ] . toInt ( ) ) ;
}
else {
m_pwrBandTxMemory [ curBand ] = ui - > outAttenuation - > value ( ) ;
}
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_bandEdited ) {
2020-07-02 09:39:11 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " WSPR " ) { // band hopping preserves auto Tx
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( f + m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) > m_freqNominal + ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( )
| | f + m_wideGraph - > nStartFreq ( ) + m_wideGraph - > fSpan ( ) < =
m_freqNominal + ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) {
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
// qDebug () << "start f:" << m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () << "span:" << m_wideGraph->fSpan () << "DF:" << ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// disable auto Tx if "blind" QSY outside of waterfall
ui - > stopTxButton - > click ( ) ; // halt any transmission
auto_tx_mode ( false ) ; // disable auto Tx
2018-07-30 11:48:18 -04:00
// m_send_RR73 = false; // force user to reassess on new band
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
2015-12-24 19:42:36 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_lastBand . clear ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_bandEdited = false ;
2020-08-15 23:32:10 +01:00
if ( m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) )
{
// Upload any queued spots before changing band
m_psk_Reporter . sendReport ( ) ;
}
2016-10-20 13:16:58 +00:00
if ( ! m_transmitting ) monitor ( true ) ;
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
if ( " FreqCal " = = m_mode )
{
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > find ( f ) ;
}
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
setRig ( f ) ;
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
}
2013-04-03 16:44:31 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : enable_DXCC_entity ( bool on )
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
{
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( on and m_mode ! = " WSPR " and m_mode ! = " FST4W " and m_mode ! = " Echo " ) {
2018-10-25 00:00:19 +01:00
//m_logBook.init(); // re-read the log and cty.dat files
2017-12-25 21:16:02 +00:00
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,55); // adjust proportions of text displays
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,45);
2015-07-01 17:38:18 +00:00
} else {
2017-12-25 21:16:02 +00:00
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,0);
// ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,0);
2015-07-01 17:38:18 +00:00
}
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
updateGeometry ( ) ;
2013-04-03 21:32:21 +00:00
}
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged ( int n )
{
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
int step = ui - > rptSpinBox - > singleStep ( ) ;
if ( n % step ! = 0 ) {
n + + ;
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( n ) ;
}
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_rpt = QString : : number ( n ) ;
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
int ntx0 = m_ntx ;
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
m_ntx = ntx0 ;
if ( m_ntx = = 1 ) ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 2 ) ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 3 ) ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 4 ) ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 5 ) ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( m_ntx = = 6 ) ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2013-05-08 15:23:02 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
}
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_tuneButton_clicked ( bool checked )
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
{
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
static bool lastChecked = false ;
if ( lastChecked = = checked ) return ;
lastChecked = checked ;
if ( checked & & m_tune = = false ) { // we're starting tuning so remember Tx and change pwr to Tune value
if ( m_config . pwrBandTuneMemory ( ) ) {
2021-04-22 23:05:07 +01:00
auto const & curBand = ui - > bandComboBox - > currentText ( ) ;
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
m_pwrBandTxMemory [ curBand ] = ui - > outAttenuation - > value ( ) ; // remember our Tx pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = false ;
2016-10-25 21:15:12 +00:00
if ( m_pwrBandTuneMemory . contains ( curBand ) ) {
ui - > outAttenuation - > setValue ( m_pwrBandTuneMemory [ curBand ] . toInt ( ) ) ; // set to Tune pwr
}
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
m_PwrBandSetOK = true ;
}
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_tune ) {
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneButtonTimer . start ( 250 ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
m_sentFirst73 = false ;
itone [ 0 ] = 0 ;
on_monitorButton_clicked ( true ) ;
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
m_tune = true ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Q_EMIT tune ( checked ) ;
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
}
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
2021-04-22 23:05:07 +01:00
void MainWindow : : end_tuning ( )
{
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
// we're turning off so remember our Tune pwr setting and reset to Tx pwr
if ( m_config . pwrBandTuneMemory ( ) | | m_config . pwrBandTxMemory ( ) ) {
auto const & curBand = ui - > bandComboBox - > currentText ( ) ;
m_pwrBandTuneMemory [ curBand ] = ui - > outAttenuation - > value ( ) ; // remember our Tune pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = false ;
ui - > outAttenuation - > setValue ( m_pwrBandTxMemory [ curBand ] . toInt ( ) ) ; // set to Tx pwr
m_PwrBandSetOK = true ;
}
}
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
void MainWindow : : stop_tuning ( )
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
{
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
on_tuneButton_clicked ( false ) ;
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
ui - > tuneButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
m_bTxTime = false ;
m_tune = false ;
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
}
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow : : stopTuneATU ( )
{
on_tuneButton_clicked ( false ) ;
m_bTxTime = false ;
}
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) //Stop Tx
{
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_tune ) stop_tuning ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( m_auto and ! m_tuneup ) auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_btxok = false ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_bCallingCQ = false ;
m_bAutoReply = false ; // ready for next
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
m_maxPoints = - 1 ;
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
}
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : rigOpen ( )
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
{
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property ( ui - > readFreq , " state " , " warning " ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui - > readFreq - > setText ( " " ) ;
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui - > readFreq - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
m_config . transceiver_online ( ) ;
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . sync_transceiver ( true , true ) ;
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
}
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_pbR2T_clicked ( )
{
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_pbT2R_clicked ( )
{
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > isEnabled ( ) )
{
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
}
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
}
2013-04-29 23:53:23 +00:00
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_readFreq_clicked ( )
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting ) return ;
2023-02-02 12:18:00 -05:00
if ( m_config . transceiver_online ( ) )
{
m_config . sync_transceiver ( true , true ) ;
}
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
}
2013-05-07 16:35:50 +00:00
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : setXIT ( int n , Frequency base )
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
{
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting & & ! m_config . tx_QSY_allowed ( ) ) return ;
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
// If "CQ nnn ..." feature is active, set the proper Tx frequency
2016-11-28 16:20:57 +00:00
if ( m_config . split_mode ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isVisible ( ) & &
ui - > cbCQTx - > isChecked ( ) )
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
{
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
if ( 6 = = m_ntx | | ( 7 = = m_ntx & & m_gen_message_is_cq ) )
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
{
// All conditions are met, use calling frequency
base = m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * ui - > sbCQTxFreq - > value ( ) + m_XIT ;
}
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( ! base ) base = m_freqNominal ;
2013-08-01 00:49:58 +00:00
m_XIT = 0 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( ! m_bSimplex ) {
// m_bSimplex is false, so we can use split mode if requested
2021-03-19 08:48:51 -04:00
if ( m_config . split_mode ( ) & & ( ! m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) | |
m_mode = = " FT4 " | | m_mode = = " FT8 " | | m_mode = = " FST4 " ) ) {
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
// Don't use XIT for VHF & up
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_XIT = ( n / 500 ) * 500 - 1500 ;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( ( m_monitoring | | m_transmitting )
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
& & m_config . is_transceiver_online ( )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
& & m_config . split_mode ( ) )
{
// All conditions are met, reset the transceiver Tx dial
// frequency
m_freqTxNominal = base + m_XIT ;
if ( m_astroWidget ) m_astroWidget - > nominal_frequency ( m_freqNominal , m_freqTxNominal ) ;
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_tx_frequency ( m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection . tx ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
//Now set the audio Tx freq
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ) ;
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : setFreq4 ( int rxFreq , int txFreq )
{
2017-10-01 12:35:43 +00:00
if ( ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > isEnabled ( ) ) ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( rxFreq ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > setValue ( txFreq ) ;
} else {
if ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > isEnabled ( ) ) {
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( txFreq ) ;
2020-09-29 13:00:57 -04:00
if ( " FT8 " = = m_mode | | " FT4 " = = m_mode | | m_mode = = " FST4 " )
2019-08-15 15:20:45 +01:00
{
// we need to regenerate the current transmit waveform for
// GFSK modulated modes
2019-09-07 21:23:39 +01:00
if ( m_transmitting ) m_restart = true ;
2019-08-15 15:20:45 +01:00
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
}
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
else if ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
& & ( Qt : : ControlModifier & QApplication : : keyboardModifiers ( ) ) ) {
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
// for VHF & up we adjust Tx dial frequency to equalize Tx to Rx
// when user CTRL+clicks on waterfall
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto temp = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( temp ) ;
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
setRig ( m_freqNominal + txFreq - temp ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
}
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
}
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
2013-05-28 19:34:18 +00:00
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : handle_transceiver_update ( Transceiver : : TransceiverState const & s )
2013-07-11 20:41:46 +00:00
{
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Transceiver : : TransceiverState old_state { m_rigState } ;
//transmitDisplay (s.ptt ());
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
if ( s . ptt ( ) // && !m_rigState.ptt ()
) { // safe to start audio
2019-04-02 11:39:28 -04:00
// (caveat - DX Lab Suite Commander)
if ( m_tx_when_ready & & g_iptt ) { // waiting to Tx and still needed
int ms_delay = 1000 * m_config . txDelay ( ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) ms_delay = 20 ;
ptt1Timer . start ( ms_delay ) ; //Start-of-transmission sequencer delay
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
m_tx_when_ready = false ;
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
}
2019-04-02 11:39:28 -04:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_rigState = s ;
2017-07-16 14:32:48 +00:00
auto old_freqNominal = m_freqNominal ;
2017-08-03 11:23:07 +00:00
if ( ! old_freqNominal )
{
// always take initial rig frequency to avoid start up problems
// with bogus Tx frequencies
m_freqNominal = s . frequency ( ) ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( old_state . online ( ) = = false & & s . online ( ) = = true )
{
// initializing
2022-09-01 12:00:30 +02:00
on_monitorButton_clicked ( ! ( m_config . monitor_off_at_startup ( ) or m_mode = = " Echo " ) ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
if ( s . frequency ( ) ! = old_state . frequency ( ) | | s . split ( ) ! = m_splitMode )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
m_splitMode = s . split ( ) ;
2017-08-03 11:23:07 +00:00
if ( ! s . ptt ( ) )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
2017-08-03 11:23:07 +00:00
m_freqNominal = s . frequency ( ) - m_astroCorrection . rx ;
if ( old_freqNominal ! = m_freqNominal )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal ;
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
genCQMsg ( ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
if ( m_monitoring )
{
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_freqNominal ;
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( m_lastDialFreq ! = m_freqNominal & &
( m_mode ! = " MSK144 "
| | ! ( ui - > cbCQTx - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbCQTx - > isChecked ( ) ) ) ) {
2022-03-19 16:15:51 -04:00
if ( m_lastDialFreq ! = m_freqNominal and m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
2022-03-19 16:05:30 -04:00
m_recentCall . clear ( ) ;
2023-02-28 10:43:54 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) m_ActiveStationsWidget - > erase ( ) ;
2022-03-19 16:05:30 -04:00
}
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
m_lastDialFreq = m_freqNominal ;
m_secBandChanged = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 ;
2020-08-16 00:38:19 +01:00
pskSetLocal ( ) ;
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
m_wideGraph - > setDialFreq ( m_freqNominal / 1.e6 ) ;
}
} else {
m_freqTxNominal = s . split ( ) ? s . tx_frequency ( ) - m_astroCorrection . tx : s . frequency ( ) ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( m_astroWidget ) m_astroWidget - > nominal_frequency ( m_freqNominal , m_freqTxNominal ) ;
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// ensure frequency display is correct
if ( m_astroWidget & & old_state . ptt ( ) ! = s . ptt ( ) ) setRig ( ) ;
displayDialFrequency ( ) ;
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property ( ui - > readFreq , " state " , " ok " ) ;
2023-02-02 12:18:28 -05:00
ui - > readFreq - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui - > readFreq - > setText ( s . split ( ) ? " S " : " " ) ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : handle_transceiver_failure ( QString const & reason )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property ( ui - > readFreq , " state " , " error " ) ;
ui - > readFreq - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2014-12-06 20:23:29 +00:00
on_stopTxButton_clicked ( ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
rigFailure ( reason ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
void MainWindow : : rigFailure ( QString const & reason )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if ( m_first_error )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
// one automatic retry
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( rigOpen ( ) ) ) ;
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_first_error = false ;
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
}
else
{
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
2021-01-16 23:35:53 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox . setDetailedText ( reason + " \n \n Timestamp: "
2021-01-27 21:14:11 +00:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 8, 0)
+ QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . toString ( Qt : : ISODateWithMs )
# else
+ QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . toString ( " yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.zzzZ " )
# endif
) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
// don't call slot functions directly to avoid recursion
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox . exec ( ) ;
auto const clicked_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox . clickedButton ( ) ;
if ( clicked_button = = m_configurations_button )
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
{
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
ui - > menuConfig - > exec ( QCursor : : pos ( ) ) ;
}
else
{
switch ( m_rigErrorMessageBox . standardButton ( clicked_button ) )
{
case MessageBox : : Ok :
2017-07-26 01:38:37 +00:00
m_config . select_tab ( 1 ) ;
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( on_actionSettings_triggered ( ) ) ) ;
break ;
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
case MessageBox : : Retry :
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( rigOpen ( ) ) ) ;
break ;
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
case MessageBox : : Cancel :
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , this , SLOT ( close ( ) ) ) ;
break ;
default : break ; // squashing compile warnings
}
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
}
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_first_error = true ; // reset
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
}
}
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
void MainWindow : : transmit ( double snr )
{
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
double toneSpacing = 0.0 ;
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) {
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_nSubMode = = 0 ) toneSpacing = 11025.0 / 4096.0 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 1 ) toneSpacing = 2 * 11025.0 / 4096.0 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 2 ) toneSpacing = 4 * 11025.0 / 4096.0 ;
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS ,
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
4096.0 * 12000.0 / 11025.0 , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ,
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
toneSpacing , m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ( m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FT8 " ) and m_maxPoints > 0 and SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) {
2022-03-03 14:21:03 -05:00
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( m_deCall ) ;
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( m_deGrid ) ;
genStdMsgs ( " -10 " ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT8 " ) {
2019-02-22 13:39:39 -05:00
// toneSpacing=12000.0/1920.0;
toneSpacing = - 3 ;
2017-09-18 15:42:14 +00:00
if ( m_config . x2ToneSpacing ( ) ) toneSpacing = 2 * 12000.0 / 1920.0 ;
2018-02-02 15:18:39 +00:00
if ( m_config . x4ToneSpacing ( ) ) toneSpacing = 4 * 12000.0 / 1920.0 ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp and ! m_tune ) toneSpacing = - 1 ;
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_FT8_SYMBOLS ,
2017-07-06 16:27:22 +00:00
1920.0 , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ,
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
toneSpacing , m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FT4 " ) {
2019-04-03 13:15:23 -04:00
m_dateTimeSentTx3 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2019-02-21 12:10:27 -05:00
toneSpacing = - 2.0 ; //Transmit a pre-computed, filtered waveform.
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_FT4_SYMBOLS ,
2019-05-22 17:02:15 -05:00
576.0 , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ,
2019-04-01 14:23:10 -04:00
toneSpacing , m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
2019-01-18 16:22:25 -05:00
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " FST4W " ) {
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
m_dateTimeSentTx3 = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
toneSpacing = - 2.0 ; //Transmit a pre-computed, filtered waveform.
2020-06-29 17:33:46 -04:00
int nsps = 720 ;
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) nsps = 1680 ;
2020-06-25 17:18:48 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) nsps = 3888 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) nsps = 8200 ;
2020-06-27 16:24:11 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) nsps = 21504 ;
2020-07-17 23:44:14 +01:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 900 ) nsps = 66560 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 1800 ) nsps = 134400 ;
2020-09-30 10:01:57 -04:00
int hmod = 1 ;
if ( m_config . x2ToneSpacing ( ) ) hmod = 2 ;
if ( m_config . x4ToneSpacing ( ) ) hmod = 4 ;
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
double dfreq = hmod * 12000.0 / nsps ;
2020-07-21 14:56:20 -04:00
double f0 = ui - > WSPRfreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ;
2020-09-14 09:55:33 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ;
2020-09-30 10:01:57 -04:00
if ( ! m_tune ) f0 + = 1.5 * dfreq ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_FST4_SYMBOLS , double ( nsps ) , f0 , toneSpacing ,
2020-06-19 15:02:05 -04:00
m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2020-08-08 14:37:01 -04:00
int nsps = 1800 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 30 ) nsps = 3600 ;
2020-10-25 14:10:38 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 60 ) nsps = 7200 ;
2020-08-08 14:37:01 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod = = 120 ) nsps = 16000 ;
if ( m_TRperiod = = 300 ) nsps = 41472 ;
2020-12-09 09:34:09 -05:00
int mode65 = pow ( 2.0 , double ( m_nSubMode ) ) ;
toneSpacing = mode65 * 12000.0 / nsps ;
// toneSpacing=-4.0;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_Q65_SYMBOLS ,
2020-08-08 14:37:01 -04:00
double ( nsps ) , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ,
2020-08-01 12:13:49 -04:00
toneSpacing , m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int nsub = pow ( 2 , m_nSubMode ) ;
int nsps [ ] = { 480 , 240 , 120 , 60 } ;
double sps = m_nsps ;
m_toneSpacing = nsub * 12000.0 / 6912.0 ;
2017-09-18 15:47:29 +00:00
if ( m_config . x2ToneSpacing ( ) ) m_toneSpacing = 2.0 * m_toneSpacing ;
2018-02-02 15:18:39 +00:00
if ( m_config . x4ToneSpacing ( ) ) m_toneSpacing = 4.0 * m_toneSpacing ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
bool fastmode = false ;
if ( m_bFast9 and ( m_nSubMode > = 4 ) ) {
fastmode = true ;
sps = nsps [ m_nSubMode - 4 ] ;
m_toneSpacing = 12000.0 / sps ;
}
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS , sps ,
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT , m_toneSpacing ,
m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , fastmode , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
}
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_nsps = 6 ;
2017-06-07 19:58:25 +00:00
double f0 = 1000.0 ;
if ( ! m_bFastMode ) {
m_nsps = 192 ;
f0 = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT - 0.5 * m_toneSpacing ;
}
2017-06-20 02:48:30 +00:00
m_toneSpacing = 6000.0 / m_nsps ;
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512 ;
Q_EMIT FFTSize ( m_FFTSize ) ;
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
int nsym ;
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
nsym = NUM_MSK144_SYMBOLS ;
if ( itone [ 40 ] < 0 ) nsym = 40 ;
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , nsym , double ( m_nsps ) , f0 , m_toneSpacing ,
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
true , true , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) {
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_nSubMode = = 0 ) toneSpacing = 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 1 ) toneSpacing = 2 * 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 2 ) toneSpacing = 4 * 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 3 ) toneSpacing = 9 * 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 4 ) toneSpacing = 18 * 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 5 ) toneSpacing = 36 * 4.375 ;
if ( m_nSubMode = = 6 ) toneSpacing = 72 * 4.375 ;
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS ,
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
2520.0 * 12000.0 / 11025.0 , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - m_XIT ,
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
toneSpacing , m_soundOutput , m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) ,
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
true , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) {
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
int nToneSpacing = 1 ;
if ( m_config . x2ToneSpacing ( ) ) nToneSpacing = 2 ;
2018-02-02 15:18:39 +00:00
if ( m_config . x4ToneSpacing ( ) ) nToneSpacing = 4 ;
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS , 8192.0 ,
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) - 1.5 * 12000 / 8192 ,
m_toneSpacing * nToneSpacing , m_soundOutput ,
m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) , true , false , snr ,
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
m_TRperiod ) ;
}
2020-06-29 14:47:46 -04:00
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " Echo " ) {
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
m_fDither = 0. ;
2022-08-01 10:16:28 +02:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
2022-07-30 13:07:49 -04:00
if ( m_astroWidget & & m_astroWidget - > bDither ( ) ) m_fDither = QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > bounded ( 20.0 ) - 10.0 ; //Dither by +/- 10 Hz
2022-08-01 10:16:28 +02:00
# else
if ( m_astroWidget & & m_astroWidget - > bDither ( ) ) m_fDither = 20.0 * ( double ( qrand ( ) ) / RAND_MAX ) - 10.0 ; //Dither by +/- 10 Hz
# endif
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage ( m_mode , 27 , 1024.0 , 1500.0 + m_fDither , 0.0 , m_soundOutput ,
2022-07-21 13:42:08 -04:00
m_config . audio_output_channel ( ) , false , false , snr , m_TRperiod ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
// In auto-sequencing mode, stop after 5 transmissions of "73" message.
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( m_bFastMode | | m_bFast9 ) {
2021-03-25 11:11:53 +00:00
if ( ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2016-10-17 17:58:05 +00:00
if ( m_ntx = = 5 ) {
m_nTx73 + = 1 ;
} else {
m_nTx73 = 0 ;
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_outAttenuation_valueChanged ( int a )
{
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
QString tt_str ;
qreal dBAttn { a / 10. } ; // slider interpreted as dB / 100
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
if ( m_tune & & m_config . pwrBandTuneMemory ( ) ) {
2018-04-03 13:33:08 +00:00
tt_str = tr ( " Tune digital gain " ) ;
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
} else {
2018-04-03 13:33:08 +00:00
tt_str = tr ( " Transmit digital gain " ) ;
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
}
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
tt_str + = ( a ? QString : : number ( - dBAttn , ' f ' , 1 ) : " 0 " ) + " dB " ;
2022-11-01 14:52:49 +01:00
if ( ui - > outAttenuation - > hasFocus ( ) & & ! m_block_pwr_tooltip ) {
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
QToolTip : : showText ( QCursor : : pos ( ) , tt_str , ui - > outAttenuation ) ;
}
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
QString curBand = ui - > bandComboBox - > currentText ( ) ;
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
if ( m_PwrBandSetOK & & ! m_tune & & m_config . pwrBandTxMemory ( ) ) {
m_pwrBandTxMemory [ curBand ] = a ; // remember our Tx pwr
}
if ( m_PwrBandSetOK & & m_tune & & m_config . pwrBandTuneMemory ( ) ) {
m_pwrBandTuneMemory [ curBand ] = a ; // remember our Tune pwr
}
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
Q_EMIT outAttenuationChanged ( dBAttn ) ;
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
}
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered ( )
{
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
if ( ! m_prefixes ) {
2020-07-29 18:44:34 +01:00
m_prefixes . reset ( new HelpTextWindow { tr ( " Prefixes " )
, R " (Type 1 Prefixes:
1 A 1 S 3 A 3 B6 3 B8 3 B9 3 C 3 C0 3 D2 3 D2C 3 D2R 3 DA 3 V 3 W 3 X
3 Y 3 YB 3 YP 4 J 4L 4 S 4U 1 I 4U 1U 4 W 4 X 5 A 5 B 5 H 5 N 5 R
5 T 5U 5 V 5 W 5 X 5 Z 6 W 6 Y 7 O 7 P 7 Q 7 X 8 P 8 Q 8 R
9 A 9 G 9 H 9 J 9 K 9L 9 M2 9 M6 9 N 9 Q 9U 9 V 9 X 9 Y A2
A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A9 AP BS7 BV BV9 BY C2 C3 C5 C6
C9 CE CE0X CE0Y CE0Z CE9 CM CN CP CT CT3 CU CX CY0 CY9
D2 D4 D6 DL DU E3 E4 EA EA6 EA8 EA9 EI EK EL EP
ER ES ET EU EX EY EZ F FG FH FJ FK FKC FM FO
FOA FOC FOM FP FR FRG FRJ FRT FT5W FT5X FT5Z FW FY M MD
MI MJ MM MU MW H4 H40 HA HB HB0 HC HC8 HH HI HK
HK0A HK0M HL HM HP HR HS HV HZ I IS IS0 J2 J3 J5
J6 J7 J8 JA JDM JDO JT JW JX JY K KG4 KH0 KH1 KH2
KH3 KH4 KH5 KH5K KH6 KH7 KH8 KH9 KL KP1 KP2 KP4 KP5 LA LU
LX LY LZ OA OD OE OH OH0 OJ0 OK OM ON OX OY OZ
P2 P4 PA PJ2 PJ7 PY PY0F PT0S PY0T PZ R1F R1M S0 S2 S5
S7 S9 SM SP ST SU SV SVA SV5 SV9 T2 T30 T31 T32 T33
T5 T7 T8 T9 TA TF TG TI TI9 TJ TK TL TN TR TT
TU TY TZ UA UA2 UA9 UK UN UR V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7
V8 VE VK VK0H VK0M VK9C VK9L VK9M VK9N VK9W VK9X VP2E VP2M VP2V VP5
VP6 VP6D VP8 VP8G VP8H VP8O VP8S VP9 VQ9 VR VU VU4 VU7 XE XF4
XT XU XW XX9 XZ YA YB YI YJ YK YL YN YO YS YU
YV YV0 Z2 Z3 ZA ZB ZC4 ZD7 ZD8 ZD9 ZF ZK1N ZK1S ZK2 ZK3
ZL ZL7 ZL8 ZL9 ZP ZS ZS8 KC4 E5
Type 1 Suffixes : / 0 / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / A / P ) " , { " Courier " , 10}});
2016-10-26 19:13:18 +00:00
}
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
m_prefixes - > showNormal ( ) ;
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_prefixes - > raise ( ) ;
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
}
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
2020-11-12 13:30:48 +00:00
bool MainWindow : : shortList ( QString callsign ) const
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
{
int n = callsign . length ( ) ;
int i1 = callsign . indexOf ( " / " ) ;
Q_ASSERT ( i1 > 0 and i1 < n ) ;
QString t1 = callsign . mid ( 0 , i1 ) ;
QString t2 = callsign . mid ( i1 + 1 , n - i1 - 1 ) ;
bool b = ( m_pfx . contains ( t1 ) or m_sfx . contains ( t2 ) ) ;
2014-01-31 19:13:14 +00:00
return b ;
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow : : pskSetLocal ( )
{
2020-08-15 23:32:10 +01:00
if ( ! m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) ) return ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// find the station row, if any, that matches the band we are on
auto stations = m_config . stations ( ) ;
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
auto matches = stations - > match ( stations - > index ( 0 , StationList : : band_column )
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
, Qt : : DisplayRole
, ui - > bandComboBox - > currentText ( )
, 1
, Qt : : MatchExactly ) ;
QString antenna_description ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( ! matches . isEmpty ( ) ) {
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
antenna_description = stations - > index ( matches . first ( ) . row ( )
, StationList : : description_column ) . data ( ) . toString ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter: local station details";
2020-06-21 01:36:30 +01:00
m_psk_Reporter . setLocalStation ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_config . my_grid ( ) , antenna_description ) ;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
void MainWindow : : transmitDisplay ( bool transmitting )
{
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( transmitting = = m_transmitting ) {
if ( transmitting ) {
2017-03-06 14:34:25 +00:00
ui - > signal_meter_widget - > setValue ( 0 , 0 ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( m_monitoring ) monitor ( false ) ;
m_btxok = true ;
}
2014-09-24 17:25:55 +00:00
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
auto QSY_allowed = ! transmitting or m_config . tx_QSY_allowed ( ) or
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
! m_config . split_mode ( ) ;
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
if ( ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2020-09-22 11:25:59 -04:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setEnabled ( QSY_allowed ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui - > pbT2R - > setEnabled ( QSY_allowed ) ;
}
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode ! = " WSPR " and m_mode ! = " FST4W " ) {
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) ) {
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
} else {
2017-10-01 12:35:43 +00:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setEnabled ( QSY_allowed and ! m_bFastMode ) ;
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
ui - > pbR2T - > setEnabled ( QSY_allowed ) ;
2017-09-30 17:48:46 +00:00
ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > setEnabled ( QSY_allowed ) ;
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// the following are always disallowed in transmit
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui - > menuMode - > setEnabled ( ! transmitting ) ;
}
}
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbFtol_valueChanged ( int value )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( value ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void : : MainWindow : : VHF_features_enabled ( bool b )
{
2020-11-11 11:14:02 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " JT4 " and m_mode ! = " JT65 " and m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) b = false ;
2021-01-01 10:47:22 -05:00
if ( b and m_mode ! = " Q65 " and ( ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > isChecked ( ) or
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > isChecked ( ) ) ) {
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
ui - > actionDeepestDecode - > setChecked ( true ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2017-07-26 10:56:12 +00:00
ui - > actionInclude_averaging - > setVisible ( b ) ;
2020-11-11 11:14:02 -05:00
ui - > actionInclude_correlation - > setVisible ( b & & m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) ;
2021-06-25 15:14:26 -04:00
ui - > actionMessage_averaging - > setEnabled ( b & & ( m_mode = = " JT4 " or m_mode = = " JT65 " ) ) ;
2018-02-25 14:01:13 +00:00
ui - > actionEnable_AP_JT65 - > setVisible ( b & & m_mode = = " JT65 " ) ;
2020-04-08 10:56:11 -04:00
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( ! b & & m_msgAvgWidget and ( SpecOp : : FOX ! = m_specOp ) and ! m_config . autoLog ( ) ) {
2020-04-08 10:56:11 -04:00
if ( m_msgAvgWidget - > isVisible ( ) and m_mode ! = " JT4 " and m_mode ! = " JT9 " and m_mode ! = " JT65 " ) {
m_msgAvgWidget - > close ( ) ;
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
}
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbTR_valueChanged ( int value )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2020-09-21 14:35:16 -04:00
// if(!m_bFastMode and n>m_nSubMode) m_MinW=m_nSubMode;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
if ( m_bFastMode or m_mode = = " FreqCal " or m_mode = = " FST4 " or m_mode = = " FST4W " or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
m_TRperiod = value ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " | | m_mode = = " FST4W " | | m_mode = = " Q65 " )
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
{
if ( m_TRperiod < 60 )
{
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FST4W " )
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
{
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
}
}
else
{
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > lh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_mode ! = " FST4W " )
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
{
2020-10-04 00:46:59 +01:00
ui - > rh_decodes_headings_label - > setText ( " UTC dB DT Freq " + tr ( " Message " ) ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
}
}
2021-02-11 17:19:43 +01:00
if ( " Q65 " = = m_mode )
{
switch ( value )
{
case 15 : ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 2 ) ; break ;
case 30 : ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 3 ) ; break ;
default : ui - > sbSubmode - > setMaximum ( 4 ) ; break ;
}
}
}
2018-02-12 16:59:31 +00:00
m_fastGraph - > setTRPeriod ( value ) ;
m_modulator - > setTRPeriod ( value ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector - > setTRPeriod ( value ) ; // TODO - not thread safe
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( value , m_nsps ) ;
progressBar . setMaximum ( value ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " TRPeriod_Q65 " , ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
}
if ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) {
QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " TRPeriod_MSK144 " , ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
}
if ( m_mode = = " FST4 " ) {
chk_FST4_freq_range ( ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " TRPeriod_FST4 " , ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ;
}
2021-03-10 15:08:52 -05:00
// if(m_transmitting) on_stopTxButton_clicked(); //### Is this needed or desirable? ###
2020-11-03 15:49:24 -05:00
on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbTR_FST4W_valueChanged ( int value )
2020-07-01 12:01:47 -04:00
{
on_sbTR_valueChanged ( value ) ;
}
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
QChar MainWindow : : current_submode ( ) const
{
QChar submode { 0 } ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode . contains ( QRegularExpression { R " (^(JT65|JT9|JT4|Q65)$) " } )
& & ( m_config . enable_VHF_features ( ) | | " JT4 " = = m_mode ) )
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
{
submode = m_nSubMode + 65 ;
}
return submode ;
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbSubmode_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_nSubMode = n ;
m_wideGraph - > setSubMode ( m_nSubMode ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
auto submode = current_submode ( ) ;
2020-11-03 15:49:24 -05:00
if ( submode ! = QChar : : Null ) {
QString t { m_mode + " " + submode } ;
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) t = m_mode + " - " + QString : : number ( m_TRperiod ) + submode ;
mode_label . setText ( t ) ;
} else {
mode_label . setText ( m_mode ) ;
}
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
2021-03-10 15:08:52 -05:00
if ( ( ( m_nSubMode = = 4 & & m_TRperiod = = 60.0 ) | | ( m_nSubMode = = 3 & & m_TRperiod = = 30.0 ) | |
( m_nSubMode = = 2 & & m_TRperiod = = 15.0 ) ) & & ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ! = 700 ) {
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setStyleSheet ( " QSpinBox{background-color:red} " ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
} else {
2021-03-10 15:08:52 -05:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) {
if ( m_nSubMode < 4 ) {
ui - > cbFast9 - > setChecked ( false ) ;
on_cbFast9_clicked ( false ) ;
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setEnabled ( false ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui - > sbTR - > setVisible ( false ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
ui - > cbFast9 - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
ui - > sbTR - > setVisible ( m_bFast9 ) ;
if ( m_bFast9 ) ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( 700 ) ;
}
2018-02-21 16:34:02 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting and m_bFast9 and m_nSubMode > = 4 ) transmit ( 99.0 ) ;
2022-07-07 18:11:29 +02:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Q65 " ) ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-05 10:55:00 +02:00
if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) { QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " SubMode_Q65 " , ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ; }
if ( m_mode = = " JT65 " ) { QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " SubMode_JT65 " , ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ; }
if ( m_mode = = " JT4 " ) { QTimer : : singleShot ( 200 , [ = ] { m_settings - > setValue ( " SubMode_JT4 " , ui - > sbSubmode - > value ( ) ) ; } ) ; }
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbFast9_clicked ( bool b )
{
if ( m_mode = = " JT9 " ) {
m_bFast9 = b ;
2016-11-28 19:34:52 +00:00
// ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
on_actionJT9_triggered ( ) ;
}
2017-06-09 11:56:51 +00:00
if ( b ) {
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
m_TRperiod = ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
m_TRperiod = 60.0 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
progressBar . setMaximum ( int ( m_TRperiod ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph - > setPeriod ( m_TRperiod , m_nsps ) ;
fast_config ( b ) ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbShMsgs_toggled ( bool b )
{
ui - > cbTx6 - > setEnabled ( b ) ;
m_bShMsgs = b ;
2017-01-06 19:01:29 +00:00
if ( b ) ui - > cbSWL - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
if ( m_bShMsgs and ( m_mode = = " MSK144 " ) ) ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( 1 ) ;
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
int it0 = itone [ 0 ] ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int ntx = m_ntx ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_lastCallsign . clear ( ) ; // ensure Tx5 gets updated
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt ) ;
2018-07-10 08:50:45 -04:00
itone [ 0 ] = it0 ;
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if ( ntx = = 1 ) ui - > txrb1 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ntx = = 2 ) ui - > txrb2 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ntx = = 3 ) ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ntx = = 4 ) ui - > txrb4 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ntx = = 5 ) ui - > txrb5 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
if ( ntx = = 6 ) ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
}
2017-01-06 19:01:29 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbSWL_toggled ( bool b )
{
if ( b ) ui - > cbShMsgs - > setChecked ( false ) ;
}
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbTx6_toggled ( bool )
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
genCQMsg ( ) ;
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
}
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// Takes a decoded CQ line and sets it up for reply
2017-09-22 15:36:24 +00:00
void MainWindow : : replyToCQ ( QTime time , qint32 snr , float delta_time , quint32 delta_frequency
, QString const & mode , QString const & message_text
, bool /*low_confidence*/ , quint8 modifiers )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
QString format_string { " %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 " } ;
2021-11-10 10:55:22 +00:00
auto const & time_string = time . toString ( " ~ " = = mode | | " & " = = mode | | " + " = = mode
| | ( m_TRperiod < 60. & & ( " ` " = = mode | | " : " = = mode ) )
2021-12-28 10:08:48 +01:00
? " hhmmss " : " hhmm " ) ;
2020-10-18 02:09:17 +01:00
auto text = message_text ;
2021-11-10 10:55:22 +00:00
auto ap_pos = text . lastIndexOf ( QRegularExpression { R " ((?: \ ? \ s)?(?:a[0-9]|q[0-9][0-9]?)$) " } ) ;
2020-10-18 02:09:17 +01:00
if ( ap_pos > = 0 )
{
// beware of decodes ending on shorter version of wanted call so
// add a space
text = text . left ( ap_pos ) . trimmed ( ) + ' ' ;
}
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
auto message_line = format_string
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
. arg ( time_string )
. arg ( snr , 3 )
. arg ( delta_time , 4 , ' f ' , 1 )
. arg ( delta_frequency , 4 )
. arg ( mode , - 2 )
2020-10-18 02:09:17 +01:00
. arg ( text ) ;
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
QTextCursor start { ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > document ( ) } ;
start . movePosition ( QTextCursor : : End ) ;
auto cursor = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > document ( ) - > find ( message_line , start , QTextDocument : : FindBackward ) ;
if ( cursor . isNull ( ) )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
// try again with with -0.0 delta time
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
cursor = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > document ( ) - > find ( format_string
. arg ( time_string )
. arg ( snr , 3 )
. arg ( ' - ' + QString : : number ( delta_time , ' f ' , 1 ) , 4 )
. arg ( delta_frequency , 4 )
. arg ( mode , - 2 )
2020-10-18 02:09:17 +01:00
. arg ( text ) , start , QTextDocument : : FindBackward ) ;
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
}
if ( ! cursor . isNull ( ) )
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
{
if ( m_config . udpWindowToFront ( ) )
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
{
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
show ( ) ;
raise ( ) ;
activateWindow ( ) ;
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
}
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
if ( m_config . udpWindowRestore ( ) & & isMinimized ( ) )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
showNormal ( ) ;
raise ( ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
2022-01-24 20:17:48 +01:00
if ( ( text . contains ( QRegularExpression { R " (^(CQ |CQDX |QRZ )) " } ) ) | | ( ui - > cbHoldTxFreq - > isChecked ( ) ) ) {
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
// a message we are willing to accept and auto reply to
m_bDoubleClicked = true ;
}
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
DecodedText message { message_line } ;
2018-03-18 20:53:24 +00:00
Qt : : KeyboardModifiers kbmod { modifiers < < 24 } ;
processMessage ( message , kbmod ) ;
tx_watchdog ( false ) ;
QApplication : : alert ( this ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
else
{
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
qDebug ( ) < < " process reply message ignored, decode not found: " < < message_line ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
}
2018-02-04 22:42:35 +00:00
void MainWindow : : locationChange ( QString const & location )
{
QString grid { location . trimmed ( ) } ;
int len ;
// string 6 chars or fewer, interpret as a grid, or use with a 'GRID:' prefix
if ( grid . size ( ) > 6 ) {
if ( grid . toUpper ( ) . startsWith ( " GRID: " ) ) {
grid = grid . mid ( 5 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
}
else {
// TODO - support any other formats, e.g. latlong? Or have that conversion done external to wsjtx
return ;
}
}
if ( MaidenheadLocatorValidator : : Acceptable = = MaidenheadLocatorValidator ( ) . validate ( grid , len ) ) {
qDebug ( ) < < " locationChange: Grid supplied is " < < grid ;
if ( m_config . my_grid ( ) ! = grid ) {
m_config . set_location ( grid ) ;
genStdMsgs ( m_rpt , false ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
} else {
qDebug ( ) < < " locationChange: Invalid grid " < < grid ;
}
}
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
void MainWindow : : replayDecodes ( )
{
// we accept this request even if the setting to accept UDP requests
// is not checked
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
// attempt to parse the decoded text
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
for ( QTextBlock block = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > document ( ) - > firstBlock ( ) ; block . isValid ( ) ; block = block . next ( ) )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2018-09-28 16:12:09 +01:00
auto message = block . text ( ) ;
message = message . left ( message . indexOf ( QChar : : Nbsp ) ) ; // discard
// any
// appended info
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
if ( message . size ( ) > = 4 & & message . left ( 4 ) ! = " ---- " )
{
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
auto const & parts = message . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( parts . size ( ) > = 5 & & parts [ 3 ] . contains ( ' . ' ) ) {
postWSPRDecode ( false , parts ) ;
} else {
postDecode ( false , message ) ;
}
}
}
2015-04-19 22:21:45 +00:00
statusChanged ( ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : postDecode ( bool is_new , QString const & message )
{
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
auto const & decode = message . trimmed ( ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
auto const & parts = decode . left ( 22 ) . split ( ' ' , SkipEmptyParts ) ;
2017-09-16 22:20:59 +00:00
if ( parts . size ( ) > = 5 )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
auto has_seconds = parts [ 0 ] . size ( ) > 4 ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
m_messageClient - > decode ( is_new
2017-07-10 00:01:20 +00:00
, QTime : : fromString ( parts [ 0 ] , has_seconds ? " hhmmss " : " hhmm " )
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
, parts [ 1 ] . toInt ( )
2017-09-22 15:36:24 +00:00
, parts [ 2 ] . toFloat ( ) , parts [ 3 ] . toUInt ( ) , parts [ 4 ]
2018-11-12 19:10:12 +00:00
, decode . mid ( has_seconds ? 24 : 22 )
2021-11-10 10:55:22 +00:00
, QChar { ' ? ' } = = decode . mid ( has_seconds ? 24 + 36 : 22 + 36 , 1 )
2017-09-16 22:20:59 +00:00
, m_diskData ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
}
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
void MainWindow : : postWSPRDecode ( bool is_new , QStringList parts )
{
if ( parts . size ( ) < 8 )
{
parts . insert ( 6 , " " ) ;
}
m_messageClient - > WSPR_decode ( is_new , QTime : : fromString ( parts [ 0 ] , " hhmm " ) , parts [ 1 ] . toInt ( )
, parts [ 2 ] . toFloat ( ) , Radio : : frequency ( parts [ 3 ] . toFloat ( ) , 6 )
2017-09-16 22:20:59 +00:00
, parts [ 4 ] . toInt ( ) , parts [ 5 ] , parts [ 6 ] , parts [ 7 ] . toInt ( )
, m_diskData ) ;
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
}
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
void MainWindow : : networkError ( QString const & e )
{
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if ( m_splash & & m_splash - > isVisible ( ) ) m_splash - > hide ( ) ;
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
if ( MessageBox : : Retry = = MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Network Error " )
, tr ( " Error: %1 \n UDP server %2:%3 " )
. arg ( e )
. arg ( m_config . udp_server_name ( ) )
. arg ( m_config . udp_server_port ( ) )
, QString { }
, MessageBox : : Cancel | MessageBox : : Retry
, MessageBox : : Cancel ) )
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
// retry server lookup
2020-11-05 03:37:01 +00:00
m_messageClient - > set_server ( m_config . udp_server_name ( ) , m_config . udp_interface_names ( ) ) ;
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_minSync = n ;
}
void MainWindow : : p1ReadFromStdout ( ) //p1readFromStdout
{
QString t1 ;
while ( p1 . canReadLine ( ) ) {
QString t ( p1 . readLine ( ) ) ;
2018-11-16 09:30:40 -05:00
if ( ui - > cbNoOwnCall - > isChecked ( ) ) {
if ( t . contains ( " " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ) ) continue ;
if ( t . contains ( " < " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " > " ) ) continue ;
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if ( t . indexOf ( " <DecodeFinished> " ) > = 0 ) {
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bDecoded = m_nWSPRdecodes > 0 ;
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
if ( ! m_diskData ) {
WSPR_history ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR , m_nWSPRdecodes ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( m_nWSPRdecodes = = 0 and ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2020-05-19 12:15:58 +01:00
t = " " + tr ( " Receiving " ) + " " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
t = beacon_start_time ( - m_TRperiod / 2 ) + ' ' + t . rightJustified ( 66 , ' - ' ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertText ( t ) ;
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
}
2016-10-17 13:28:30 +00:00
killFileTimer . start ( 45 * 1000 ) ; //Kill in 45s (for slow modes)
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
m_nWSPRdecodes = 0 ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui - > DecodeButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
if ( m_uploadWSPRSpots & & m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) ) { // need working rig control
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
uploadTimer . start ( QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > bounded ( 0 , 20000 ) ) ; // Upload delay
# else
uploadTimer . start ( 20000 * qrand ( ) / ( ( double ) RAND_MAX + 1.0 ) ) ; // Upload delay
# endif
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
QFile f { QDir : : toNativeSeparators ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wspr_spots.txt " ) ) } ;
if ( f . exists ( ) ) f . remove ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
m_RxLog = 0 ;
m_startAnother = m_loopall ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
m_decoderBusy = false ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
int n = t . length ( ) ;
t = t . mid ( 0 , n - 2 ) + " " ;
t . remove ( QRegExp ( " \\ s+$ " ) ) ;
QStringList rxFields = t . split ( QRegExp ( " \\ s+ " ) ) ;
QString rxLine ;
QString grid = " " ;
if ( rxFields . count ( ) = = 8 ) {
rxLine = QString ( " %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 " )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 0 ) , 4 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 1 ) , 4 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 2 ) , 5 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 3 ) , 11 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 4 ) , 4 )
2017-08-09 10:47:00 +00:00
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 5 ) . leftJustified ( 12 ) )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 6 ) , - 6 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 7 ) , 3 ) ;
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
postWSPRDecode ( true , rxFields ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
grid = rxFields . at ( 6 ) ;
} else if ( rxFields . count ( ) = = 7 ) { // Type 2 message
rxLine = QString ( " %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 " )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 0 ) , 4 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 1 ) , 4 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 2 ) , 5 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 3 ) , 11 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 4 ) , 4 )
2017-08-09 10:47:00 +00:00
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 5 ) . leftJustified ( 12 ) )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
. arg ( " " , - 6 )
. arg ( rxFields . at ( 6 ) , 3 ) ;
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
postWSPRDecode ( true , rxFields ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
rxLine = t ;
}
if ( grid ! = " " ) {
double utch = 0.0 ;
int nAz , nEl , nDmiles , nDkm , nHotAz , nHotABetter ;
2019-04-30 15:13:26 +01:00
azdist_ ( const_cast < char * > ( ( m_config . my_grid ( ) + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) ,
const_cast < char * > ( ( grid + " " ) . left ( 6 ) . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ) , & utch ,
2022-01-27 10:58:04 -05:00
& nAz , & nEl , & nDmiles , & nDkm , & nHotAz , & nHotABetter , ( FCL ) 6 , ( FCL ) 6 ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
QString t1 ;
if ( m_config . miles ( ) ) {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %7d " , nDmiles ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %7d " , nDkm ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
rxLine + = t1 ;
}
2020-05-12 01:39:46 +01:00
if ( rxLine . left ( 4 ) ! = m_tBlankLine ) {
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > new_period ( ) ;
if ( m_config . insert_blank ( ) ) {
QString band ;
Frequency f = 1000000.0 * rxFields . at ( 3 ) . toDouble ( ) + 0.5 ;
band = ' ' + m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( f ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertText ( band . rightJustified ( 71 , ' - ' ) ) ;
2020-05-12 01:39:46 +01:00
}
2020-05-11 11:30:02 -04:00
m_tBlankLine = rxLine . left ( 4 ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
m_nWSPRdecodes + = 1 ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > insertText ( rxLine ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
}
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
QString MainWindow : : beacon_start_time ( int n )
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
{
2020-08-07 21:28:52 +01:00
auto bt = qt_truncate_date_time_to ( QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . addSecs ( n ) , m_TRperiod * 1.e3 ) ;
if ( m_TRperiod < 60. )
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
{
2020-07-27 19:51:56 +01:00
return bt . toString ( " HHmmss " ) ;
}
else
{
return bt . toString ( " HHmm " ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
}
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
void MainWindow : : WSPR_history ( Frequency dialFreq , int ndecodes )
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
{
QDateTime t = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . addSecs ( - 60 ) ;
QString t1 = t . toString ( " yyMMdd " ) ;
2020-07-12 01:38:36 +01:00
QString t2 = beacon_start_time ( - m_TRperiod / 2 ) ;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
QString t3 ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t3 = t3 . asprintf ( " %13.6f " , 0.000001 * dialFreq ) ;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
if ( ndecodes < 0 ) {
t1 = t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " T " ;
} else {
QString t4 ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t4 = t4 . asprintf ( " %4d " , ndecodes ) ;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
t1 = t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " R " + t4 ;
}
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " WSPR_history.txt " ) } ;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text | QIODevice : : Append ) ) {
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
out < < t1
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
} else {
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " File Error " )
, tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for append: %2 " )
. arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
}
}
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
void MainWindow : : uploadWSPRSpots ( bool direct_post , QString const & decode_text )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
// do not spot if disabled, replays, or if rig control not working
if ( ! m_uploadWSPRSpots | | m_diskData | | ! m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) ) return ;
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
if ( m_uploading & & ! decode_text . size ( ) ) {
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
qDebug ( ) < < " Previous upload has not completed, spots were lost " ;
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
wsprNet - > abortOutstandingRequests ( ) ;
m_uploading = false ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2022-08-02 11:57:24 -05:00
QString rfreq = QString ( " %1 " ) . arg ( ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR + 1500 ) / 1e6 , 0 , ' f ' , 6 ) ;
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
QString tfreq = QString ( " %1 " ) . arg ( ( m_dialFreqRxWSPR +
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) / 1e6 , 0 , ' f ' , 6 ) ;
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
auto pct = QString : : number ( ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) ? ui - > sbTxPercent - > value ( ) : 0 ) ;
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
if ( direct_post )
{
// queues one FST4W spot
wsprNet - > post ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_config . my_grid ( ) , rfreq , tfreq ,
m_mode , m_TRperiod , pct ,
QString : : number ( m_dBm ) , version ( ) , decode_text ) ;
}
else
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
{
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
// queues spots for each decode in wspr_spots.txt
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
wsprNet - > upload ( m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_config . my_grid ( ) , rfreq , tfreq ,
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
m_mode , m_TRperiod , pct ,
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
QString : : number ( m_dBm ) , version ( ) ,
m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " wspr_spots.txt " ) ) ;
}
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
// trigger upload of any queued spots
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
if ( ! decode_text . size ( ) )
{
m_uploading = true ;
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2020-10-04 22:41:52 +01:00
void MainWindow : : uploadResponse ( QString const & response )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
if ( response = = " done " ) {
m_uploading = false ;
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
} else {
2016-02-02 18:28:12 +00:00
if ( response . startsWith ( " Upload Failed " ) ) {
m_uploading = false ;
}
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
qDebug ( ) < < " WSPRnet.org status: " < < response ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
2020-06-03 17:43:27 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged ( int index )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
2020-06-03 17:43:27 +01:00
m_dBm = ui - > TxPowerComboBox - > itemData ( index ) . toInt ( ) ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled ( bool b )
{
2020-07-26 02:58:04 +01:00
m_uploadWSPRSpots = b ;
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged ( int n )
{
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( n ) ;
}
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbFST4W_RxFreq_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_wideGraph - > setRxFreq ( n ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_sbFST4W_FTol_valueChanged ( int n )
{
2020-09-10 13:33:33 -04:00
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > setSingleStep ( n ) ;
2020-09-05 10:34:55 -04:00
m_wideGraph - > setTol ( n ) ;
statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_pbTxNext_clicked ( bool b )
{
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
if ( b & & ! ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) )
{
ui - > autoButton - > click ( ) ; // make sure Tx is possible
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
void MainWindow : : WSPR_scheduling ( )
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
if ( ui - > pbTxNext - > isEnabled ( ) & & ui - > pbTxNext - > isChecked ( ) )
{
// Tx Next button overrides all scheduling
m_WSPR_tx_next = true ;
return ;
}
2020-07-03 09:48:01 -04:00
QString t = ui - > RoundRobin - > currentText ( ) ;
2020-08-08 21:25:32 +01:00
if ( m_mode = = " FST4W " and t ! = tr ( " Random " ) ) {
2020-07-31 12:39:08 +01:00
bool ok ;
int i = t . left ( 1 ) . toInt ( & ok ) - 1 ;
if ( ! ok ) return ;
int n = t . right ( 1 ) . toInt ( & ok ) ;
if ( ! ok | | 0 = = n ) return ;
2020-07-03 09:48:01 -04:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) % 86400000 ;
int nsec = ms / 1000 ;
int ntr = m_TRperiod ;
2020-07-29 11:58:28 -04:00
int j = ( ( nsec + ntr - 1 ) % ( n * ntr ) ) / ntr ;
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = i = = j ;
2020-07-03 09:48:01 -04:00
return ;
}
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = false ;
2021-08-28 19:00:42 +01:00
if ( ! ui - > sbTxPercent - > isEnabled ( ) )
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
{
2021-08-28 19:00:42 +01:00
return ; // don't schedule if %age disabled
2020-08-15 02:57:23 +01:00
}
2016-04-20 20:22:23 +00:00
if ( m_config . is_transceiver_online ( ) // need working rig control for hopping
2020-07-27 15:01:09 +01:00
& & ! m_config . is_dummy_rig ( )
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
& & ui - > band_hopping_group_box - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2015-07-11 22:49:56 +00:00
auto hop_data = m_WSPR_band_hopping . next_hop ( m_auto ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
qDebug ( ) < < " hop data: period: " < < hop_data . period_name_
< < " frequencies index: " < < hop_data . frequencies_index_
< < " tune: " < < hop_data . tune_required_
< < " tx: " < < hop_data . tx_next_ ;
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = hop_data . tx_next_ ;
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
if ( hop_data . frequencies_index_ > = 0 ) { // new band
ui - > bandComboBox - > setCurrentIndex ( hop_data . frequencies_index_ ) ;
on_bandComboBox_activated ( hop_data . frequencies_index_ ) ;
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
// Execute user's hardware controller
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
auto band = m_config . bands ( ) - > find ( m_freqNominal ) . remove ( ' m ' ) ;
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
// On windows we use CMD.EXE to find and execute the
// user_hardware executable. This means that the first matching
// file extension on the PATHEXT environment variable found on
// the PATH environment variable path list. This give maximum
// flexibility for users to write user_hardware in their
// language of choice, and place the file anywhere on the PATH
// environment variable. Equivalent to typing user_hardware
// without any path or extension at the CMD.EXE prompt.
2020-07-27 00:51:12 +01:00
p3 . start ( " CMD " , QStringList { " /C " , " user_hardware " , band } ) ;
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# else
// On non-Windows systems we expect the user_hardware executable
// to be anywhere in the paths specified in the PATH environment
// variable path list, and executable. Equivalent to typing
// user_hardware without any path at the shell prompt.
2020-07-27 12:19:47 +01:00
p3 . start ( " /bin/sh " , QStringList { " -c " , " user_hardware " + band } ) ;
2020-06-26 21:35:29 +01:00
# endif
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
// Produce a short tuneup signal
m_tuneup = false ;
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
if ( hop_data . tune_required_ ) {
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
m_tuneup = true ;
on_tuneButton_clicked ( true ) ;
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneATU_Timer . start ( 2500 ) ;
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
}
}
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
// Display grayline status
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
band_hopping_label . setText ( hop_data . period_name_ ) ;
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
}
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
else {
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = m_WSPR_band_hopping . next_is_tx ( m_mode = = " FST4W " ) ;
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
}
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : astroUpdate ( )
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
{
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
if ( m_astroWidget ) {
2017-08-03 11:23:07 +00:00
// no Doppler correction while CTRL pressed allows manual tuning
if ( Qt : : ControlModifier & QApplication : : queryKeyboardModifiers ( ) ) return ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto correction = m_astroWidget - > astroUpdate ( QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ,
2022-07-25 11:27:36 -04:00
m_config . my_grid ( ) , m_hisGrid , m_freqNominal , " Echo " = = m_mode ,
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
m_transmitting , m_auto , ! m_config . tx_QSY_allowed ( ) , m_TRperiod ) ;
m_fDop = correction . dop ;
m_fSpread = correction . width ;
if ( m_transmitting & & ! m_config . tx_QSY_allowed ( ) ) return ; // No Tx Doppler correction if rig can't do it
2022-08-16 14:42:22 -04:00
if ( ! m_astroWidget - > doppler_tracking ( ) or m_astroWidget - > DopplerMethod ( ) = = 0 ) {
// We are not using RF Doppler correction
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
m_fAudioShift = m_fDop ;
return ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( ( m_monitoring | | m_transmitting )
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
& & m_freqNominal > = 21000000 // No Doppler correction below 15m
& & m_config . split_mode ( ) ) // Doppler correcion needs split mode
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
// adjust for rig resolution
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) > 2 )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
correction . rx = ( correction . rx + 50 ) / 100 * 100 ;
correction . tx = ( correction . tx + 50 ) / 100 * 100 ;
}
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
else if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) > 1 )
{
correction . rx = ( correction . rx + 10 ) / 20 * 20 ;
correction . tx = ( correction . tx + 10 ) / 20 * 20 ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
else if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) > 0 )
{
correction . rx = ( correction . rx + 5 ) / 10 * 10 ;
correction . tx = ( correction . tx + 5 ) / 10 * 10 ;
}
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
else if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) < - 2 )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
correction . rx = correction . rx / 100 * 100 ;
correction . tx = correction . tx / 100 * 100 ;
}
2016-12-04 00:55:07 +00:00
else if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) < - 1 )
{
correction . rx = correction . rx / 20 * 20 ;
correction . tx = correction . tx / 20 * 20 ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
else if ( m_config . transceiver_resolution ( ) < 0 )
{
correction . rx = correction . rx / 10 * 10 ;
correction . tx = correction . tx / 10 * 10 ;
}
m_astroCorrection = correction ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
if ( m_reverse_Doppler ) m_astroCorrection . reverse ( ) ;
} else {
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_astroCorrection = { } ;
}
setRig ( ) ;
2022-07-27 11:28:34 -04:00
m_fAudioShift = m_fDop - correction . rx ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : setRig ( Frequency f )
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( f )
{
m_freqNominal = f ;
genCQMsg ( ) ;
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal ;
if ( m_astroWidget ) m_astroWidget - > nominal_frequency ( m_freqNominal , m_freqTxNominal ) ;
}
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
if ( m_mode = = " FreqCal "
& & m_frequency_list_fcal_iter ! = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > end ( ) ) {
m_freqNominal = m_frequency_list_fcal_iter - > frequency_ - ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
}
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting & & ! m_config . tx_QSY_allowed ( ) ) return ;
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( ( m_monitoring | | m_transmitting ) & & m_config . transceiver_online ( ) )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
if ( m_transmitting & & m_config . split_mode ( ) )
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_tx_frequency ( m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection . tx ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
else
{
2020-09-08 12:54:19 +01:00
m_config . transceiver_frequency ( m_freqNominal + m_astroCorrection . rx ) ;
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
}
}
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow : : fastPick ( int x0 , int x1 , int y )
{
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
float pixPerSecond = 12000.0 / 512.0 ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
if ( m_TRperiod < 30.0 ) pixPerSecond = 12000.0 / 256.0 ;
2021-03-03 11:50:34 -05:00
if ( m_mode ! = " MSK144 " ) return ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( ! m_decoderBusy ) {
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data . params . newdat = 0 ;
dec_data . params . nagain = 1 ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_nPick = 1 ;
if ( y > 120 ) m_nPick = 2 ;
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
m_t0Pick = x0 / pixPerSecond ;
m_t1Pick = x1 / pixPerSecond ;
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_dataAvailable = true ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decode ( ) ;
}
}
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionMeasure_reference_spectrum_triggered ( )
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
if ( ! m_monitoring ) on_monitorButton_clicked ( true ) ;
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
m_bRefSpec = true ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionMeasure_phase_response_triggered ( )
{
if ( m_bTrain ) {
m_bTrain = false ;
2017-01-15 22:13:59 +00:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Phase Training Disabled " ) ) ;
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
} else {
m_bTrain = true ;
2017-01-15 22:13:59 +00:00
MessageBox : : information_message ( this , tr ( " Phase Training Enabled " ) ) ;
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
}
}
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_actionErase_reference_spectrum_triggered ( )
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
{
m_bClearRefSpec = true ;
}
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
void MainWindow : : freqCalStep ( )
{
2017-10-01 21:43:59 +00:00
if ( m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > end ( )
| | + + m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > end ( ) ) {
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
m_frequency_list_fcal_iter = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > begin ( ) ;
2017-01-12 21:03:30 +00:00
}
2017-01-09 13:50:02 +00:00
// allow for empty list
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
if ( m_frequency_list_fcal_iter ! = m_config . frequencies ( ) - > end ( ) ) {
setRig ( m_frequency_list_fcal_iter - > frequency_ - ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
}
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbCQTxFreq_valueChanged ( int )
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbCQTx_toggled ( bool b )
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
ui - > sbCQTxFreq - > setEnabled ( b ) ;
genCQMsg ( ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if ( b ) {
ui - > txrb6 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
m_ntx = 6 ;
2017-07-24 19:27:23 +00:00
m_QSOProgress = CALLING ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
setRig ( ) ;
setXIT ( ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
void MainWindow : : statusUpdate ( ) const
{
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
if ( ! ui | | m_block_udp_status_updates ) return ;
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
auto submode = current_submode ( ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
auto ftol = ui - > sbFtol - > value ( ) ;
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode )
{
ftol = ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > value ( ) ;
}
else if ( ! ( ui - > sbFtol - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > sbFtol - > isEnabled ( ) ) )
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
{
ftol = quint32_max ;
}
auto tr_period = ui - > sbTR - > value ( ) ;
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
auto rx_frequency = ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
if ( " FST4W " = = m_mode )
{
tr_period = ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > value ( ) ;
rx_frequency = ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > value ( ) ;
}
else if ( ! ( ui - > sbTR - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > sbTR - > isEnabled ( ) ) )
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
{
tr_period = quint32_max ;
}
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
m_messageClient - > status_update ( m_freqNominal , m_mode , m_hisCall ,
QString : : number ( ui - > rptSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ,
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
m_mode , ui - > autoButton - > isChecked ( ) ,
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
m_transmitting , m_decoderBusy ,
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
rx_frequency , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ,
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
m_config . my_callsign ( ) , m_config . my_grid ( ) ,
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
m_hisGrid , m_tx_watchdog ,
2018-12-02 23:19:08 +00:00
submode ! = QChar : : Null ? QString { submode } : QString { } , m_bFastMode ,
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
static_cast < quint8 > ( m_specOp ) ,
2020-12-21 01:31:57 +00:00
ftol , tr_period , m_multi_settings - > configuration_name ( ) ,
m_currentMessage ) ;
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
}
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
void MainWindow : : childEvent ( QChildEvent * e )
{
if ( e - > child ( ) - > isWidgetType ( ) )
{
switch ( e - > type ( ) )
{
case QEvent : : ChildAdded : add_child_to_event_filter ( e - > child ( ) ) ; break ;
case QEvent : : ChildRemoved : remove_child_from_event_filter ( e - > child ( ) ) ; break ;
default : break ;
}
}
QMainWindow : : childEvent ( e ) ;
}
// add widget and any child widgets to our event filter so that we can
// take action on key press ad mouse press events anywhere in the main window
void MainWindow : : add_child_to_event_filter ( QObject * target )
{
if ( target & & target - > isWidgetType ( ) )
{
target - > installEventFilter ( this ) ;
}
auto const & children = target - > children ( ) ;
for ( auto iter = children . begin ( ) ; iter ! = children . end ( ) ; + + iter )
{
add_child_to_event_filter ( * iter ) ;
}
}
// recursively remove widget and any child widgets from our event filter
void MainWindow : : remove_child_from_event_filter ( QObject * target )
{
auto const & children = target - > children ( ) ;
for ( auto iter = children . begin ( ) ; iter ! = children . end ( ) ; + + iter )
{
remove_child_from_event_filter ( * iter ) ;
}
if ( target & & target - > isWidgetType ( ) )
{
target - > removeEventFilter ( this ) ;
}
}
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
void MainWindow : : tx_watchdog ( bool triggered )
{
auto prior = m_tx_watchdog ;
m_tx_watchdog = triggered ;
if ( triggered )
{
m_bTxTime = false ;
if ( m_tune ) stop_tuning ( ) ;
if ( m_auto ) auto_tx_mode ( false ) ;
2020-08-08 13:20:52 +01:00
tx_status_label . setStyleSheet ( " QLabel{color: #000000; background-color: #ff0000} " ) ;
2020-05-19 11:26:24 +01:00
tx_status_label . setText ( tr ( " Runaway Tx watchdog " ) ) ;
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
QApplication : : alert ( this ) ;
}
else
{
m_idleMinutes = 0 ;
update_watchdog_label ( ) ;
}
if ( prior ! = triggered ) statusUpdate ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : update_watchdog_label ( )
{
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
if ( m_config . watchdog ( ) & & m_mode ! = " WSPR " & & m_mode ! = " FST4W " )
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
{
2020-05-19 11:26:24 +01:00
watchdog_label . setText ( tr ( " WD:%1m " ) . arg ( m_config . watchdog ( ) - m_idleMinutes ) ) ;
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
watchdog_label . setVisible ( true ) ;
}
else
{
watchdog_label . setText ( QString { } ) ;
watchdog_label . setVisible ( false ) ;
}
}
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbMenus_toggled ( bool b )
{
2020-11-27 01:14:12 +00:00
select_geometry ( ! b ? 2 : ui - > actionSWL_Mode - > isChecked ( ) ? 1 : 0 ) ;
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
}
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
2018-04-01 21:46:36 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbCQonly_toggled ( bool )
2020-03-14 17:06:54 -04:00
{ //Fix this -- no decode here?
to_jt9 ( m_ihsym , 1 , - 1 ) ; //Send m_ihsym to jt9[.exe] and start decoding
2018-04-01 21:46:36 +00:00
decodeBusy ( true ) ;
2017-12-16 18:16:02 +00:00
}
2017-07-10 13:43:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_cbAutoSeq_toggled ( bool b )
{
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setVisible ( ( m_mode = = " FT8 " or m_mode = = " FT4 " or m_mode = = " FST4 "
2020-12-19 09:10:34 -05:00
or m_mode = = " Q65 " ) and b ) ;
2017-07-10 13:43:03 +00:00
}
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_measure_check_box_stateChanged ( int state )
{
2017-10-14 18:22:47 +00:00
m_config . enable_calibration ( Qt : : Checked ! = state ) ;
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@8167 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-13 22:34:21 +00:00
}
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
void MainWindow : : write_transmit_entry ( QString const & file_name )
{
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( file_name ) } ;
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text | QIODevice : : Append ) )
{
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
auto time = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2019-05-22 12:44:28 -04:00
time = time . addSecs ( - fmod ( double ( time . time ( ) . second ( ) ) , m_TRperiod ) ) ;
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
out < < time . toString ( " yyMMdd_hhmmss " )
< < " Transmitting " < < qSetRealNumberPrecision ( 12 ) < < ( m_freqNominal / 1.e6 )
2021-06-10 15:20:36 -04:00
< < " MHz " < < m_mode
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
< < " : " < < m_currentMessage
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
}
else
{
auto const & message = tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for append: %2 " )
. arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , [ = ] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Log File Error " ) , message ) ;
} ) ;
}
}
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
void MainWindow : : readWidebandDecodes ( )
{
2022-12-08 11:57:51 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget = = NULL ) return ;
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
int nhr = 0 ;
int nmin = 0 ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
int nsnr = 0 ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
while ( m_fetched < qmapcom . ndecodes ) {
QString line = QString : : fromLatin1 ( qmapcom . result [ m_fetched ] ) ;
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
nhr = line . mid ( 0 , 2 ) . toInt ( ) ;
nmin = line . mid ( 2 , 2 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2023-01-25 12:31:58 -05:00
double frx = line . mid ( 4 , 9 ) . toDouble ( ) ;
double fsked = line . mid ( 13 , 7 ) . toDouble ( ) ;
QString msg = line . mid ( 34 , - 1 ) ;
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
int i1 = msg . indexOf ( " " ) ;
int i2 = i1 + 1 + msg . mid ( i1 + 1 , - 1 ) . indexOf ( " " ) ;
QString dxcall = msg . mid ( i1 + 1 , i2 - i1 - 1 ) ;
QString w3 = msg . mid ( i2 + 1 , - 1 ) ;
2023-01-25 12:31:58 -05:00
nsnr = line . mid ( 29 , 3 ) . toInt ( ) ;
m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . frx = frx ;
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . fsked = fsked ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . nsnr = nsnr ;
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . t = 60 * nhr + nmin ;
if ( w3 . contains ( grid_regexp ) ) m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . grid4 = w3 ;
2023-02-28 11:54:08 -05:00
bool bCQ = line . contains ( " CQ " ) ;
m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . ready2call = ( bCQ or line . contains ( " 73 " ) or line . contains ( " RR73 " ) ) ;
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
m_fetched + + ;
2022-12-22 15:33:21 -05:00
Frequency frequency = ( m_freqNominal / 1000000 ) * 1000000 + int ( fsked * 1000.0 ) ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
bool bFromDisk = qmapcom . nQDecoderDone = = 2 ;
2022-12-22 15:33:21 -05:00
if ( ! bFromDisk and ( m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . grid4 . contains ( grid_regexp ) or bCQ ) ) {
qDebug ( ) < < " To PSKreporter: " < < dxcall < < m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . grid4 < < frequency < < m_mode < < nsnr ;
if ( ! m_psk_Reporter . addRemoteStation ( dxcall , m_EMECall [ dxcall ] . grid4 , frequency , m_mode , nsnr ) ) {
showStatusMessage ( tr ( " Spotting to PSK Reporter unavailable " ) ) ;
}
}
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
}
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
2022-12-22 15:44:38 -05:00
if ( m_config . spot_to_psk_reporter ( ) ) {
m_psk_Reporter . sendReport ( ) ; // Upload any queued spots
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
}
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
// Update "m_wEMECall" by reading qmap_decodes.txt
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
QMap < QString , EMECall > : : iterator i ;
QString t = " " ;
QString t1 ;
QString dxcall ;
2022-12-15 13:59:59 -05:00
QString dxgrid4 ;
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
QStringList list ;
float f [ 100 ] ;
int indx [ 100 ] ;
int maxAge = m_ActiveStationsWidget - > maxAge ( ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( false ) ;
int k = 0 ;
for ( i = m_EMECall . begin ( ) ; i ! = m_EMECall . end ( ) ; i + + ) {
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
if ( i - > ready2call or ! m_ActiveStationsWidget - > readyOnly ( ) ) {
int snr = i - > nsnr ;
int odd = 1 - ( i - > t ) % 2 ;
int age = 60 * nhr + nmin - ( i - > t ) ;
char c2 [ 3 ] = { 32 , 32 , 0 } ;
if ( age < 0 ) age + = 1440 ;
if ( age < = maxAge ) {
dxcall = ( i . key ( ) + " " ) . left ( 8 ) ;
dxgrid4 = ( i - > grid4 + " ... " ) . left ( 4 ) ;
if ( ! m_EMEworked [ dxcall . trimmed ( ) ] ) c2 [ 0 ] = 35 ; //# for not in log
if ( i - > ready2call ) c2 [ 1 ] = 42 ; //* for ready to call
t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %7.3f %5.1f %+03d %8s %4s %3d %3d %2s \n " , i - > frx , i - > fsked , snr , dxcall . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) ,
2023-02-28 11:54:08 -05:00
dxgrid4 . toLatin1 ( ) . constData ( ) , odd , age , c2 ) ;
2023-02-28 15:54:42 -05:00
f [ k ] = i - > fsked ;
list . append ( t1 ) ;
k + + ;
}
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( true ) ;
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
}
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
}
2022-12-06 15:59:12 -05:00
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
if ( k > 0 ) {
t1 = " " ;
int kz = k ;
indexx_ ( f , & kz , indx ) ;
for ( int k = 0 ; k < kz ; k + + ) {
int j = indx [ k ] - 1 ;
2023-01-25 12:31:58 -05:00
t1 = t1 . asprintf ( " %2d. " , k + 1 ) ;
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
t1 + = list [ j ] ;
m_ready2call [ k ] = list [ j ] ;
t + = t1 ;
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
}
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
}
2022-12-14 13:26:24 -05:00
2022-12-14 16:54:37 -05:00
if ( m_ActiveStationsWidget ! = NULL ) {
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > erase ( ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > displayRecentStations ( m_mode , t ) ;
m_ActiveStationsWidget - > setClickOK ( true ) ;
}
2023-01-26 10:55:10 -05:00
if ( ipc_qmap [ 2 ] ! = 0 ) {
2022-12-16 14:01:22 -05:00
m_fetched = 0 ;
2023-01-25 10:58:22 -05:00
ipc_qmap [ 0 ] = 0 ;
ipc_qmap [ 2 ] = 0 ;
2022-12-16 14:01:22 -05:00
}
2022-12-02 16:30:18 -05:00
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
// -------------------------- Code for FT8 DXpedition Mode ---------------------------
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
void MainWindow : : hound_reply ( )
2018-04-21 19:10:16 +00:00
{
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
if ( ! m_tune ) {
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
//Select TX3, set TxFreq to FoxFreq, and Force Auto ON.
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
ui - > txrb3 - > setChecked ( true ) ;
m_nSentFoxRrpt = 1 ;
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
ui - > rptSpinBox - > setValue ( m_rptSent . toInt ( ) ) ;
2018-04-22 12:32:32 +00:00
if ( ! m_auto ) auto_tx_mode ( true ) ;
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( m_nFoxFreq ) ;
2018-04-21 19:10:16 +00:00
}
}
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
void MainWindow : : on_sbNlist_valueChanged ( int n )
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
{
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
m_Nlist = n ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_sbNslots_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_Nslots = n ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX ) return ;
2018-03-14 17:46:42 +00:00
QString t ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " NSlots %d " , m_Nslots ) ;
2018-03-14 17:46:42 +00:00
writeFoxQSO ( t ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_sbMax_dB_valueChanged ( int n )
{
m_max_dB = n ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX ) return ;
2018-03-14 17:46:42 +00:00
QString t ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " Max_dB %d " , m_max_dB ) ;
2018-03-14 17:46:42 +00:00
writeFoxQSO ( t ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_pbFoxReset_clicked ( )
{
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX ) return ;
2018-04-17 14:54:37 +00:00
auto button = MessageBox : : query_message ( this , tr ( " Confirm Reset " ) ,
tr ( " Are you sure you want to clear the QSO queues? " ) ) ;
if ( button = = MessageBox : : Yes ) {
2018-04-19 13:43:53 +00:00
QFile f ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " houndcallers.txt " ) ) ;
f . remove ( ) ;
2018-04-18 18:25:11 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > setText ( " " ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > setText ( " " ) ;
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > setText ( " " ) ;
2018-04-17 14:54:37 +00:00
m_houndQueue . clear ( ) ;
m_foxQSO . clear ( ) ;
2018-04-19 13:43:53 +00:00
m_foxQSOinProgress . clear ( ) ;
2018-04-17 14:54:37 +00:00
writeFoxQSO ( " Reset " ) ;
}
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_comboBoxHoundSort_activated ( int index )
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
{
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
if ( index ! = - 99 ) houndCallers ( ) ; //Silence compiler warning
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QString MainWindow : : sortHoundCalls ( QString t , int isort , int max_dB )
{
/* Called from "houndCallers()" to sort the list of calling stations by
* specified criteria .
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
*
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
* QString " t " contains a list of Hound callers read from file " houndcallers.txt " .
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
* isort = 0 : random ( shuffled order )
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
* 1 : Call
* 2 : Grid
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
* 3 : SNR ( reverse order )
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
* 4 : Distance ( reverse order )
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
*/
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
QMap < QString , QString > map ;
QStringList lines , lines2 ;
2017-12-04 18:18:03 +00:00
QString msg , houndCall , t1 ;
2017-12-19 15:18:56 +00:00
QString ABC { " ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ _ " } ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
QList < int > list ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
int i , j , k , n , nlines ;
2017-11-16 16:33:15 +00:00
bool bReverse = ( isort > = 3 ) ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
isort = qAbs ( isort ) ;
// Save only the most recent transmission from each caller.
lines = t . split ( " \n " ) ;
nlines = lines . length ( ) - 1 ;
for ( i = 0 ; i < nlines ; i + + ) {
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
msg = lines . at ( i ) ; //key = callsign
2017-12-22 17:25:16 +00:00
if ( msg . mid ( 13 , 1 ) = = " " ) msg = msg . mid ( 0 , 13 ) + " .... " + msg . mid ( 17 ) ;
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
houndCall = msg . split ( " " ) . at ( 0 ) ; //value = "call grid snr freq dist age"
2017-12-04 18:18:03 +00:00
map [ houndCall ] = msg ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
j = 0 ;
t = " " ;
for ( auto a : map . keys ( ) ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
t1 = map [ a ] . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( 2 ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
int nsnr = t1 . toInt ( ) ; // get snr
if ( nsnr < = max_dB ) { // keep only if snr in specified range
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
if ( isort = = 1 ) t + = map [ a ] + " \n " ;
if ( isort = = 3 or isort = = 4 ) {
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
i = 2 ; // sort Hound calls by snr
if ( isort = = 4 ) i = 4 ; // sort Hound calls by distance
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
t1 = map [ a ] . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( i ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
n = 1000 * ( t1 . toInt ( ) + 100 ) + j ; // pack (snr or dist) and index j into n
2019-07-03 01:25:25 +01:00
list . insert ( j , n ) ; // add n to list at [j]
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
if ( isort = = 2 ) { // sort Hound calls by grid
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
t1 = map [ a ] . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( 1 ) ;
2018-05-09 12:39:23 +00:00
if ( t1 = = " .... " ) t1 = " ZZ99 " ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
int i1 = ABC . indexOf ( t1 . mid ( 0 , 1 ) ) ;
int i2 = ABC . indexOf ( t1 . mid ( 1 , 1 ) ) ;
n = 100 * ( 26 * i1 + i2 ) + t1 . mid ( 2 , 2 ) . toInt ( ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
n = 1000 * n + j ; // pack ngrid and index j into n
2019-07-03 01:25:25 +01:00
list . insert ( j , n ) ; // add n to list at [j]
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
lines2 . insert ( j , map [ a ] ) ; // add map[a] to lines2 at [j]
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
j + + ;
}
}
if ( isort > 1 ) {
if ( bReverse ) {
2018-11-25 22:13:15 +00:00
std : : sort ( list . begin ( ) , list . end ( ) , std : : greater < int > ( ) ) ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
} else {
2018-11-25 22:13:15 +00:00
std : : sort ( list . begin ( ) , list . end ( ) ) ;
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
}
if ( isort > 1 ) {
for ( i = 0 ; i < j ; i + + ) {
k = list [ i ] % 1000 ;
n = list [ i ] / 1000 - 100 ;
t + = lines2 . at ( k ) + " \n " ;
}
}
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
int nn = lines2 . length ( ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
if ( isort = = 0 ) { // shuffle Hound calls to random order
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
int a [ nn ] ;
for ( i = 0 ; i < nn ; i + + ) {
a [ i ] = i ;
}
for ( i = nn - 1 ; i > - 1 ; i - - ) {
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
j = ( i + 1 ) * QRandomGenerator : : global ( ) - > generateDouble ( ) ;
# else
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
j = ( i + 1 ) * double ( qrand ( ) ) / RAND_MAX ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# endif
std : : swap ( a [ j ] , a [ i ] ) ;
t + = lines2 . at ( a [ i ] ) + " \n " ;
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
}
}
2017-11-03 18:27:46 +00:00
int i0 = t . indexOf ( " \n " ) + 1 ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
m_nSortedHounds = 0 ;
if ( i0 > 0 ) {
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
m_nSortedHounds = qMin ( t . length ( ) , m_Nlist * i0 ) / i0 ; // Number of sorted & displayed Hounds
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
2017-12-07 17:09:03 +00:00
m_houndCallers = t . mid ( 0 , m_Nlist * i0 ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
return m_houndCallers ;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
void MainWindow : : selectHound ( QString line , bool bTopQueue )
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
{
/* Called from doubleClickOnCall() in DXpedition Fox mode.
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
* QString " line " is a user - selected line from left text window .
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
* The line may be selected by double - clicking ; alternatively , hitting
* < Enter > is equivalent to double - clicking on the top - most line .
*/
2018-02-22 14:28:59 +00:00
if ( line . length ( ) = = 0 ) return ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
QString houndCall = line . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( 0 ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
// Don't add a call already enqueued or in QSO
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
if ( ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > toPlainText ( ) . indexOf ( houndCall ) > = 0 ) return ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
QString houndGrid = line . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( 1 ) ; // Hound caller's grid
QString rpt = line . split ( " " , SkipEmptyParts ) . at ( 2 ) ; // Hound SNR
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
m_houndCallers = m_houndCallers . remove ( line + " \n " ) ; // Remove t from sorted Hound list
m_nSortedHounds - - ;
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > setText ( m_houndCallers ) ; // Populate left window with Hound callers
2018-05-09 14:22:19 +00:00
QString t1 = houndCall + " " ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
QString t2 = rpt ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QString t1_with_grid ;
2018-04-09 19:30:12 +00:00
if ( rpt . mid ( 0 , 1 ) ! = " - " and rpt . mid ( 0 , 1 ) ! = " + " ) t2 = " + " + rpt ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
if ( t2 . length ( ) = = 2 ) t2 = t2 . mid ( 0 , 1 ) + " 0 " + t2 . mid ( 1 , 1 ) ;
2018-05-09 14:22:19 +00:00
t1 = t1 . mid ( 0 , 12 ) + t2 ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > displayHoundToBeCalled ( t1 , bTopQueue ) ; // Add hound call and rpt to tb4
t1_with_grid = t1 + " " + houndGrid ; // Append the grid
if ( bTopQueue )
{
m_houndQueue . prepend ( t1_with_grid ) ; // Put this hound into the queue at the top
}
else
{
m_houndQueue . enqueue ( t1_with_grid ) ; // Put this hound into the queue
}
writeFoxQSO ( " Sel: " + t1_with_grid ) ;
QTextCursor cursor = ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > textCursor ( ) ;
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
cursor . setPosition ( 0 ) ; // Scroll to top of list
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > setTextCursor ( cursor ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void MainWindow : : houndCallers ( )
{
/* Called from decodeDone(), in DXpedition Fox mode. Reads decodes from file
* " houndcallers.txt " , ignoring any that are not addressed to MyCall , are already
* in the stack , or with whom a QSO has been started . Others are considered to
* be Hounds eager for a QSO . We add caller information ( Call , Grid , SNR , Freq ,
* Distance , Age , and Continent ) to a list , sort the list by specified criteria ,
* and display the top N_Hounds entries in the left text window .
*/
QFile f ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " houndcallers.txt " ) ) ;
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : ReadOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
QTextStream s ( & f ) ;
QString t = " " ;
QString line , houndCall , paddedHoundCall ;
m_nHoundsCalling = 0 ;
2017-12-20 16:19:48 +00:00
int nTotal = 0 ; //Total number of decoded Hounds calling Fox in 4 most recent Rx sequences
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
// Read and process the file of Hound callers.
while ( ! s . atEnd ( ) ) {
line = s . readLine ( ) ;
2017-12-20 16:19:48 +00:00
nTotal + + ;
2018-05-09 14:22:19 +00:00
int i0 = line . indexOf ( " " ) ;
houndCall = line . mid ( 0 , i0 ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
paddedHoundCall = houndCall + " " ;
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
//Don't list a hound already in the queue
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
if ( ! ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > toPlainText ( ) . contains ( paddedHoundCall ) ) {
2018-03-12 16:45:32 +00:00
if ( m_loggedByFox [ houndCall ] . contains ( m_lastBand ) ) continue ; //already logged on this band
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
if ( m_foxQSO . contains ( houndCall ) ) continue ; //still in the QSO map
2019-05-30 22:20:09 +01:00
auto const & entity = m_logBook . countries ( ) - > lookup ( houndCall ) ;
2018-10-26 03:24:36 +01:00
auto const & continent = AD1CCty : : continent ( entity . continent ) ;
2018-02-08 21:12:30 +00:00
//If we are using a directed CQ, ignore Hound calls that do not comply.
QString CQtext = ui - > comboBoxCQ - > currentText ( ) ;
if ( CQtext . length ( ) = = 5 and ( continent ! = CQtext . mid ( 3 , 2 ) ) ) continue ;
int nCallArea = - 1 ;
if ( CQtext . length ( ) = = 4 ) {
for ( int i = houndCall . length ( ) - 1 ; i > 0 ; i - - ) {
if ( houndCall . mid ( i , 1 ) . toInt ( ) > 0 ) nCallArea = houndCall . mid ( i , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
if ( houndCall . mid ( i , 1 ) = = " 0 " ) nCallArea = 0 ;
if ( nCallArea > = 0 ) break ;
}
if ( nCallArea ! = CQtext . mid ( 3 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ) continue ;
}
//This houndCall passes all tests, add it to the list.
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
t = t + line + " " + continent + " \n " ;
2017-12-20 16:19:48 +00:00
m_nHoundsCalling + + ; // Number of accepted Hounds to be sorted
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
if ( m_foxLogWindow ) m_foxLogWindow - > callers ( nTotal ) ;
2017-12-20 16:19:48 +00:00
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
// Sort and display accumulated list of Hound callers
if ( t . length ( ) > 30 ) {
m_isort = ui - > comboBoxHoundSort - > currentIndex ( ) ;
QString t1 = sortHoundCalls ( t , m_isort , m_max_dB ) ;
ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > setText ( t1 ) ;
2017-12-01 20:54:35 +00:00
}
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
2017-12-01 20:54:35 +00:00
}
2017-11-02 18:45:19 +00:00
}
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
void MainWindow : : foxRxSequencer ( QString msg , QString houndCall , QString rptRcvd )
2017-11-15 16:38:35 +00:00
{
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
/* Called from "readFromStdOut()" to process decoded messages of the form
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
* " myCall houndCall R+rpt " .
*
* If houndCall matches a callsign in one of our active QSO slots , we
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
* prepare to send " houndCall RR73 " to that caller .
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
*/
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
if ( m_foxQSO . contains ( houndCall ) ) {
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ houndCall ] . rcvd = rptRcvd . mid ( 1 ) ; //Save report Rcvd, for the log
m_foxQSO [ houndCall ] . tFoxRrpt = m_tFoxTx ; //Save time R+rpt was received
writeFoxQSO ( " Rx: " + msg . trimmed ( ) ) ;
2018-05-10 15:09:57 +00:00
} else {
for ( QString hc : m_foxQSO . keys ( ) ) { //Check for a matching compound call
if ( hc . contains ( " / " + houndCall ) or hc . contains ( houndCall + " / " ) ) {
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . rcvd = rptRcvd . mid ( 1 ) ; //Save report Rcvd, for the log
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt = m_tFoxTx ; //Save time R+rpt was received
writeFoxQSO ( " Rx: " + msg . trimmed ( ) ) ;
}
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
}
2017-11-30 18:45:51 +00:00
}
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
void MainWindow : : updateFoxQSOsInProgressDisplay ( )
{
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > clear ( ) ;
for ( int i = 0 ; i < m_foxQSOinProgress . count ( ) ; i + + )
{
//First do those for QSOs in progress
QString hc = m_foxQSOinProgress . at ( i ) ;
QString status = m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall > m_maxStrikes ? QString ( " (rx) " ) : QString ( " " ) ;
QString str = ( hc + " " ) . left ( 13 ) + QString : : number ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall ) + status ;
ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > displayHoundToBeCalled ( str ) ;
}
}
2017-12-04 18:18:03 +00:00
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
void MainWindow : : foxTxSequencer ( )
{
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
/* Called from guiUpdate at the point where an FT8 Fox-mode transmission
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
* is to be started .
*
* Determine what the Tx message ( s ) will be for each active slot , call
2018-02-19 18:05:06 +00:00
* foxgen ( ) to generate and accumulate the corresponding waveform .
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
*/
2017-12-07 15:38:48 +00:00
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
qint64 now = QDateTime : : currentMSecsSinceEpoch ( ) / 1000 ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
QStringList list1 ; //Up to NSlots Hound calls to be sent RR73
QStringList list2 ; //Up to NSlots Hound calls to be sent a report
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
QString fm ; //Fox message to be transmitted
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
QString hc , hc1 , hc2 ; //Hound calls
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
QString t , rpt ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
qint32 islot = 0 ;
qint32 n1 , n2 , n3 ;
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_tFoxTx + + ; //Increment Fox Tx cycle counter
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
//Is it time for a stand-alone CQ?
2018-05-14 18:45:23 +00:00
if ( m_tFoxTxSinceCQ > = m_foxCQtime and ui - > cbMoreCQs - > isChecked ( ) ) {
2018-03-13 17:32:52 +00:00
fm = ui - > comboBoxCQ - > currentText ( ) + " " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
if ( ! fm . contains ( " / " ) ) {
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
//If Fox is not a compound callsign, add grid to the CQ message.
2018-03-13 17:32:52 +00:00
fm + = " " + m_config . my_grid ( ) . mid ( 0 , 4 ) ;
m_fullFoxCallTime = now ;
}
2018-05-14 18:45:23 +00:00
m_tFoxTx0 = m_tFoxTx ; //Remember when we sent a CQ
2018-03-13 17:32:52 +00:00
islot + + ;
foxGenWaveform ( islot - 1 , fm ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
goto Transmit ;
2018-03-13 17:32:52 +00:00
}
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
//Compile list1: up to NSLots Hound calls to be sent RR73
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
for ( QString hc : m_foxQSO . keys ( ) ) { //Check all Hound calls: First priority
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt < 0 ) continue ;
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt - m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 > 3 ) {
//Has been a long time since we sent RR73
list1 < < hc ; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx ; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . nRR73 + + ; //Increment RR73 counter
if ( list1 . size ( ) = = m_Nslots ) goto list1Done ;
}
}
for ( QString hc : m_foxQSO . keys ( ) ) { //Check all Hound calls: Second priority
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt < 0 ) continue ;
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 < 0 ) {
//Have not yet sent RR73
list1 < < hc ; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx ; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . nRR73 + + ; //Increment RR73 counter
if ( list1 . size ( ) = = m_Nslots ) goto list1Done ;
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
}
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
}
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
for ( QString hc : m_foxQSO . keys ( ) ) { //Check all Hound calls: Third priority
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt < 0 ) continue ;
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 < = m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt ) {
//We received R+rpt more recently than we sent RR73
list1 < < hc ; //Add to list1
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 = m_tFoxTx ; //Time RR73 is sent
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . nRR73 + + ; //Increment RR73 counter
if ( list1 . size ( ) = = m_Nslots ) goto list1Done ;
}
}
list1Done :
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
//Compile list2: Up to Nslots Hound calls to be sent a report.
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < m_foxQSOinProgress . count ( ) ; i + + ) {
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
//First do those for QSOs in progress
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
hc = m_foxQSOinProgress . at ( i ) ;
if ( ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt < 0 ) and ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall < m_maxStrikes ) ) {
//Sent him a report and have not received R+rpt: call him again
list2 < < hc ; //Add to list2
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
if ( list2 . size ( ) = = m_Nslots ) goto list2Done ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
}
while ( ! m_houndQueue . isEmpty ( ) ) {
//Start QSO with a new Hound
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
t = m_houndQueue . dequeue ( ) ; //Fetch new hound from queue
2018-05-09 14:22:19 +00:00
int i0 = t . indexOf ( " " ) ;
hc = t . mid ( 0 , i0 ) ; //hound call
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
list2 < < hc ; //Add new Hound to list2
m_foxQSOinProgress . enqueue ( hc ) ; //Put him in the QSO queue
2018-05-11 12:24:15 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . grid = t . mid ( 16 , 4 ) ; //Hound grid
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
rpt = t . mid ( 12 , 3 ) ; //report to send Hound
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . sent = rpt ; //Report to send him
2018-04-14 20:55:56 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall = 0 ; //Start a new Hound
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . nRR73 = 0 ; //Have not sent RR73
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . rcvd = - 99 ; //Have not received R+rpt
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt = - 1 ; //Have not received R+rpt
m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 = - 1 ; //Have not sent RR73
rm_tb4 ( hc ) ; //Remove this Hound from tb4
2022-11-28 22:08:08 -08:00
if ( list2 . size ( ) = = m_Nslots ) {
break ;
}
if ( m_foxQSO . count ( ) > = 5 * 3 /* could have 5 slots * 3 states ([0-2],4,5) */ ) {
break ;
}
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
list2Done :
2022-11-28 22:08:08 -08:00
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
n1 = list1 . size ( ) ;
n2 = list2 . size ( ) ;
n3 = qMax ( n1 , n2 ) ;
2018-04-14 23:05:33 +00:00
if ( n3 > m_Nslots ) n3 = m_Nslots ;
2022-11-28 22:08:08 -08:00
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
for ( int i = 0 ; i < n3 ; i + + ) {
hc1 = " " ;
fm = " " ;
if ( i < n1 and i < n2 ) {
hc1 = list1 . at ( i ) ;
hc2 = list2 . at ( i ) ;
2018-04-14 20:55:56 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc2 ] . ncall + + ;
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
fm = Radio : : base_callsign ( hc1 ) + " RR73; " + Radio : : base_callsign ( hc2 ) +
" < " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " > " + m_foxQSO [ hc2 ] . sent ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
if ( i < n1 and i > = n2 ) {
hc1 = list1 . at ( i ) ;
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
fm = Radio : : base_callsign ( hc1 ) + " " + m_baseCall + " RR73 " ; //Standard FT8 message
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
if ( hc1 ! = " " ) {
// Log this QSO!
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
auto QSO_time = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2018-04-14 23:05:33 +00:00
m_hisCall = hc1 ;
m_hisGrid = m_foxQSO [ hc1 ] . grid ;
m_rptSent = m_foxQSO [ hc1 ] . sent ;
m_rptRcvd = m_foxQSO [ hc1 ] . rcvd ;
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
if ( ! m_foxLogWindow ) on_fox_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2019-05-29 23:35:18 +01:00
if ( m_logBook . fox_log ( ) - > add_QSO ( QSO_time , m_hisCall , m_hisGrid , m_rptSent , m_rptRcvd , m_lastBand ) )
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
{
writeFoxQSO ( QString { " Log: %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 " } . arg ( m_hisCall ) . arg ( m_hisGrid )
. arg ( m_rptSent ) . arg ( m_rptRcvd ) . arg ( m_lastBand ) ) ;
2019-02-20 19:40:36 +00:00
on_logQSOButton_clicked ( ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
m_foxRateQueue . enqueue ( now ) ; //Add present time in seconds
//to Rate queue.
2022-11-24 16:33:07 +01:00
QTimer : : singleShot ( 13000 , [ = ] {
m_foxQSOinProgress . removeOne ( hc1 ) ; //Remove from In Progress window
updateFoxQSOsInProgressDisplay ( ) ; //Update InProgress display after Tx is complete
} ) ;
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
}
2018-04-14 23:05:33 +00:00
m_loggedByFox [ hc1 ] + = ( m_lastBand + " " ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
if ( i < n2 and fm = = " " ) {
hc2 = list2 . at ( i ) ;
2018-04-14 20:55:56 +00:00
m_foxQSO [ hc2 ] . ncall + + ;
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
fm = Radio : : base_callsign ( hc2 ) + " " + m_baseCall + " " + m_foxQSO [ hc2 ] . sent ; //Standard FT8 message
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
}
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
islot + + ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
foxGenWaveform ( islot - 1 , fm ) ; //Generate tx waveform
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
}
2018-04-14 23:05:33 +00:00
if ( islot < m_Nslots ) {
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
//At least one slot is still open
2018-05-14 18:45:23 +00:00
if ( islot = = 0 or ( ( m_tFoxTx - m_tFoxTx0 > = 4 ) and ui - > cbMoreCQs - > isChecked ( ) ) ) {
//Roughly every 4th Tx sequence, put a CQ message in an otherwise empty slot
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
fm = ui - > comboBoxCQ - > currentText ( ) + " " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) ;
if ( ! fm . contains ( " / " ) ) {
fm + = " " + m_config . my_grid ( ) . mid ( 0 , 4 ) ;
2018-05-14 18:45:23 +00:00
m_tFoxTx0 = m_tFoxTx ; //Remember when we send a CQ
2018-05-09 17:18:08 +00:00
m_fullFoxCallTime = now ;
}
islot + + ;
foxGenWaveform ( islot - 1 , fm ) ;
2017-12-22 18:30:35 +00:00
}
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
}
Transmit :
foxcom_ . nslots = islot ;
2017-12-27 21:06:57 +00:00
foxcom_ . nfreq = ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ;
2018-04-25 00:56:49 +00:00
if ( m_config . split_mode ( ) ) foxcom_ . nfreq = foxcom_ . nfreq - m_XIT ; //Fox Tx freq
2017-12-22 18:00:47 +00:00
QString foxCall = m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " ;
2019-07-03 01:51:40 +01:00
: : memcpy ( foxcom_ . mycall , foxCall . toLatin1 ( ) , sizeof foxcom_ . mycall ) ; //Copy Fox callsign into foxcom_
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
foxgen_ ( ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
m_tFoxTxSinceCQ + + ;
2017-12-06 21:38:24 +00:00
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
for ( QString hc : m_foxQSO . keys ( ) ) { //Check for strikeout or timeout
2018-04-14 20:55:56 +00:00
if ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall > = m_maxStrikes ) m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall + + ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
bool b1 = ( ( m_tFoxTx - m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt ) > 2 * m_maxFoxWait ) and
( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxRrpt > 0 ) ;
bool b2 = ( ( m_tFoxTx - m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 ) > m_maxFoxWait ) and
( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . tFoxTxRR73 > 0 ) ;
2018-04-14 20:55:56 +00:00
bool b3 = ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . ncall > = m_maxStrikes + m_maxFoxWait ) ;
2018-04-19 13:43:53 +00:00
bool b4 = ( m_foxQSO [ hc ] . nRR73 > = m_maxStrikes ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
if ( b1 or b2 or b3 or b4 ) {
m_foxQSO . remove ( hc ) ;
m_foxQSOinProgress . removeOne ( hc ) ;
2017-12-06 17:05:48 +00:00
}
}
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
2017-12-22 15:31:09 +00:00
while ( ! m_foxRateQueue . isEmpty ( ) ) {
qint64 age = now - m_foxRateQueue . head ( ) ;
if ( age < 3600 ) break ;
m_foxRateQueue . dequeue ( ) ;
}
2018-11-12 04:44:03 +00:00
if ( m_foxLogWindow )
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
{
m_foxLogWindow - > rate ( m_foxRateQueue . size ( ) ) ;
m_foxLogWindow - > queued ( m_foxQSOinProgress . count ( ) ) ;
}
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
updateFoxQSOsInProgressDisplay ( ) ;
2017-12-04 18:18:03 +00:00
}
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
void MainWindow : : rm_tb4 ( QString houndCall )
{
if ( houndCall = = " " ) return ;
QString t = " " ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QString tb4 = ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > toPlainText ( ) ;
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
QStringList list = tb4 . split ( " \n " ) ;
int n = list . size ( ) ;
int j = 0 ;
for ( int i = 0 ; i < n ; i + + ) {
if ( j > 0 ) t + = " \n " ;
QString line = list . at ( i ) ;
if ( ! line . contains ( houndCall + " " ) ) {
j + + ;
t + = line ;
}
}
2018-05-09 17:49:54 +00:00
t . replace ( " \n \n " , " \n " ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > setText ( t ) ;
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
}
void MainWindow : : doubleClickOnFoxQueue ( Qt : : KeyboardModifiers modifiers )
{
2017-12-19 19:12:59 +00:00
if ( modifiers = = 9999 ) return ; //Silence compiler warning
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QTextCursor cursor = ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > textCursor ( ) ;
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
cursor . setPosition ( cursor . selectionStart ( ) ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QString houndLine = cursor . block ( ) . text ( ) ;
QString houndCall = houndLine . mid ( 0 , 12 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( modifiers = = ( Qt : : AltModifier ) )
{
//Alt-click on a Fox queue entry - put on top of queue
// remove
for ( auto i = 0 ; i < m_houndQueue . size ( ) ; i + + ) {
QString t = m_houndQueue [ i ] ;
QString hc = t . mid ( 0 , 12 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( hc = = houndCall ) {
m_houndQueue . removeAt ( i ) ;
break ;
}
}
m_houndQueue . prepend ( houndLine ) ;
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > clear ( ) ;
for ( QString line : m_houndQueue )
{
ui - > houndQueueTextBrowser - > displayHoundToBeCalled ( line . mid ( 0 , 16 ) , false ) ;
}
} else
{
rm_tb4 ( houndCall ) ;
writeFoxQSO ( " Del: " + houndCall ) ;
QQueue < QString > tmpQueue ;
while ( ! m_houndQueue . isEmpty ( ) )
{
QString t = m_houndQueue . dequeue ( ) ;
QString hc = t . mid ( 0 , 12 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( hc ! = houndCall ) tmpQueue . enqueue ( t ) ;
}
m_houndQueue . swap ( tmpQueue ) ;
}
}
void MainWindow : : doubleClickOnFoxInProgress ( Qt : : KeyboardModifiers modifiers )
{
if ( modifiers = = 9999 ) return ; //Silence compiler warning
QTextCursor cursor = ui - > foxTxListTextBrowser - > textCursor ( ) ;
cursor . setPosition ( cursor . selectionStart ( ) ) ;
QString houndLine = cursor . block ( ) . text ( ) ;
QString houndCall = houndLine . mid ( 0 , 12 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( modifiers = = 0 )
{
m_foxQSO [ houndCall ] . ncall = m_maxStrikes + 1 ; // time them out
updateFoxQSOsInProgressDisplay ( ) ;
}
}
void MainWindow : : foxQueueTopCallCommand ( )
{
m_decodedText2 = true ;
if ( SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp & & m_decodedText2 & & m_houndQueue . count ( ) < 10 )
{
QTextCursor cursor = ui - > decodedTextBrowser - > textCursor ( ) ;
cursor . setPosition ( cursor . selectionStart ( ) ) ;
QString houndCallLine = cursor . block ( ) . text ( ) ;
writeFoxQSO ( " QTop: " + houndCallLine ) ;
selectHound ( houndCallLine , true ) ; // alt double-click gets put at top of queue
}
2017-12-13 17:20:21 +00:00
}
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
void MainWindow : : foxGenWaveform ( int i , QString fm )
{
//Generate and accumulate the Tx waveform
fm + = " " ;
fm = fm . mid ( 0 , 40 ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
if ( fm . mid ( 0 , 3 ) = = " CQ " ) m_tFoxTxSinceCQ = - 1 ;
2017-12-22 18:54:21 +00:00
QString txModeArg ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
txModeArg = txModeArg . asprintf ( " FT8fox %d " , i + 1 ) ;
2017-12-22 18:54:21 +00:00
ui - > decodedTextBrowser2 - > displayTransmittedText ( fm . trimmed ( ) , txModeArg ,
2020-06-20 13:47:32 -04:00
ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) + 60 * i , m_bFastMode , m_TRperiod ) ;
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
foxcom_ . i3bit [ i ] = 0 ;
if ( fm . indexOf ( " < " ) > 0 ) foxcom_ . i3bit [ i ] = 1 ;
2017-12-21 21:22:03 +00:00
strncpy ( & foxcom_ . cmsg [ i ] [ 0 ] , fm . toLatin1 ( ) , 40 ) ; //Copy this message into cmsg[i]
2018-02-21 15:48:56 +00:00
if ( i = = 0 ) m_fm1 = fm ;
2017-12-29 19:35:30 +00:00
QString t ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " Tx%d: " , i + 1 ) ;
2017-12-29 19:35:30 +00:00
writeFoxQSO ( t + fm . trimmed ( ) ) ;
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
}
2018-11-07 17:49:45 +00:00
void MainWindow : : writeFoxQSO ( QString const & msg )
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
{
2018-03-12 16:45:32 +00:00
QString t ;
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " %3d%3d%3d " , m_houndQueue . count ( ) , m_foxQSOinProgress . count ( ) , m_foxQSO . count ( ) ) ;
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " FoxQSO.txt " ) } ;
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text | QIODevice : : Append ) ) {
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
out < < QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) . toString ( " yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss " ) < < " "
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : fixed
# else
< < fixed
# endif
< < qSetRealNumberPrecision ( 3 ) < < ( m_freqNominal / 1.e6 )
< < t < < msg
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2017-12-22 14:51:22 +00:00
f . close ( ) ;
} else {
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " File Open Error " ) ,
tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for append: %2 " ) . arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ) ;
}
2017-12-21 20:55:38 +00:00
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
2018-04-09 19:30:12 +00:00
/*################################################################################### */
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
void MainWindow : : foxTest ( )
{
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QString curdir = QDir : : currentPath ( ) ;
bool b_hounds_written = false ;
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QFile fdiag ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " diag.txt " ) ) ;
2018-04-11 15:26:43 +00:00
if ( ! fdiag . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) ) return ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QFile f ( m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " steps.txt " ) ) ;
if ( ! f . open ( QIODevice : : ReadOnly | QIODevice : : Text ) ) {
fdiag . write ( " Cannot open steps.txt " ) ;
return ;
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
QTextStream s ( & f ) ;
2018-04-11 15:26:43 +00:00
QTextStream sdiag ( & fdiag ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
QFile fhounds ( m_config . temp_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( " houndcallers.txt " ) ) ;
if ( ! fhounds . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Append | QIODevice : : Text ) )
{
sdiag < < " can't write to houndcallers.txt " ;
return ;
}
QTextStream houndstream ( & fhounds ) ;
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
QString line ;
2018-04-09 19:30:12 +00:00
QString t ;
QString msg ;
QString hc1 ;
QString rptRcvd ;
qint32 n = 0 ;
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
while ( ! s . atEnd ( ) ) {
line = s . readLine ( ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
if ( line . length ( ) = = 0 ) continue ;
2018-04-11 12:57:43 +00:00
if ( line . mid ( 0 , 4 ) . toInt ( ) = = 0 ) line = " " + line ;
2018-04-09 19:30:12 +00:00
if ( line . contains ( " NSlots " ) ) {
n = line . mid ( 44 , 1 ) . toInt ( ) ;
ui - > sbNslots - > setValue ( n ) ;
}
if ( line . contains ( " Sel: " ) ) {
t = line . mid ( 43 , 6 ) + " " + line . mid ( 54 , 4 ) + " " + line . mid ( 50 , 3 ) ;
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
selectHound ( t , false ) ;
}
auto line_trimmed = line . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( line_trimmed . startsWith ( " Hound: " ) ) {
t = line_trimmed . mid ( 6 , - 1 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
b_hounds_written = true ;
2022-11-13 09:49:43 +01:00
houndstream < < t
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2018-04-09 19:30:12 +00:00
}
if ( line . contains ( " Del: " ) ) {
int i0 = line . indexOf ( " Del: " ) ;
hc1 = line . mid ( i0 + 6 ) ;
int i1 = hc1 . indexOf ( " " ) ;
hc1 = hc1 . mid ( 0 , i1 ) ;
rm_tb4 ( hc1 ) ;
writeFoxQSO ( " Del: " + hc1 ) ;
QQueue < QString > tmpQueue ;
while ( ! m_houndQueue . isEmpty ( ) ) {
t = m_houndQueue . dequeue ( ) ;
QString hc = t . mid ( 0 , 6 ) . trimmed ( ) ;
if ( hc ! = hc1 ) tmpQueue . enqueue ( t ) ;
}
m_houndQueue . swap ( tmpQueue ) ;
}
if ( line . contains ( " Rx: " ) ) {
msg = line . mid ( 43 ) ;
t = msg . mid ( 24 ) ;
int i0 = t . indexOf ( " " ) ;
hc1 = t . mid ( i0 + 1 ) ;
int i1 = hc1 . indexOf ( " " ) ;
hc1 = hc1 . mid ( 0 , i1 ) ;
int i2 = qMax ( msg . indexOf ( " R+ " ) , msg . indexOf ( " R- " ) ) ;
2018-04-13 19:20:37 +00:00
if ( i2 > 20 ) {
rptRcvd = msg . mid ( i2 , 4 ) ;
foxRxSequencer ( msg , hc1 , rptRcvd ) ;
}
2018-03-09 21:48:21 +00:00
}
2018-04-13 20:22:29 +00:00
if ( line . contains ( " Tx1: " ) ) {
foxTxSequencer ( ) ;
} else {
2020-05-07 02:56:57 +01:00
t = t . asprintf ( " %3d %3d %3d %3d %5d " , m_houndQueue . count ( ) ,
2018-04-13 20:22:29 +00:00
m_foxQSOinProgress . count ( ) , m_foxQSO . count ( ) ,
m_loggedByFox . count ( ) , m_tFoxTx ) ;
sdiag < < t < < line . mid ( 37 ) . trimmed ( ) < < " \n " ;
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
}
2022-11-12 17:23:21 -08:00
if ( b_hounds_written )
{
fhounds . close ( ) ;
houndCallers ( ) ;
}
2018-02-20 16:44:11 +00:00
}
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
void MainWindow : : write_all ( QString txRx , QString message )
{
2022-01-18 17:10:41 +01:00
if ( ! ( ui - > actionDisable_writing_of_ALL_TXT - > isChecked ( ) ) ) {
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
QString line ;
QString t ;
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
QString msg ;
QString mode_string ;
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
QString file_name = " ALL.TXT " ;
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
if ( m_mode ! = " Echo " ) {
if ( message . size ( ) > 5 & & message [ 4 ] = = ' ' ) {
msg = message . mid ( 4 , - 1 ) ;
} else {
msg = message . mid ( 6 , - 1 ) ;
}
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
if ( message . size ( ) > 19 & & message [ 19 ] = = ' # ' ) {
mode_string = " JT65 " ;
} else if ( message . size ( ) > 19 & & message [ 19 ] = = ' @ ' ) {
mode_string = " JT9 " ;
} else if ( m_mode = = " Q65 " ) {
mode_string = mode_label . text ( ) ;
} else {
mode_string = m_mode . leftJustified ( 6 , ' ' ) ;
}
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
msg = msg . mid ( 0 , 15 ) + msg . mid ( 18 , - 1 ) ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
t = t . asprintf ( " %5d " , ui - > TxFreqSpinBox - > value ( ) ) ;
if ( txRx = = " Tx " ) msg = " 0 0.0 " + t + " " + message ;
auto time = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
if ( txRx = = " Rx " & & ! m_bFastMode ) time = m_dateTimeSeqStart ;
2020-09-21 14:35:16 -04:00
2022-09-29 14:30:09 +02:00
if ( txRx = = " Rx " ) {
t = t . asprintf ( " %10.3f " , m_freqNominalPeriod / 1.e6 ) ; // prevent writing of wrong frequencies
} else {
t = t . asprintf ( " %10.3f " , m_freqNominal / 1.e6 ) ;
}
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
if ( m_diskData ) {
if ( m_fileDateTime . size ( ) = = 11 ) {
line = m_fileDateTime + " " + t + txRx + " " + mode_string + msg ;
} else {
line = m_fileDateTime + t + txRx + " " + mode_string + msg ;
}
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
} else {
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
line = time . toString ( " yyMMdd_hhmmss " ) + t + txRx + " " + mode_string + msg ;
}
if ( ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_yearly - > isChecked ( ) ) file_name = ( time . toString ( " yyyy " ) + " - " + " ALL.TXT " ) ;
if ( ui - > actionSplit_ALL_TXT_monthly - > isChecked ( ) ) file_name = ( time . toString ( " yyyy-MM " ) + " - " + " ALL.TXT " ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) file_name = " ALL_WSPR.TXT " ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
} else {
2022-09-21 13:17:57 -04:00
file_name = " all_echo.txt " ;
line = message ;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
}
QFile f { m_config . writeable_data_dir ( ) . absoluteFilePath ( file_name ) } ;
2019-04-26 20:06:32 -05:00
if ( f . open ( QIODevice : : WriteOnly | QIODevice : : Text | QIODevice : : Append ) ) {
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
QTextStream out ( & f ) ;
2020-06-21 13:49:37 -04:00
out < < line . trimmed ( )
2020-06-13 16:04:41 +01:00
# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK (5, 15, 0)
< < Qt : : endl
# else
< < endl
# endif
;
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
f . close ( ) ;
} else {
auto const & message2 = tr ( " Cannot open \" %1 \" for append: %2 " )
. arg ( f . fileName ( ) ) . arg ( f . errorString ( ) ) ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 0 , [ = ] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox : : warning_message ( this , tr ( " Log File Error " ) , message2 ) ; } ) ;
}
2022-01-18 17:10:41 +01:00
}
2019-01-03 12:15:48 -05:00
}
2019-01-18 11:51:15 -05:00
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
void MainWindow : : chkFT4 ( )
{
if ( m_mode ! = " FT4 " ) return ;
2019-04-23 14:16:55 -04:00
ui - > cbAutoSeq - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setVisible ( true ) ;
ui - > respondComboBox - > setEnabled ( true ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : NONE ) ;
2022-03-02 14:12:07 -05:00
ui - > respondComboBox - > setVisible ( ui - > cbAutoSeq - > isChecked ( ) ) ;
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
2022-08-20 13:21:06 +02:00
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : NONE and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : FOX and m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
QString t0 = " " ;
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : NA_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " NA VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : EU_VHF = = m_specOp ) t0 = " EU VHF " ;
if ( SpecOp : : FIELD_DAY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Field Day " ;
if ( SpecOp : : RTTY = = m_specOp ) t0 = " FT RU " ;
2023-02-19 16:48:14 -05:00
if ( SpecOp : : WW_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " WW Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : ARRL_DIGI = = m_specOp ) t0 = " ARRL Digi " ;
if ( SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP = = m_specOp ) t0 = " Q65 Pileup " ;
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
if ( t0 = = " " ) {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( false ) ;
} else {
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( true ) ;
ui - > labDXped - > setText ( t0 ) ;
}
2023-02-21 10:14:21 +01:00
if ( m_specOp ! = SpecOp : : Q65_PILEUP ) on_contest_log_action_triggered ( ) ;
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
}
2022-07-29 15:20:04 -04:00
if ( SpecOp : : HOUND = = m_specOp or SpecOp : : FOX = = m_specOp ) {
2020-05-02 11:54:20 -04:00
ui - > labDXped - > setVisible ( false ) ;
}
2019-03-14 12:03:07 -04:00
}
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
void MainWindow : : on_pbBestSP_clicked ( )
{
2019-04-09 08:48:13 -04:00
m_bBestSPArmed = ! m_bBestSPArmed ;
2019-04-09 20:12:48 -04:00
if ( m_bBestSPArmed and ! m_transmitting ) ui - > pbBestSP - > setStyleSheet ( " QPushButton{color:red} " ) ;
if ( ! m_bBestSPArmed ) ui - > pbBestSP - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2019-04-16 13:21:45 -04:00
if ( m_bBestSPArmed ) m_dateTimeBestSP = QDateTime : : currentDateTimeUtc ( ) ;
2019-04-08 12:36:05 -04:00
}
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
void MainWindow : : set_mode ( QString const & mode )
{
if ( " FT4 " = = mode ) on_actionFT4_triggered ( ) ;
2020-07-23 18:51:05 +01:00
else if ( " FST4 " = = mode ) on_actionFST4_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " FST4W " = = mode ) on_actionFST4W_triggered ( ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
else if ( " FT8 " = = mode ) on_actionFT8_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " JT4 " = = mode ) on_actionJT4_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " JT9 " = = mode ) on_actionJT9_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " JT65 " = = mode ) on_actionJT65_triggered ( ) ;
2020-10-25 13:58:18 -04:00
else if ( " Q65 " = = mode ) on_actionQ65_triggered ( ) ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
else if ( " FreqCal " = = mode ) on_actionFreqCal_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " MSK144 " = = mode ) on_actionMSK144_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " WSPR " = = mode ) on_actionWSPR_triggered ( ) ;
else if ( " Echo " = = mode ) on_actionEcho_triggered ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : remote_configure ( QString const & mode , quint32 frequency_tolerance
, QString const & submode , bool fast_mode , quint32 tr_period , quint32 rx_df
, QString const & dx_call , QString const & dx_grid , bool generate_messages )
{
if ( mode . size ( ) )
{
set_mode ( mode ) ;
}
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
auto is_FST4W = " FST4W " = = m_mode ;
if ( frequency_tolerance ! = quint32_max & & ( ui - > sbFtol - > isVisible ( ) | | is_FST4W ) )
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
{
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
m_block_udp_status_updates = true ;
if ( is_FST4W )
{
ui - > sbFST4W_FTol - > setValue ( frequency_tolerance ) ;
}
else
{
ui - > sbFtol - > setValue ( frequency_tolerance ) ;
}
m_block_udp_status_updates = false ;
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
}
if ( submode . size ( ) & & ui - > sbSubmode - > isVisible ( ) )
{
ui - > sbSubmode - > setValue ( submode . toUpper ( ) . at ( 0 ) . toLatin1 ( ) - ' A ' ) ;
}
if ( ui - > cbFast9 - > isVisible ( ) & & ui - > cbFast9 - > isChecked ( ) ! = fast_mode )
{
ui - > cbFast9 - > click ( ) ;
}
if ( tr_period ! = quint32_max & & ui - > sbTR - > isVisible ( ) )
{
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
if ( is_FST4W )
{
ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > setValue ( tr_period ) ;
ui - > sbTR_FST4W - > interpretText ( ) ;
}
else
{
ui - > sbTR - > setValue ( tr_period ) ;
ui - > sbTR - > interpretText ( ) ;
}
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
}
if ( rx_df ! = quint32_max & & ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > isVisible ( ) )
{
m_block_udp_status_updates = true ;
2020-10-13 16:46:38 +01:00
if ( is_FST4W )
{
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > setValue ( rx_df ) ;
ui - > sbFST4W_RxFreq - > interpretText ( ) ;
}
else
{
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > setValue ( rx_df ) ;
ui - > RxFreqSpinBox - > interpretText ( ) ;
}
2019-06-25 14:35:58 +01:00
m_block_udp_status_updates = false ;
}
if ( dx_call . size ( ) & & ui - > dxCallEntry - > isVisible ( ) )
{
ui - > dxCallEntry - > setText ( dx_call ) ;
}
if ( dx_grid . size ( ) & & ui - > dxGridEntry - > isVisible ( ) )
{
ui - > dxGridEntry - > setText ( dx_grid ) ;
}
if ( generate_messages & & ui - > genStdMsgsPushButton - > isVisible ( ) )
{
ui - > genStdMsgsPushButton - > click ( ) ;
}
if ( m_config . udpWindowToFront ( ) )
{
show ( ) ;
raise ( ) ;
activateWindow ( ) ;
}
if ( m_config . udpWindowRestore ( ) & & isMinimized ( ) )
{
showNormal ( ) ;
raise ( ) ;
}
tx_watchdog ( false ) ;
QApplication : : alert ( this ) ;
}
2020-07-01 12:01:47 -04:00
QString MainWindow : : WSPR_message ( )
{
QString sdBm , msg0 , msg1 , msg2 ;
sdBm = sdBm . asprintf ( " %d " , m_dBm ) ;
m_tx = 1 - m_tx ;
int i2 = m_config . my_callsign ( ) . indexOf ( " / " ) ;
if ( i2 > 0
| | ( 6 = = m_config . my_grid ( ) . size ( )
& & ! ui - > WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box - > isChecked ( ) ) ) {
if ( i2 < 0 ) { // "Type 2" WSPR message
msg1 = m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " + m_config . my_grid ( ) . mid ( 0 , 4 ) + sdBm ;
} else {
msg1 = m_config . my_callsign ( ) + sdBm ;
}
2020-07-02 14:57:46 -04:00
msg0 = " < " + m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " > " + m_config . my_grid ( ) ;
if ( m_mode = = " WSPR " ) msg0 + = sdBm ;
2020-07-01 12:01:47 -04:00
if ( m_tx = = 0 ) msg2 = msg0 ;
if ( m_tx = = 1 ) msg2 = msg1 ;
} else {
msg2 = m_config . my_callsign ( ) + " " + m_config . my_grid ( ) . mid ( 0 , 4 ) + sdBm ; // Normal WSPR message
}
return msg2 ;
}
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_houndButton_clicked ( bool checked )
{
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( checked ) {
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " background-color: #ff0000; " ) ;
m_config . setSpecial_Hound ( ) ;
} else {
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
2022-11-10 11:40:01 +01:00
keep_frequency = true ;
QTimer : : singleShot ( 250 , [ = ] { keep_frequency = false ; } ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
}
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
on_actionFT8_triggered ( ) ;
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
}
void MainWindow : : on_ft8Button_clicked ( )
{
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
on_actionFT8_triggered ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_ft4Button_clicked ( )
{
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
on_actionFT4_triggered ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_msk144Button_clicked ( )
{
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
on_actionMSK144_triggered ( ) ;
}
void MainWindow : : on_q65Button_clicked ( )
{
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
on_actionQ65_triggered ( ) ;
}
2022-01-30 17:40:26 +01:00
void MainWindow : : on_jt65Button_clicked ( )
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
{
ui - > houndButton - > setChecked ( false ) ;
ui - > houndButton - > setStyleSheet ( " " ) ;
2022-07-30 09:22:49 -04:00
if ( m_specOp = = SpecOp : : HOUND ) {
m_config . setSpecial_None ( ) ;
m_specOp = m_config . special_op_id ( ) ;
}
2022-01-30 17:40:26 +01:00
on_actionJT65_triggered ( ) ;
2022-01-10 13:54:48 +01:00
}
